Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Trinseo

Trinseo

tse · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker tse
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Trinseo
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2024
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number: 001-36473
Trinseo PLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ireland
N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
440 East Swedesford Road, Suite 301
Wayne, PA 19087
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(610) 240-3200
(Registrant’s telephone number)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Trading Symbol
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Ordinary Shares, par value $0.01 per share
TSE
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated
filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
☐
Accelerated filer
☒
Non-accelerated filer
☐  
Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section
13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial
statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant
recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Company is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
As of February 19, 2025, there were 35,481,484 shares of the registrant’s ordinary shares outstanding.
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting shares of the registrant held by non-affiliates of Trinseo PLC computed by reference to the closing price of the registrant’s common shares on the New York Stock
Exchange as of June 30, 2024 was approximately $80,454,191.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2025 annual general meeting of shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
 
 

1
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains, without limitation, statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, projections,
forecasts, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are not statements of historical facts. Forward-
looking statements may be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “see,” “outlook,” “will,”
“may,” “might,” “potential,” “likely,” “target,” “plan,” “contemplate,” “seek,” “attempt,” “should,” “could,” “would,” or expressions of similar meaning.
Forward-looking statements reflect management’s evaluation of information currently available and are based on our current expectations and assumptions
regarding our business, the economy, our current indebtedness and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are
subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.
Specific factors that may cause future results to differ from those expressed by the forward-looking statements, or otherwise impact performance or
other predictions of future actions have, in many but not all cases, been identified in connection with specific forward-looking statements. Our actual results
may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances
of future performance. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include economic,
business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following:
●
our ability to successfully transform the Company to a specialty materials and sustainable solutions provider, including our ability to divest
assets and identify new growth opportunities;
●
our ability to successfully generate cost savings through restructuring and cost reduction initiatives;
●
volatility in raw material costs or disruption in the supply of the raw materials utilized for our products;
●
increases in energy costs, volatility in energy markets and supply shortages, including those resulting from global conflicts;
●
the deterioration of our credit profile limiting our access to commercial credit;
●
any disruptions in production at our chemical manufacturing facilities, including those resulting from accidental spills or discharges;
●
our significant levels of indebtedness and ability to service our debt and meet our debt covenants;
●
the restrictions on our operations, sale of assets and use of cash due to our debt agreements;
●
the execution of capital projects and other growth investments in accordance with the Company’s plan, budget and forecasts;
●
any inability to continue technological innovation and successful introduction of new products;
●
our ability to successfully divest our styrenics businesses, including the sale of our interest in Americas Styrenics (as defined herein), our
ability to identify buyers and negotiate a sale, and the timing thereof, given current economic conditions;
●
our ability to realize the benefits of acquisitions, to successfully integrate, realize synergies, retain customers, grow profitably, or the potential
for impairment of goodwill acquired in such acquisitions;
●
other strategic acquisitions or divestitures affecting our operations or financial condition;
●
the stability of our joint ventures;
●
costs and business restrictions associated with complying to customs, international trade, export control and antitrust laws;
●
implementation of tariffs, changes to global trade policies, or retaliatory actions;
●
changes in global and local tax regulations;
●
regulatory and statutory changes applicable to our raw materials and products, including those related to climate change and sustainability;
●
expenditures related to changes to and our compliance with environmental, health and safety laws;
●
liabilities and losses related to contamination, environmental damage, or chemical exposures or release;

2
●
the outcome of ongoing or future litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings;
●
our continued reliance on our relationship with The Dow Chemical Company and/or its affiliates (Dow) for certain services and supply of raw
materials;
●
the limitations of our intellectual property licensing arrangements with Dow;
●
any inability to protect our trademarks, patents, and other intellectual property rights, as well as our ability to successfully license our
intellectual property;
●
our infringement on the intellectual property rights of others;
●
cybersecurity incidents, including data breaches or cyber-attacks;
●
implementation of our enterprise resource planning system;
●
risks associated with our incorporation in Ireland; including impact of the Irish Companies Act and Irish Takeover Rules on our shareholders, 
and lack of flexibility to manage our capital structure;   
●
conditions in the global economy and capital markets, and the impact of adverse conditions including recession, economic crisis, trade
disputes, disease pandemics, terrorism, or war;
●
local business risks in the different countries in which we operate;
●
fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and
●
other risks described in the “Risk Factors” section or other sections of this Annual Report.
We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions.
While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to
anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual results.
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled
“Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk” and in other portions of this Annual Report. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our
behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our
other public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report in the context of these risks and uncertainties.
We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. Should unknown risks or
uncertainties materialize or underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could differ materially from past results and/or those anticipated,
estimated or projected. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially
realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this
Annual Report are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of
new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

Table of Contents
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Part I
    
Item 1.
Business
5
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
20
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
37
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity
37
Item 2.
Properties
37
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
39
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
39
Part II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
40
Item 6.
Reserved
41
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
41
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
61
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
63
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
63
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
63
Item 9B.
Other Information
64
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
64
Part III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
64
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
65
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
65
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
65
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
65
Part IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
66
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
72
Signatures
73
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-1

Table of Contents
4
Trinseo PLC
Form 10-K Annual Report
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2024
Unless otherwise indicated or required by context, as used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”), the term “Trinseo” refers to
Trinseo PLC (NYSE: TSE), a public limited company existing under the laws of Ireland, and not its subsidiaries. The terms “Company,” “we,” “us” and 
“our” refer to Trinseo and its consolidated subsidiaries, taken as a consolidated entity. All financial data provided in this Annual Report is the financial 
data of Trinseo PLC, unless otherwise indicated. Prior to the formation of the Company, our business was wholly owned by The Dow Chemical Company 
(together with other affiliates, “Dow”).  
The Company may distribute cash to shareholders under Irish law via dividends or distributions made out of distributable profits. See Item 5, “Ireland
Tax Considerations,” for further information.
Definitions of capitalized terms not defined herein appear in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Specifically, refer to Note 16 in the
consolidated financial statements for definitions of the Company’s debt facilities.

Table of Contents
5
PART I
Item 1.    Business
BUSINESS
The Company
Trinseo PLC is a public limited company existing under the laws of Ireland. Trinseo PLC was merged with our former publicly traded parent entity,
Trinseo S.A., with Trinseo PLC as the surviving entity. Prior to the formation of Trinseo S.A., our business was wholly owned by The Dow Chemical
Company (together with its affiliates, we refer to as “Dow”). Our predecessor business was sold by Dow in 2010 to investment funds advised or managed by
affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LP (the “Dow Separation”), which fully divested its ownership in the Company in 2016. We have been listed on the New
York Stock Exchange since June 2014 under the ticker symbol “TSE.”
We are a specialty material solutions provider with a focus on partnering with companies to bring ideas to life in an imaginative, smart, and
sustainability-focused manner. We have leading market positions in many of the markets in which we compete. Our products are incorporated into a wide
range of our customers’ products throughout the world, including products for building and construction, automotive applications, paper and board,
appliances, packaging, textile, and consumer electronics, among others. We have long-standing relationships with a diverse base of global customers, many
of whom are leaders in their markets and rely on us for formulation, technological differentiation, and compounding expertise to find sustainable solutions
for their businesses. Many of our products represent only a small portion of a finished product’s manufacturing costs, but provide critical functionality to the
finished product and are often specifically developed to customer specifications. Therefore, we seek to regularly develop new and improved products and
processes, supported by our intellectual property portfolio and manufacturing know-how, designed to enhance our customers’ product offerings. We believe
these product traits result in substantial customer loyalty.
We have significant manufacturing and production operations around the world, which allow us to serve our global customer base. As of December
31, 2024, our production facilities included manufacturing plants and one recycling facility at sites across the globe, including the Company’s joint venture,
Americas Styrenics. Additionally, as of December 31, 2024, we operated 11 research and development (“R&D”) facilities globally, including technology
and innovation development centers, which we believe are critical to our global presence and innovation capabilities. Our significant global operations also
provide diversity in the end markets for our products.

Table of Contents
6
Our Strategy
In 2024, we continued to focus our efforts and investments on a strategy to transform Trinseo into a specialty materials and sustainable solutions
provider focusing on product offerings which are less cyclical and offer significantly higher growth and margin potential. In pursuit of this transformational
goal, we have invested, and will continue to invest, in differentiated and sustainable product offerings serving the applications within our compounding
business segments, as well as coatings, adhesives, sealants, and elastomers (“CASE”) applications within the Latex Binders business segment, while closing
underperforming or unprofitable product lines to focus on improving cash flow.
In support of our strategy and to improve our footprint as a sustainable solutions provider, we continue to expand capabilities to convert post-
consumer and post-industrial waste for use in a wide range of high-end applications. In April 2023 we announced the inauguration of a polycarbonate
(“PC”) dissolution pilot facility in our Terneuzen, the Netherlands plant, which will be used to manufacture recycled polymers, and is another step in
realizing our sustainability goals. We also announced the opening of our polymethyl methacrylates (“PMMA”) depolymerization plant in Rho, Italy in June
2024, which marks another step forward in our commitment to sustainability and progress toward our sustainable product portfolio goals and which utilizes
recycling technology that allows more PMMA to be recycled in comparison to existing technologies. Additionally, we started up our acrylonitrile butadiene
styrene (“ABS”) dissolution pilot facility in July 2024 in Terneuzen, the Netherlands.
In the face of recent market downturns, lower demand and pricing volatility, we have continued to implement multiple restructuring initiatives
including product line shutdowns and workforce reductions which are designed to reduce costs, streamline commercial and operational activities, improve
profitability and improved cash flow generation. We have also taken steps to reduce our exposure to cyclical markets and strengthen our competitive
position through the closure of certain underperforming or uncompetitive plants and product lines. This includes closure of our global styrene manufacturing
operations, as well our decisions to exit virgin polycarbonate manufacturing and to decommission our polycarbonate plant at our Stade, Germany facility in
connection with the sale of manufacturing assets. Following these actions, our downstream styrene and polycarbonate needs will be purchased from external
suppliers.
We believe there are opportunities to improve our business and enhance our position as a specialty materials and sustainable solutions provider by
continuing to enhance our existing portfolio, and by expanding on businesses we have acquired. In addition to our transformation strategy, the Company
continues to seek organic growth through expansion into key markets or strategic capital investments targeting technologies and solutions that meet the
evolving needs of our customers, and to continue to provide innovative products to our customers who seek our technological and development capabilities
to create specialty grades, new and sustainable products, and technologically-differentiated formulations. The Company will continue to focus on growing
margins and reducing earnings volatility through such organic investments, as well as through divestitures of other less strategic businesses or assets in our
portfolio.
We continue to evaluate strategic alternatives to divest all or a portion of our styrenics businesses, which includes our polystyrene business and our
interest in Americas Styrenics LP. In 2024, we announced the commencement of the sale process for our interest in Americas Styrenics pursuant to an
ownership exit provision in the joint venture agreement. The styrenics business separation remains an integral part of our transformation strategy, and we
continue to evaluate actions to transform the Company into a higher growth, higher margin and less cyclical specialty and sustainable materials provider.
We remain committed to maintaining a stable financial position with appropriate financial flexibility and liquidity. The Company employs a
disciplined approach to capital allocation and deployment of cash that strives to balance maintaining liquidity, business growth, while providing returns to
our shareholders, when possible.
The priorities for uses of available cash include the servicing of our debt, the funding of targeted growth initiatives including capital expenditures,
research and development, and the continued return of capital to our shareholders via quarterly dividends. Management believes that consistent cash flow
generation, spending discipline, working capital management, and continued investment in higher margin, differentiated products are critical to providing
the Company with the ongoing flexibility to pursue our business strategy.
For more information regarding our strategic highlights see Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations – 2024 Highlights.

Table of Contents
7
Business Segments
In 2023, the Company operated under six reportable segments: Engineered Materials, Latex Binders, Plastics Solutions, Polystyrene, Feedstocks, and
Americas Styrenics. Effective January 1, 2024, the Company no longer manufactured styrene and therefore no longer reports the results of the Feedstocks
segment.
In connection with the 2024 Restructuring Plan, on October 1, 2024, the Company changed the management of its businesses to better reflect the
Company’s strategic focus on providing solutions in areas such as sustainability and material substitution. The Compounding business within the Plastics
Solutions segment was combined with the Engineered Materials segment, while the remaining Plastics Solutions businesses were combined with the
Polystyrene segment and renamed Polymer Solutions.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company operated under four reportable segments: Engineered Materials, Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions, and
Americas Styrenics. Our reportable segments reflect the model under which the business is being managed and results are being reviewed by the Chief
Executive Officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker.
For additional information regarding business segment results, refer to Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations and Note 23 in the consolidated financial statements.  
Engineered Materials Segment
Overview
Our Engineered Materials segment consists of rigid thermoplastic compounds and blends products, soft thermoplastic products, continuous cast, cell
cast and extruded PMMA sheet products, and PMMA resins. Products in this segment are primarily targeted toward higher growth and higher margin
applications primarily in consumer electronics, medical, footwear, automotive and building & construction. The PMMA business also includes production
of activated methyl methacrylates (“MMA”) in Europe primarily for our own consumption in producing PMMA with the remainder sold into the merchant
market. Our MMA production process yields ammonium sulfate as a byproduct which is sold into the market.
In 2024, approximately 36% of total Engineered Materials net sales were generated in Europe, approximately 45% were generated in the United
States, and approximately 12% were generated in Asia.
Products and End Uses
Products in the Engineered Materials segment are split into rigid compounds, soft plastic compounds, and PMMA resins and sheets. Rigid compounds
include PC compounds, ABS compounds, and PC blends, mostly PC/ABS, and support primarily the automotive, consumer electronics and medical markets
for equipment housing applications. Thermoplastic elastomer (“TPE”) soft plastic compounds are focused on supporting footwear shoe sole applications,
personal care, consumer electronics, and automotive high-end applications such as overmolds, sealings, tubing, and films. PMMA products can be sold as
resin compounds or sheets produced through continuous-cast, extrusion, and cell-cast processes. PMMA products are sold primarily into building &
construction, automotive, medical and consumer goods applications.
The benefit of Trinseo’s portfolio in our Engineered Materials segment is the high level of customization for high-end applications at selected
premium brand owners, and clear orientation to sustainable solutions. Our current portfolio includes sustainable solutions, such as high-content post-
consumer recycled (“PCR”) polycarbonate and bio-based raw materials. We continue to develop solutions to expand our sustainable offering using PCR
ABS, PCR TPE, PCR PMMA and recycled MMA (“R-MMA”), which is chemically recycled. Sustainable products represented 4% of Engineered Materials
segment volume in 2024 and are a core growth area.
Compounding. Our compounding products consist of PC/ABS compounds, PC blends, and PC and polypropylene compounds. In 2024, compounding
products represented approximately 44% of total segment net sales.
We have a significant position in PC/ABS blends, which combine the heat resistance and impact strength of PC with the easy-to-process qualities and
resilience of our ABS. We have also developed compounds containing PCR content in their products. We believe our ability to offer technologically-
differentiated products to meet customer needs

Table of Contents
8
sets us apart from our competitors, and with our history as a leading innovator in compounds and blends, we have established ourselves as a leading supplier 
of PC-based products.  
We sell our compounds products mainly under the EMERGE brand for consumer electronics, and under the CALIBRE brand for medical markets. We
sell our PMMA products primarily under PLEXIGLAS in the United States and ALTUGLAS in Europe and Asia. For the automotive industry, we
manufacture PC/ABS blends under the PULSE brand, and we innovate collaboratively with our customers to develop performance solutions to meet
industry needs, such as reducing the weight of vehicles or providing products using recycled or sustainable content. As a result, we are a key supplier of
these products to leading automotive companies in North America and Europe, who tend to specify these products on a per car platform basis, making it
difficult to be displaced as a supplier once selected and providing us with relatively stable and predictable cash flows for several years during the production
lifecycle. We have an established position in China and are working to further increase our presence in Asia.
We foresee growth in applications of building & construction, consumer goods, and automotive as well as continued initiatives toward light-
weighting, paint replacement and digitization. Supported by current macro trends, specifically as it relates to safety and health, remote servicing and
working, and sustainability, we believe that we have additional growth opportunities in existing consumer electronics applications, including tablets,
notebooks, smart phones and other handheld devices, as well as new voice control systems, home entertainment and delivery equipment. We also foresee
growth in medical wearables, home equipment, and drug delivery devices. In serving these markets, we leverage our polymer and compound technologies to
meet increasingly stringent performance requirements along with our customers’ aesthetic and color-matching requirements, which are crucial
characteristics for the products involved.
We sell our PMMA sheet products primarily under the trade names ALTUGLAS, PLEXIGLAS, ACRYSPA, AVONITE and STUDIO. We foresee 
growth in wellness applications such as hot tubs and swim spas as well as sanitary applications like bathtubs. More specifically, we are able to effectively 
serve these markets through our specialized continuous cast sheet production capabilities that allow us to provide large scale PMMA sheet with specific 
color requirements. We have also expanded our product offerings into transportation applications and continue to provide customer solutions in architectural 
applications such as signage and countertops.  
We manufacture our TPE soft plastic compounds principally under the trade names MEGOL, APILON, APIGO, and APINAT. Growth in footwear is
supported by bio thermoplastic polyurethane solutions in both luxury and sport premium markets, while automotive growth is orientated to hygienic
interiors and both robust and smart surfaces.
Competition and Customers
Our main competitors are Sabic, Covestro, Styrolution, Shanghai Pret Composites Co. Ltd., LG Chem, Lotte Chemical Corporation, and Kingfa for
compound technologies, Kraiburg, Celanese, Avient, Hexpol and BASF for TPEs, and Roehm, Plaskolite, Mitsubishi Chemicals and Schweiter
Technologies for PMMA resins and sheets.
We compete in the Engineered Materials segment primarily based on our ability to offer differentiated, sustainable and reliable products, high quality
customer service, and deep relationships with prioritized customers. We believe that growth in this segment will stem from the continued high demand for
engineered and sustainable product solutions serving the consumer electronics, automotive, building & construction, wellness, footwear, medical and
lighting application markets. We believe our track record of innovation and our focus on differentiated products enhances our growth prospects in this
segment. We also believe that our global organization and facilities are a competitive advantage that allows us to provide customers with consistent grades
across different regions and positions us to strategically serve emerging markets.
Seasonality
Due to the steady demand state of a portfolio of applications in many markets, such as consumer electronics, medical devices, and footwear, rigid 
compounds and soft TPE products do not experience significant seasonality.  PMMA and compound applications geared towards automotive, building and 
construction and wellness markets do experience some seasonality.

Table of Contents
9
Latex Binders Segment
Overview
We are a global leader in styrene-butadiene latex (“SB latex”), holding a strong market position across the geographies and applications in which we
compete, including the #1 position in SB latex capacity in North America and a Top 3 position in capacity in Europe, based on third party data. In 2024,
approximately 43% of our Latex Binders segment’s sales were generated in Europe, 31% were generated in the United States, and the majority of the
remaining net sales were generated in Asia. Additionally, this segment includes the results of our styrene-acrylate latex (“SA latex”) and all-acrylic latex
(“AA latex”) production facilities and related infrastructure in the United States, Europe and Asia. As noted above, as part of the Company’s
transformational strategy, our key area of focus in the Latex Binders segment is to grow our product offerings serving CASE and battery applications, as
these offer significantly higher growth and margin potential.
Products and End Uses
We hold the #1 position for supplying latex binders for the coated paper and board market globally, based on third party data. SB latex is widely used
as a binder for mineral pigments as it allows high coating speeds, improved smoothness, higher gloss level, opacity and water resistance that is valued in the
product’s end use in advertising, magazines, and packaging board coatings.
We are also the #1 supplier of latex binders to the carpet and artificial turf market, based on third party data, and offer a diverse range of products for
use in residential and commercial applications. We produce SB latex, SA latex, vinylidene chloride, and butadiene-methacrylate latex products for the
commercial and niche carpet markets. SB latex is also used in flooring as an adhesive for carpet and artificial turf fibers. We continue to implement new
chemistries for paper coating and carpet backing applications.
We also offer a broad range of performance latex binders products, including SB latex, SA latex, and vinylidene chloride latex for CASE applications.
Net sales to CASE applications made up approximately 14% of total Latex Binders net sales in 2024, with margins of approximately two times the average
of products serving all applications within the segment.
Competition and Customers
Our principal competitors in our Latex Binders segment include BASF Group and Synthomer plc. In this segment, we compete primarily based on our
ability to offer differentiated and reliable products, the quality of our customer service, and the length and depth of our relationships. This industry has seen
capacity reduction and consolidation which we believe could positively impact our competitive standing.
We believe our Latex Binders segment is able to differentiate itself by offering customers value-added formulations and product development
expertise. Our R&D team and Technical Services and Development (“TS&D”) team are able to use our pilot coating facility, paper fabrication and testing
labs, carpet technology centers located near carpet producers, and product development and process research centers to assist customers in designing new
products and enhancing their manufacturing processes. Many of our major customers rely on our dedicated R&D and TS&D teams to complement their
limited in-house resources for formulation and reformulation tests and trials. We believe that this capability allows us to capture new business, strengthen
our existing customer relationships and broaden our technological expertise.
Additionally, our global manufacturing footprint is key in allowing us to serve our customers in a cost-effective manner, as latex binders products are
costly to ship over long distances due to their high water content. We believe that our global network of service and manufacturing facilities is highly valued
by our customers. We seek to capture the value of our R&D and TS&D services and manufacturing capabilities through our pricing strategy. In 2024, we
estimate that more than half of net sales in this segment related to contracts that include raw material pass-through clauses.

Table of Contents
10
Seasonality
Reporting periods impacted by the winter season and unfavorable weather conditions that typically affect the construction and building materials end
markets may result in seasonally lower performance, particularly in the CASE applications of our Latex Binders segment.
Polymer Solutions Segment
Overview
Our Polymer Solutions segment consists of a variety of polymers, the majority of which are for automotive and building and construction applications.
The segment includes our ABS, styrene-acrylonitrile (“SAN”), and polystyrene businesses, as well as our polycarbonate technology. The Polymer Solutions
segment also includes the results of the Heathland Acquisition, which is focused on converting post-consumer and post-industrial PMMA, PC, ABS,
polystyrene, and other thermoplastic waste for use in a wide range of high-end applications. In 2024, approximately 48% of net sales from our Polymer
Solutions segment were generated in Europe, 28% were generated in North America, and the majority of the remaining net sales were generated in Asia.
Products and End Uses
Copolymers. Our copolymers products consist of ABS and SAN. In 2024, copolymers represented approximately 41% of total segment net sales.
We are a leading producer of ABS in Europe and are one of the few global producers, with additional presence in both North America and China. We
produce mass ABS (“mABS”), a variation of ABS that has lower conversion and capital costs compared to the more common emulsion ABS (“eABS”)
process, marketed under our MAGNUM brand. mABS has similar properties to eABS but has greater colorability, thermal stability and lower gloss. mABS
products can be manufactured to stricter specifications because they are produced in a continuous process as opposed to the batch process used in eABS.
mABS also has environmental benefits such as waste reduction and higher yields. In addition to our own mABS production capacity, we have licensed our
proprietary mABS technology to other producers.
Primary end uses for our ABS products include automotive and construction sheet applications. We maintain a significant share of ABS sales into
these markets, which we believe is due to the differentiating attributes of our mABS products, our reputation as a knowledgeable and reliable supplier, our
broad product mix, and our customer collaboration, including design capabilities.
SAN is composed of styrene and acrylonitrile, which together provide clarity, stiffness, an enhanced ability to be processed, mechanical strength,
barrier properties, chemical resistance and heat resistance. Our SAN products are manufactured in Terneuzen, The Netherlands and are used mainly in
appliances, consumer goods and construction sheets, due to their low cost, clarity and chemical resistance properties.
Polycarbonate (PC). Previously, our PC products were manufactured in Stade, Germany and are sold into various markets as well as consumed
internally for our compounding products. On November 13, 2024, the Company announced it entered into agreements to supply a polycarbonate technology
license and to sell its proprietary polycarbonate production equipment from its Stade, Germany plant to Deepak Nitrite Limited (“Deepak”) for use in India.
In connection with this sale of polycarbonate manufacturing assets, during the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company committed to a plan to decommission
the Stade, Germany polycarbonate plant. In December 2024, following the commitment to decommission, the Company no longer manufactures virgin PC
and will source its PC needs from external suppliers. However, the Company will continue to leverage its know-how and IP regarding our proprietary PC
technology in the form of licensing agreements, as well as innovation in recycled PC technology.
PC has high levels of clarity, impact resistance and temperature resistance. PC can be used in its neat form (prior to any compounding or blending) for
markets such as construction sheets and profiles, medical and lighting. Additionally, PC can be compounded or blended with other polymers, such as ABS,
which imparts specific performance attributes tailored to the product’s end use.
Our products for glazing and construction sheets are marketed under the CALIBRE brand name and offer customers a combination of clarity, heat
resistance and impact performance.

Table of Contents
11
Polystyrene. We are a leading producer of polystyrene, with multiple plants in Europe and Asia, and focus on sales to injection molding and
thermoforming customers. Our product offerings include a variety of general purpose polystyrenes (“GPPS”) and high impact polystyrene (“HIPS”). HIPS
is polystyrene that has been modified with polybutadiene rubber to increase its impact resistant properties. These products provide customers with
performance and aesthetics at a relatively low cost across applications, including appliances, packaging, including food packaging and food service
disposables, consumer electronics and building and construction materials.
The STYRON™ brand is one of the longest established brands in the industry and is widely recognized in the global marketplace. We believe our
R&D capabilities provide valuable, differentiated solutions for our customers, making us well-positioned to address the sustainability, weight reduction, and
safety needs.
In 2024, we continued our recycled polystyrene efforts by i) offering recycled polystyrene for food packaging applications for some of our customers 
through both dissolution and mechanical recycling technology, ii) renewing our ISCC Plus mass balance certifications in Tessenderlo, Schkopau, Hong 
Kong/Tsing Yi, and iii) submitting a Novel Technology dossier for food contact with dissolution PS. We view recycled polystyrene products as important 
not only for the benefit of the environment but also as a way to better serve our customers by addressing their need for sustainable solutions.  
Competition and Customers
Our principal competitors in our Polymer Solutions segment are Covestro AG, Saudi Basic Industries Corporation, INEOS Styrolution, Versalis
S.p.A., Shanghai Kumho Sunny Plastics Co., Ltd., LG Chem, Lotte Chemical Corporation, Total S.p.A., Sinopec Corp., Formosa Chemicals & Fibre Corp.,
and Chi Mei Corporation.
In our Polymer Solutions segment, we compete primarily based on our ability to offer innovative, differentiated, sustainable and reliable products, the
quality of our customer service, operational reliability and the length and depth of our customer relationships.
We believe potential growth in the Polymer Solutions segment will be impacted by a number of factors, including consumer preference for lighter-
weight and impact-resistant products. Additionally, we believe growth prospects are bolstered by sustainability trends such as electric vehicles and potential
government mandates, such as the substitution of lighter-weight plastics for metal in automobiles. Therefore, we believe our history of innovation and our
focus on differentiated products enhances our growth prospects in this segment. Our innovation has contributed to long-standing relationships with
customers who are recognized leaders in their respective end markets. We also believe our global facilities are a competitive advantage that allows us to
provide customers with consistent grades across different regions and positions us to strategically serve emerging markets.
Our customer-centric model focuses on understanding customers’ needs and developing tailored relationships that add value beyond the value of the
actual product performance. For durable applications, we focus our efforts on product design engineering initiatives for developing and specifying plastics in
the next generation of construction applications and appliances. In non-durable applications, we focus on innovative products that provide clear cost
advantages to our customers, serving customers with our cost-advantaged technology and operating excellence. We are also able to offer various sustainable
product innovations in our non-durable applications, especially packaging. We have leveraged industry-leading product development and technology
capabilities in many of our product lines in this segment to develop long-standing customer relationships, including with a number of customers who have
purchased from us, including our predecessor business operated by Dow, for more than 20 years. We believe that our asset footprint is an advantage,
allowing us to provide customers with consistent product grades and positioning us to strategically serve growth economies.
Seasonality
Reporting periods impacted by the winter season and unfavorable weather conditions that typically affect the construction and building materials end
markets may result in seasonally lower performance in our Polymer Solutions segment. Additionally, sales volumes may fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter as
customers may adjust their purchasing patterns based on their expectations of polystyrene price changes caused by underlying raw material cost changes.

Table of Contents
12
Americas Styrenics Segment
Overview
This segment consists solely of the operations of our 50%-owned joint venture with Chevron Phillips Chemical Company, Americas Styrenics LLC
(“Americas Styrenics”), which continues to be a leading producer in North America of both styrene and polystyrene. In 2024, Americas Styrenics was the
#1 producer of polystyrene, based on capacity data, and supplied 18% of the styrene monomer capacity in North America. We received a total of $45.0
million in cash dividends from Americas Styrenics during 2024. We estimate that the contribution to our equity earnings from Americas Styrenics’
polystyrene business was approximately 229% in 2024, 88% in 2023, and 71% in 2022. In 2024 we announced the commencement of the sale process for
our interest in Americas Styrenics pursuant to an ownership exit provision in the joint venture agreement, which we now expect to result in a signing in late
2025.
Products and End Uses
Styrene monomer is a basic building block of plastics and a key input to many of the Company’s products. Styrene monomer is a key raw material for
the production of polystyrene, and in 2024 approximately 53% of the styrene monomer produced by Americas Styrenics was consumed in its own
production of polystyrene. The remainder of Americas Styrenics’ product is sold as a key raw material to other manufacturers of polystyrene, expandable
polystyrene, SB latex, ABS resins, unsaturated polyethylene resins, and styrene-butadiene rubber.
Americas Styrenics also produces GPPS, high heat, high impact resin, and STYRON A-TECH™ polystyrene products. Major applications for these
polystyrene products include appliances, food packaging, food service disposables, consumer electronics, and building and construction materials.
Competition and Customers
Americas Styrenics’ principal competitors are INEOS Styrolution, Total S.p.A., and LyondellBasell. In our Americas Styrenics segment, we compete
primarily based on our ability to offer reliable products as well as the quality of our customer service and the length and depth of our relationships.
As a leading styrenics producer in North America, this segment is well-positioned to benefit from consolidation dynamics in the styrene and
polystyrene industries within the region. Global styrene operating rate percentages were around 71% in 2024 and we believe they will stay in the low 70%
range over the next several years before returning to 80% levels, with the potential for positive upside if there are closures of higher-cost styrene plants.
Effective operating rates can, from time to time, be impacted by planned and unplanned outages, leading to periods of elevated margins.
Seasonality
Reporting periods impacted by the winter season and unfavorable weather conditions that typically affect the construction and building materials end
markets may result in seasonally lower performance in our Americas Styrenics segment.
Our Relationship with Dow
Following the Dow Separation, we entered into certain long-term agreements with Dow to provide services that would ease our transition into a
standalone company. In recent years, the Company has successfully migrated a substantial level of systems and services support away from Dow. However,
we continue to maintain a significant relationship with Dow for certain technology, site services, utilities as well as the supply of certain raw materials. The
failure of Dow to perform their obligations, or the termination of these agreements, could adversely affect our operations. See Item 1A—Risk Factors for
more information.
We are party to various site services agreements (“SAR SSAs”) for Dow to provide site services to the Company at Dow-owned sites. Conversely, we
entered into similar agreements with Dow, where, at Company-owned sites, we provide such services to Dow. These agreements cover general services that
are provided at certain facilities co-located with Dow, including utilities, site administration, environmental health and safety, site maintenance and supply
chain. These agreements generally have 25-year terms and include options to renew. These agreements may be terminated at any time by agreement of the
parties, or, by either party, for cause or under certain circumstances for a material breach.

Table of Contents
13
In addition, we may terminate with 12-months’ prior notice to Dow any services identified in any SAR SSA as “terminable.” Highly integrated services,
such as electricity and steam, generally cannot be terminated prior to the termination date unless we experience a permanent production unit shut down for
which we provide Dow with 15-months’ prior notice, or upon payment of a shutdown fee. Upon expiration or termination, we would be obligated to pay a
monthly fee to Dow for a period of 45 to 60 months following the expiration or termination of such SAR SSA. The agreements under which Dow receives
services from us may be terminated under the same circumstances and conditions.
Additionally, we are party to several agreements with Dow for the provision of certain raw materials, including butadiene, and other products, services
and other operational arrangements. We are also party to a Capacity Reservation Contract which is an evergreen contract that provides guaranteed access to
a certain portion of MMA capacity at a Dow-owned manufacturing facility in North America, which was assumed in connection with our acquisition of the
PMMA business from Arkema S.A. (the “PMMA Acquisition”). See Sources and Availability of Raw Materials for more information. Under the Amended
and Restated MOD5 Computerized Process Control Software, Licenses and Services Agreement, with Rofan Services (“AR MOD5 Agreement”), Dow
provides worldwide process control technology, including hardware, software licenses and support services, and related enterprise resource planning
services. The AR MOD5 Agreement may be terminated by either party for cause or uncured material breach; by the Company if we no longer wish to
receive maintenance and support for any licensed software; or by Dow if we use the licensed software for any purposes other than Company business. Dow
may terminate the maintenance and support terms at any time if we fail to make payments when due. We have converted all plant locations from the MOD5
process control technology and do not expect to incur any significant costs going forward.
 The Second Amended and Restated Master Outsourcing Services Agreement (“SAR MOSA”) provides for ongoing worldwide services, substantially 
all of which were no longer provided by Dow. The Company continues to incur certain costs related to the SAR MOSA in 2024, which are expected to 
decrease in future years based on anticipated site shutdowns and demolition.
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, we incurred a total of $54.5 million, $140.5 million, and $273.9 million, respectively, in
expenses under the SAR MOSA, AR MOD5 Agreement, and SAR SSAs (including utilities) including $53.5 million, $138.5 million, and $270.6 million,
respectively, for both the variable and fixed cost components of the site services agreements and $1.0 million, $2.0 million, and $3.3 million, respectively,
covering all other agreements.
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, purchases and other charges from Dow (excluding the SAR MOSA, AR MOD5 Agreement,
and SAR SSAs) were approximately $202.7 million, $570.5 million, and $688.7 million, respectively. These purchases and other charges primarily relate to
the purchase of raw materials for manufacturing our products. Additionally, for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, sales to Dow were
approximately $65.4 million, $95.1 million, and $146.7 million, respectively principally related to manufacturing of Dow’s products.

Table of Contents
14
Sources and Availability of Raw Materials
The prices of our key raw materials are volatile and can fluctuate significantly over time. While the predominant reason for this volatility is the impact
of market imbalances in supply and demand from time to time, energy prices, transportation costs and supplier force majeures have impacted and may
continue to impact the volatility of some of our raw materials. The table below shows our key raw materials by reportable segment.
Latex
Engineered
Polymer
Americas
Binders
Materials
Solutions
Styrenics
Acetone
X
Benzene
X
Bisphenol A
X
X
Butadiene
X
X
X
Ethylene
X
Methyl Methacrylate (MMA)
X
X
Polycarbonate
X
X
Styrenic resins
X
X
Styrene
X
X
X
X
We have supply contracts in place to help maintain our supply of raw materials at competitive market prices and seek to implement the most efficient
and reliable raw material strategy for each of our segments, including utilizing multiple sources where feasible and maintaining a balance between
contracted and spot purchases of raw materials. We also produce raw materials for use by our businesses, such as MMA, and we purchase PCR materials for
use in products such as our PC compounds. PMMA products use MMA as the key raw material, which is sourced through both our own production in
Europe and through supply agreements. During 2024, Dow has supplied us with an aggregate 51% of the MMA used in our PMMA production, both in the
United States through various supply agreements. In 2024, we obtained approximately 9% of our raw materials from Dow (based on aggregate purchase
price). Acetone, a key material for producing MMA, is supplied via a purchase agreement with Versalis in Europe.
Following our decision to cease production of styrene, we purchased all of our styrene supply through strategic contracts and/or spot market purchases
as we seek to optimize our overall costs of securing styrene through efficient logistics, manufacturing economics and market dynamics.
Bisphenol A (“BPA”) is the major raw material associated with PC production. In 2024 we changed to new BPA sources including using Asian
material to supply our PC operation in Stade, Germany. Going forward, we will no longer purchase BPA or produce PC in Stade and will purchase all of our
PC requirements through strategic contracts and/or spots market purchases.
Technology
Our “One Trinseo R&D” operating model refers to our customer-focused R&D and TS&D activities, which are streamlined across our Engineered
Materials, Polymer Solutions and Latex Binders business segments. As part of our customer-centric approach, our R&D and TS&D teams interface with our
sales and marketing teams, and directly with customers, to determine their product requirements. These teams then consider material scientific factors, as
well as industry and market segment trends in order to select, execute and commercialize new sustainable material solutions that are value-enhancing for
both our customers and the Company.
Our global network of R&D Centers of Excellence (CoEs) and Technical Centers support our technological and R&D/TS&D capabilities, where our
cross-functional teams work and engage with customers on technology and innovation development. In addition, our R&D/TS&D efforts are also supported
by certain “mini-plants” used to make samples of experimental products for testing, which we believe is a critical step in our new product development
process. We also operate a plastics research center, which integrates two existing technical support centers and research lab operations in a single location at
our Terneuzen, the Netherlands R&D CoE location. Further, we operate pilot plants to facilitate new production technology. Finally, our network of global
R&D CoEs in Europe and the United States, are

Table of Contents
15
responsible for knowledge sharing, synergies and best-practice standardization and talent development across our business segments.
R&D and TS&D costs are included in expenses as incurred. Our R&D and TS&D costs were $63.5 million, $57.6 million, and $51.4 million for the
years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Sales and Marketing
We have a customer-centric business model that has helped us to develop strong relationships with many customers. Our sales and marketing
professionals are primarily located at our facilities or at virtual offices within their respective geographies. We have approximately 210 professionals
working in sales and marketing around the world, along with approximately 100 customer service professionals and we sell our products to customers in
approximately 80 countries. We primarily market our products through our direct sales force. We also leverage various channel management partners,
distributors, and agents in the sale of our products. Typically, our direct sales are made by our employees in the regions closest to the given customer.
Intellectual Property
We evaluate on a case-by-case basis how best to utilize patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property to protect our
products and our critical investments in research and development, manufacturing and marketing. We focus on securing and maintaining patents for certain
inventions, while maintaining other inventions as trade secrets, derived from our customer-centric business model, to maximize the value of our product
portfolio and manufacturing capabilities. Our policy is to seek appropriate protection for significant product and process developments in the major markets
where the relevant products are manufactured or sold. Patents may cover products, processes, intermediate products and product uses. Patents extend for
varying periods in accordance with the date of patent application filing and the legal life of patents in the various countries. The protection afforded, which
may also vary from country to country, depends upon the type of subject matter covered by the patent and the scope of the claims of the patent. The
intellectual property that we have created or acquired since our formation covers areas such as material formulations, material process technologies and
various end-use industrial applications.
In most industrial countries, patent protection may be available for new substances and formulations, as well as for unique applications and production
processes. However, given the geographical scope of our business and our continued growth strategy, there are regions of the world in which we do business
or may do business in the future where intellectual property protection may be limited and difficult to enforce. We maintain strict information security
policies and procedures wherever we do business. These information security policies and procedures include data encryption, controls over the disclosure
and safekeeping of confidential information, as well as employee awareness training. Moreover, we monitor our competitors’ products and, if circumstances
were to dictate that we do so, we would vigorously challenge the actions of others that conflict with our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property
rights.
The technologies we utilize in some of our businesses have been in use for many years (e.g., SB latex, polystyrene, PMMA and ABS) and a number of
our patents relating to such technologies have expired or will expire in the future. As patents expire, or are allowed to lapse, the products and processes
described and claimed in those patents become generally available for use by the public. We believe that the expiration of any single patent or family of
patents that is scheduled to expire would not materially adversely affect our business or financial results. We believe that our trade secrets relating to
manufacturing and other processes used in connection with products to which expiring patents relate will continue to provide us with a competitive
advantage after the expiration of these patents.
We use trademarks as a means of differentiating our products. We protect our trademarks against infringement where we deem appropriate. We have
successfully registered the TRINSEO™ trademark in 130 countries, and also own the Plexiglas®, Altuglas®, Solarkote® and Oroglas® marks as well as
other trademarks acquired from Arkema S.A.
Dow has either transferred to us or granted perpetual, royalty-free licenses to us to use Dow’s intellectual property that was used by Dow to operate
the acquired business (the “Dow Acquired Business”) prior to the Dow Separation. This intellectual property includes certain processes, compositions and
apparatus used in the manufacture of certain of our legacy products. In addition to our license rights to use Dow’s intellectual property related to the Dow
Acquired Business, we have obtained licenses to use Dow’s intellectual property to the extent necessary to perform our obligations under the contracts
transferred to us in the Dow Separation and to use such intellectual property (other than patents) for

Table of Contents
16
products outside of the Dow Acquired Business as it was conducted by Dow prior to the Dow Separation, subject to certain limitations. While we believe
our license rights with respect to Dow’s intellectual property are sufficient to allow us to operate our current business, growth opportunities, involving new
products may fall outside of our license rights with Dow. Therefore, our ability to develop new products may be impacted by intellectual property rights that
have not been licensed to us by Dow. We have the right, with Dow’s cooperation, to directly enforce the patents that are exclusively licensed to us by Dow
where infringement is primarily within the scope of our business; but nothing obligates Dow to enforce against third parties the intellectual property rights
of Dow that are licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis or where the infringement is primarily outside the scope of our business.
Environmental, Health, Safety and Product Stewardship
Obtaining, producing and distributing many of our products involve the use, storage, transportation and disposal of toxic and hazardous materials. We
are subject to extensive, evolving and increasingly stringent environmental and safety laws and regulations, which address, among other things:
●
emissions to the air;
●
discharges to soils and surface and subsurface waters;
●
other releases into the environment;
●
prevention, remediation or abatement of releases of hazardous materials into the indoor or outdoor environment;
●
generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste materials;
●
climate change impacts;
●
process and maintenance of safe conditions in the workplace;
●
registration and evaluation of chemicals;
●
production, handling, labeling or use of chemicals used or produced by us;
●
stewardship of products after manufacture; and
●
circular solutions, for polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylates (“PMMA”), polycarbonate (“PC”), acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (“ABS”) and
other products.
We monitor compliance with applicable local, national, and international environmental, health and safety requirements and maintain policies and
procedures to monitor and control environmental, health and safety risks, which may in some circumstances exceed the requirements imposed by applicable
law. We have a strong environmental, health and safety organization with a staff of professionals who are responsible for environmental, health, personal
safety, process safety, and product regulatory compliance and stewardship, in addition to comprehensive standards and tools. We supplement our programs
with our participation in trade associations which monitor developments in legislation impacting our businesses. Additionally, our Supplier Code of Conduct
includes our expectations for our suppliers to comply with applicable laws and regulations and encourages them to adhere to the highest principles of
environmental responsibility.
We follow the American Chemistry Council Responsible Care® Guiding Principles for our global facilities and products and have received third party
certification of our Responsible Care® Management System. Many of our facilities have been certified to ISO 14001 and other ISO management systems.
We have a mature corporate environmental, health and safety audit program for all of our facilities. We focus on emergency preparedness and crisis planning
and drills, at both the facility and corporate level. We expect that stringent environmental regulations will continue to be imposed on us and our industry in
general.
Sustainability and Climate Change
We recognize that climate change has had and will continue to have significant impacts on our environment, particularly as it relates to extreme
weather conditions and rising sea levels, and which has prompted regulations limiting, among other things, the emission of greenhouse gases. In the
countries in which we operate, particularly in the EU, we are required to comply with increasingly extensive regulations to address climate change impacts
and resource conservation requirements. We also monitor legislative actions and their potential impacts on the end markets we serve.

Table of Contents
17
We track and publicly report our greenhouse gas emissions, water usage, waste, and energy consumptions and our facilities work to improve our
performance at reducing chemical emissions, water usage and energy consumption. Our Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility Report (the
“Sustainability Report”), which is available on our website, provides our most recent sustainability highlights for our products, performance and operations.
The report highlights sustainability goals and other initiatives to improve our sustainability performance.
Sustainability is a key focus area of our long-term strategy and during 2024 we continued to take actions to further our offering of sustainable
products. In June 2024, the Company announced the opening of the PMMA depolymerization pilot facility in Rho, Italy. The facility uses a continuous
process to produce high-purity regenerated MMA from pre- and post-consumer acrylic solutions. This technology returns material to its monomer form and
allows additives and contaminants to be removed, which previously could not be done through mechanical recycling. In April 2023 we announced the
inauguration of a polycarbonate dissolution pilot facility in our Terneuzen, the Netherlands site. These announcements represent an important step in
realizing our sustainability goals and builds upon our 2022 acquisition of Heathland B.V., enhancing our ability to reliably source recycled feedstocks and
advance recycling innovations. In 2024, we started two more recycling demo / pilot plants, in in Terneuzen, the Netherlands for our ABS dissolution
technology and one in Rho, Italy for our PMMA depolymerization technology.
We continue to publish an annual Sustainability Report with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”) framework, the Sustainability
Accounting Standards Board (“SASB”) framework and strive to set a high standard for safety and Employee Health & Safety (“EH&S”) goals. We expect
the costs of administering our sustainability program to increase as we continue to focus and improve our sustainability initiatives and reporting.
Environmental Remediation
Environmental laws and regulations require mitigation or remediation of the effects of the disposal or release of chemical substances. Under some of
these regulations, as the current owner or operator of a property, we could be held liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous substances on
or under the property, without regard to whether we knew of or caused the contamination, and regardless of whether the practices that resulted in the
contamination were permitted at the time they occurred. Many of our production sites have an extended history of industrial use, and it is impossible to
predict precisely what effect these laws and regulations will have on us in the future. In March 2023, we reported an accidental release of acrylic latex
emulsion which occurred at our Bristol, Pennsylvania site, which a portion of this material ultimately flowed into a local waterway, and certain
environmental claims related to this release are still ongoing. In the past soil and groundwater contamination have occurred at some of the sites and might
occur or be discovered at other sites. Subject to certain limitations, Dow is obligated to indemnify and hold us harmless with respect to releases of hazardous
material that existed at our sites prior to the Dow Separation, however, the period for new claims at these sites has expired. Any active remedial projects on
our properties which were part of the Dow Separation are being performed by Dow pursuant to its indemnification obligations. We cannot be certain that
Dow will continue to fully honor their existing indemnity obligations or that the indemnity will be sufficient to satisfy all claims that we may incur. Sites
acquired after the Dow Separation are subject to different limitations or may not be covered by an indemnity. We conduct comprehensive environmental due
diligence for potential acquisitions to mitigate the risk of assuming obligations to conduct material levels of environmental remediation. For a more detailed
description of the risks related to environmental remediation, see Item 1A—Risk Factors.
Board Oversight
The Environmental, Health, Safety, Sustainability and Public Policy Committee (the “EHSS&PP Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors
assists the Board with oversight of Company programs, policies and initiatives that support the environment, health and safety, sustainability, corporate
social responsibility and climate change. The EHSS&PP Committee is responsible for supporting alignment between the Company and the Board on the
Company’s sustainability, social, and public policy goals; guiding the Company and overseeing management of risks arising from our sustainability
programs, policies, partnerships, activities and goals; reviewing external public policy/governmental affairs issues and trends, and recommending Company
response to these issues. The EHSS&PP Committee also reviews the Company’s annual Sustainability Report for Board approval and publication on the
Company’s website.

Table of Contents
18
Government Regulation
In addition to environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, our operations subject us to numerous federal, state, and local laws and
regulations in the countries in which we operate. International trade laws and trade agreements, tariffs, and export and customs controls can limit the
countries in which we can do business, or add significant cost to the import or export of our products or raw materials. Changes to or violations of these
regulations could impact the costs of our goods or cause delay in shipments. Our products are also used in a variety of end-uses that have specific regulatory
or consumer safety requirements such as those relating to food packaging or medical devices. Changes in these requirements could result in increased
compliance costs, product recalls, or fines, which could prevent or inhibit the development and sale of our products. These and other laws and regulations
impact the manner in which the Company conducts its business, and changes in legislation or government regulations can affect the Company’s global
operations, both favorably and unfavorably. For a more detailed description of the various laws and regulations that affect the Company’s business, see Item
1A—Risk Factors.
Security
We recognize the importance of security and safety to our employees and the community. Physical security measures have been combined with
process safety measures (including the use of technology) and emergency response preparedness into integrated security plans. We have conducted
information security assessments at our operating facilities worldwide and, on an ongoing basis, we work to implement appropriate measures to protect
these facilities from physical and cyber-attacks. Effort and resources in assessing security requirements at our manufacturing facilities will continue, as
required by U.S. Department of Homeland Security and other requirements.
The Company has implemented information security solutions, resources, policies, programs, and monitoring alerts to respond to potential
information security events and to maintain compliance with the increasing amount of data privacy laws and regulation. Our Board of Directors provides
oversight of security risks, measures and incidents, with input from members of management and our information security team. For a more information on
the Company’s cyber risk management program, see Item 1C—Cybersecurity.
Human Capital Resources and Objectives
As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 2,950 employees worldwide, with the majority (approximately 57%) located in the EMEA region
(Europe, Middle East and Africa), approximately 26% in the Americas, and the remainder in Asia Pacific. Approximately 97% of our workforce is full-time.
Nearly 70% of our personnel are located at the various manufacturing sites, research and development, pilot coating, paper fabrication and testing and
technology centers. The remaining employees are located at operating centers, virtual locations or geographically dispersed marketing and sales locations.
Our facilities in Midland, Michigan, Bristol, Pennsylvania, and Louisville and Florence, Kentucky have union representation, while employees at certain of
our other locations are represented by work councils. We believe we maintain good relations with our personnel and various labor organizations. There have
been no labor strikes or work stoppages in these locations in recent history.
People Strategy
We strive to retain a talented and inclusive workforce and understand that our success requires ongoing investment in our employees. Our approach to
attracting and retaining talent is our commitment to our core values of Responsible Care®, Innovation, Respect & Integrity, Accountability & Value
Creation, and Commitment to Customers. As applied to our employees, these values prioritize health and safety, accountability and rewards for
achievement, and treatment of all persons in our organization with respect, honesty, and dignity.
Our core values are reflected in the goals of our “People Strategy,” which is designed to support employees through Organizational Development,
Talent Management, Equity & Inclusion and Recognition & Rewards. Organizational Development focuses on the design of organization models to achieve
our business strategies, assess employee engagement, shape our culture and facilitate open communication. Talent Management measures our ability to
attract and select the right talent for the right roles, onboard new employees to improve integration, build critical capabilities, and develop leaders of the
future, with a culture of collaboration among high-performing and diverse teams.

Table of Contents
19
Equity & Inclusion challenges us to create and maintain an environment that welcomes a broad range of diverse talent and facilitates and fosters a culture of
inclusion. Recognition & Rewards means our efforts to manage, measure, and pay for performance; differentiate and recognize job growth with base salary
increases, promotions, new assignments, annual performance awards and recognition of outstanding contributions from employees.
Employee Health & Safety
Focus on the safety of our employees is a critical aspect of our operations. We strive towards achieving zero injuries, spills, or process safety incidents
in our facilities every year. Our EH&S management system promotes a culture of rigorous investigation, corrective action, and continuous improvement
applied over many years and has delivered a world-class set of internal safety policies, processes, and procedures. This system is designed to meet our
objectives to continually reduce safety and environmental incidents and risks, maintain full regulatory compliance, satisfy stakeholder expectations,
optimize resources, and continuously improve. We have developed a set of leading indicators and training programs to help highlight and drive
improvement in Operational Safety, Process Safety, and Product Safety across the company, with effectiveness assessed on a regular basis and modified as
needed to drive improvement.
Equity & Inclusion
We are committed to maintaining an inclusive workforce that offers a broad range of perspectives, backgrounds and experience, and creating an
environment in which all Trinseo employees have an equal opportunity to reach their potential and contribute fully to the success of the Company. Trinseo
provides an equal employment opportunity, with a policy to recruit, hire, develop, and promote qualified applicants or employees without regard to race,
color, religion, sex, pregnancy, gender identity, sexual orientation, veteran status, national origin, age, disability, or genetic information. We believe our
commitment to equity and inclusion, and attracting the best candidates, is reflected in our Board and executive leadership team. Thirty-six percent of our
Board and thirty-three percent of our executive leadership team are women, and two of our Board members self-identify as a member of an
underrepresented minority group. Our executive leadership team also represents broad citizenship and geographic diversity.
Talent Management and Employee Development
We provide opportunities for career development through a combination of training, coaching, and on-the-job experiences. We believe this approach
to development provides our employees with the right balance of learning options. Further, we believe that early investment in our employees ensures that
our future leaders have the skills they will need to be successful within a complex and ever-changing business environment. Our annual succession planning
process identifies successors for some of our most critical roles and recommends tangible developmental actions for incorporation into their long-term
personal development plans. We also utilize a goal setting scorecard that enables employees to document and align their goals within a leadership team and
across functions, which goals are set against annual Company priorities. Employees are evaluated on their performance versus individual goals and on the
Company’s performance versus corporate goals (which includes financial and safety metrics). Part of the annual performance review process includes
personal assessment goals which are tracked and reviewed throughout the year.
Compensation Policies
Our process for determination of remuneration consists of two main components: base pay and an annual variable program, and we are committed to
ensuring equitable compensation among our employees. As stated above, equal opportunity and diversity are important at Trinseo. We conduct internal
reviews to assess fair treatment to determine if our pay practices are being implemented appropriately in all jurisdictions where we operate. In the United
States, we also conduct internal reviews with new hires as well as an annual exam to determine the impact of ethnicity on pay decisions.
Available Information
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of
our website, www.trinseo.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed or furnished with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”). Copies of our board committee charters, code of conduct, corporate governance guidelines and

Table of Contents
20
other corporate governance information are also available on our website. See Part III–Item 10–Code of Ethics. We provide this website and the information
contained in or connected to it for informational purposes only. This information is not included in, or incorporated by reference to, this Annual Report.
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
The following is a summary of the principal risks that could adversely affect our business, operations and financial results. For a more complete discussion
of the material risks facing our business, please see below. As noted under “Forward-Looking Statements” above, these factors could affect our future
results and cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Investors and other readers are urged to consider
all of these risks, uncertainties and other factors carefully in evaluating our business.
●
Risks associated with our strategy to transform our portfolio to a specialty materials and sustainable solutions provider.
●
We may be unable to achieve cost savings and other benefits from our restructuring activities and cost reduction initiatives.
●
Volatility in the cost of raw materials or disruption in the supply of raw materials.
●
Increased energy costs, shipping costs and supply constraints, including as a result of ongoing global conflicts.
●
Deterioration of our credit profile limiting our access to commercial credit.
●
Production at our manufacturing facilities could be disrupted for a variety of reasons which could expose us to significant losses or liabilities.
●
Our ability to successfully innovate and develop new products.
●
Our ability to execute on our capital projects or growth plans, or accurately estimate market conditions in our cost projections.
●
Our ability to successfully complete the divestiture of our styrenics businesses, including the sale of our interest in Americas Styrenics.
●
Operation of our joint venture with our joint venture partners.
●
Failure to realize benefits of acquisitions or difficulty integrating businesses into our operations, or incurrence of impairment and other charges.
●
Risks related to strategic acquisitions or dispositions of assets.
●
Costs and business practices related to customs, international trade, export control, and antitrust laws.
●
The impact of global trade conflicts and the imposition of tariffs.
●
Changes in the global and local tax regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
●
Changes to regulations, including those related to climate change and sustainability, applicable to our raw materials and products, and changes to
our customers’ products or consumer preferences.
●
Our ability to comply with environmental, health and safety laws.
●
Potential losses or liabilities related to environmental damage or personal injuries associated with exposure to chemicals or release of chemicals on
our sites.
●
Risks related to our current and future level of indebtedness.
●
Restrictions in the terms of our subsidiaries’ indebtedness our ability to respond to or take certain actions.
●
We are party to certain legal proceedings, and may be subject to additional litigation, arbitration or legal proceedings in the future.
●
Dow provides services and certain raw materials under agreements that are important to our business, and may fail to perform its obligations or
terminate such agreements.
●
We are party to certain intellectual property license agreements with Dow, which may limit our ability to expand our use of such licensed
intellectual property or to combat infringement.
●
Our ability to adequately protect or effectively enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights with respect to the manufacturing of
some of our products.
●
We may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to incur unexpected costs or prevent us from selling our products.
●
Cybersecurity incidents, including data security breaches could compromise confidential information related to our business, employees, vendors,
and customers, and could threaten our operations.

Table of Contents
21
●
Implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system could cause disruption to our operations.
●
Irish law may afford less protection to holders of our securities than securities of companies formed in the U.S.
●
Provisions of our articles of association and Irish law could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.
●
Attempts to take over the Company will be subject to Irish Takeover Rules and subject to review by the Irish Takeover Panel.
●
Certain capital structure decisions regarding the Company will require the approval of shareholders, which may limit our flexibility to manage our
capital structure.
●
We may be adversely affected by conditions in the global economy and capital markets, including recession, inflation, high interest rates, economic
crises, natural disasters, disease, political unrest, terrorism and war.
●
We are exposed to local business risks in different countries in which we operate.
●
We face competitive risks related to excess supply capacity.
●
Negative impacts of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
Risks Related to Our Operations
We are subject to risks associated with our strategy to transform to a specialty materials and sustainable solutions provider.
We have taken steps toward executing on our strategy to transform the Company to a specialty materials and sustainable solutions provider, including 
the PMMA Acquisition, the acquisition of  Aristech Surfaces LLC, the sale of our synthetic rubber business, and the sale of our proprietary polycarbonate 
manufacturing assets in Stade, Germany. We continue to explore strategic alternatives related to our styrenics business, which may include the marketing of
individual assets and regional businesses, which divestiture remains an important part of our transformation strategy. We plan to continue to prioritize
investments in higher growth, higher margin and lower earnings volatility areas such as Engineered Materials and CASE applications, products containing
recycled materials, and to deemphasize the more volatile, lower growth assets in our portfolio.
The implementation of our transformation strategy has resulted in, and may continue to result in, changes to our business, operations, capital
allocation, operational and organizational structure, increased demands on management, and could result in short-term and one-time costs, including higher
than expected restructuring costs, loss of revenue, and other negative impacts on our business. We cannot guarantee that the execution of this strategy,
including the steps taken to date, will lead to higher growth, higher margins and lower earnings volatility. We also cannot be certain that we will be
successful in identifying opportunities for divestiture of our styrenics business or identifying investments in assets we believe best fit our portfolio
transformation, whether such opportunities will be available at a price and at terms acceptable to us, or at all, or whether we will face difficulties due to
timing or funding availability. Implementation of this transformation may take longer than anticipated, and once implemented, we may not realize, in full or
in part, the anticipated benefits or such benefits may be realized more slowly than anticipated. The failure to realize benefits, which may be due to our
inability to execute, delays in implementation, global or local economic conditions, accessibility to capital markets, inflation, high interest rates,
competition, and the other risks described herein, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations,
cash flows, as well as the trading price of our securities.
We may be unable to achieve cost savings and other benefits from our restructuring activities and cost reduction initiatives.
Starting in December 2022, we have announced several restructuring programs designed to reduce costs, streamline commercial and operational
activities, improve profitability, preserve cash flow and reduce exposure to cyclical markets. These include workforce reductions, closure of certain
underperforming or uncompetitive plants and product lines, including closure of our global styrene manufacturing operations, as well as our decisions to exit
virgin polycarbonate manufacturing and to decommission our polycarbonate plant at our Stade, Germany facility. We also announced a restructuring plan
designed to optimize our PMMA sheet network, primarily in Europe, and consolidate manufacturing operations, which included closure of certain plants
and product lines, including closure of our manufacturing sites in Matamoros, Mexico, Bronderslev, Denmark, and Belen, New Mexico, closure of our
PMMA extruded sheet production line at our Rho, Italy plant and reduction of SB latex capacity at our Hamina, Finland plant. These plans also included
workforce reductions and the elimination and consolidation of certain executive positions to

Table of Contents
22
streamline the Company’s internal general & administrative network. As a result of these closures, we no longer produce styrene or virgin polycarbonate and
will purchase all our styrene and polycarbonate needs from external suppliers.
We believe these actions will reduce production risk and exposure to cyclical markets, reduce ongoing capital expenditures and future turnaround
costs. We believe these actions will increase our profitability and cash generation until market conditions improve, while allowing us to continue focusing
on transformation projects such as recycling and material substitution innovations, which offer significant growth potential even in the current market
environment.
Our efforts to achieve these improvements and efficiencies may not be successful or generate expected cost savings, and we may incur greater costs
than currently anticipated to complete these initiatives, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. We cannot
guarantee that these initiatives will successfully generate the expected cost savings or will not require additional expenditures beyond our initial estimates.
The actual timing and costs of this asset restructuring may differ from our expectations and estimates, and such differences may be material.
Volatility in the cost of raw materials, disruption in the supply of raw materials, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations or cause our financial results to differ materially from our forecasts.
Our results of operations can be directly affected, positively and negatively, by volatility in the cost of our raw materials, which are subject to global
supply and demand and other factors beyond our control. Our principal raw materials (butadiene, MMA, and styrene) together represent approximately 48%
of our total cost of goods sold. Crude oil prices also impact our raw material and energy costs. Generally, higher crude oil prices lead to higher costs of
natural gas and raw materials, although some raw materials are impacted less than others. Volatility in the cost of energy or raw materials makes it more
challenging to manage pricing and pass the increases on to our customers in a timely manner. We believe that rapid changes in pricing have affected, and
can continue to affect, the volume our customers consume. As a result, our gross profit and margins could also be adversely affected and our financial
results may differ materially from our forecasts.
We have supply agreements with Dow and other suppliers for certain raw materials critical to our business. As these supply agreements expire, we
may be unable to renegotiate or renew these contracts or obtain new long-term supply agreements on terms comparable to us, or at all, which may
significantly impact our operations. See Item 1—Business— Sources and Availability of Raw Materials.
If the availability of any of our principal raw materials is limited, we may be unable to produce some of our products in the quantities demanded by
our customers, which could have an adverse effect on plant utilization and our sales of products requiring such raw materials. Suppliers may have temporary
limitations preventing them from meeting our requirements, and we may not be able to obtain substitute alternative suppliers in a timely manner.
Increased energy costs, shipping costs and supply constraints, including as a result of ongoing global conflicts, could adversely impact our results of
operations.
We use natural gas and electricity to operate our facilities and generate heat and steam for our various manufacturing processes, and these operations
can be directly affected by volatility in the cost and availability of energy, which is often subject to factors outside of our control. The war between Russia
and Ukraine has impacted global energy markets, particularly in Europe, leading to high volatility and increased prices for natural gas and other energy
supplies. Reductions in the supply of natural gas from Russia to Europe led to supply shortages in Europe which may continue. Continued natural gas
supply shortages could lead to additional price increases, energy supply rationing, or temporary reduction in operations or closure of our European
manufacturing plants, which could have a material adverse impact on our business or results of operations.
In the past we have entered into certain commodity swap agreements to protect against fluctuations in energy prices, including natural gas, some of
which have generated losses when prices stabilized. We may continue to enter into commodity swaps, forward contracts, or options from time to time. The
outcome of our hedges against energy price volatility could adversely impact our results of operations.
Global conflicts and other events may also impact our shipping and transportation costs, and delay shipments of our products to our customers or
shipments of raw materials to our manufacturing sites. The impact of the Israel-Hamas war and the threat of a broader conflict in the Middle East may
disrupt shipping lanes in the Red Sea and elsewhere,

Table of Contents
23
delay shipments in the region, and raise prices for shipping regionally as well as globally, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of
operations. A potential broader conflict could augment these negative impacts.
Deterioration of our credit profile could limit our access to commercial credit.
Maintaining our credit profile is important to our cost and availability of capital, including our access to commercial credit. Third parties determine
our credit profile based on a number of factors, including our credit ratings set by independent credit rating agencies, earnings and financial strength, as well
as our strategies, operations, and execution of announced actions. We cannot provide assurance that we will not experience further deterioration of our credit
profile or that our credit ratings will not be lowered. Changes to our credit profile could materially impact our credit capacity or restrict our ability to access
commercial credit.
Chemical manufacturing is inherently hazardous and production at our manufacturing facilities could be disrupted for a variety of reasons.
Disruptions could expose us to significant losses or liabilities.
There are hazards and risks of disruption inherent in chemical manufacturing and the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and
wastes which exist in our operations and the operations of other occupants with whom we share manufacturing sites. These potential risks of disruption
include, but are not necessarily limited to:
●
pipeline and storage tank leaks and ruptures;
●
explosions and fires;
●
inclement or extreme weather and natural disasters, which may be aggravated by climate change;
●
disease outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, and government responses thereto, which may impact our employees or those of our suppliers
or transportation providers;
●
terrorist attacks;
●
cyber-attacks to our operations or those of critical third parties;
●
failure of mechanical systems, computer systems, process safety and pollution control equipment;
●
failures or delays in properly implementing new technologies and processes;
●
chemical spills and other discharge or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases into the ground, air or water; and
●
exposure to toxic chemicals.
These hazards could expose employees, customers, the community and others to toxic chemicals and other hazards, contaminate the environment,
damage property, result in personal injury or death, lead to an interruption or suspension of operations, damage our reputation and adversely affect the
productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or us as a whole, and result in the need for remediation, governmental enforcement,
regulatory shutdowns, the imposition of government fines and penalties, and claims brought by governmental entities or third parties. Legal claims and
regulatory actions could subject us to both civil and criminal penalties, which could affect our product sales, reputation and profitability. Liabilities
associated with the investigation and cleanup of hazardous substances, as well as personal injury, property damage or environmental damages arising from
the release of, or exposure to, such hazardous substances, may be imposed in many situations without regard to violations of laws or regulations or other
fault. These liabilities may be material and can be difficult to identify or quantify.
We are dependent upon the continued safe and reliable operation of our production facilities to minimize risks associated with our manufacturing
processes, but we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination, discharge or injury resulting from these materials. We have been in the
past, and may be in the future, subject to claims relating to exposure to hazardous materials, and have had, from time to time in the past, incidents that have
temporarily shut down or otherwise disrupted our manufacturing, causing production delays and resulting in liability for workplace injuries, environmental
remediation, regulatory penalties or other claims. Systems in place to manage environmental, health and safety compliance, and our emergency response and
crisis management plans may not address or foresee all potential risks or causes of disruption, or sufficiently address the impacts of such incidents on our
employees, customers or the communities in which our plants reside. We cannot assure you that we will not experience these types of incidents in the future
or that these incidents will not result in production delays or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition or
results of operations.
If disruptions occur, alternative facilities with sufficient capacity or capabilities may not be available, may cost substantially more or may take a
significant time to start production. Each of these scenarios could negatively affect our

Table of Contents
24
business and financial performance. If one of our key manufacturing facilities is unable to produce our products for an extended period of time, our sales
may be reduced by the shortfall caused by the disruption and we may not be able to meet our customers’ needs, which could cause them to seek other
suppliers. Furthermore, to the extent a production disruption occurs at a manufacturing facility that has been operating at or near full capacity, the resulting
shortage of our product could be particularly harmful because production at the manufacturing facility may not be able to reach levels achieved prior to the
disruption. Our insurance policies may not fully insure against all potential causes of disruption due to limitations and exclusions in those policies.
Therefore, incidents that significantly disrupt our operations may expose us to significant losses and/or liabilities.
If we are not able to continue the technological innovation and successful commercial introduction of new products, our customers may turn to
other producers to meet their requirements.
Our industry and the end markets into which we sell our products experience periodic technological changes and ongoing product improvements. Our
customers may introduce new generations of their own products or require new technological and increased performance specifications that would require
us to develop customized products. Our future growth will depend on our ability to predict and react to changes in key end markets, and to successfully
develop, manufacture and market products in such changing end markets. We need to continue to identify, develop and market innovative products on a
timely basis to replace existing products in order to maintain our profit margins and our competitive position. We may not be successful in developing new
products and technology that successfully compete with these materials, and our customers may not accept any of our new products. We may also face
regulatory or operational difficulties in our ability to scale up new technologies, including recycling technology, to meet customer demand or keep up with
competition. If we fail to keep pace with evolving technological innovations or fail to modify our products in response to our customers’ needs, then our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected as a result of reduced sales of our products.
If we are unable to execute on our capital projects, growth or maintenance projects within their expected budget and timelines, or if the market
conditions assumed in our projections deteriorate, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and
adversely affected.
Capital projects and other investments, including plant improvements, maintenance, or turnaround projects, may have lengthy deadlines during which
market conditions may deteriorate between the capital expenditure’s approval date and the conclusion of the project, negatively impacting projected returns.
Company performance, cost-saving measures, capital allocation priorities and elevated borrowing costs may impact our decision whether to undertake or
delay the start of certain capital projects in the near future. Delays or cost increases related to capital and other spending programs involving engineering,
procurement and construction of facilities or manufacturing lines or the development of new technologies could materially adversely affect our ability to
achieve forecasted operating results. Project delays or budget overages may arise as a result of unpredictable events, which may be beyond our control,
including, but not limited to:
●
denial of or delay in receiving requisite regulatory approvals, licenses and/or permits;
●
unanticipated increases in the cost of construction materials, labor, or utilities;
●
disruptions in transportation of components or construction materials;
●
adverse weather conditions or natural disasters, equipment malfunctions, explosions, fires or spills affecting our facilities, or those of
vendors or suppliers;
●
disease outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics, and government responses thereto;
●
shortages of sufficiently skilled labor, or labor disagreements resulting in unplanned work stoppages; or
●
non-performance by, or disputes with, vendors, partners, suppliers, contractors or subcontractors.
Furthermore, presumed demand for the technologies or products provided by the manufacturing facilities or lines being constructed or the
technologies being developed may deteriorate during the project period. If we were unable to stay within a project’s overall timeline or budget, or if market
conditions change, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Table of Contents
25
Risks Related to Acquisitions and Dispositions
We may not be successful in the proposed divestiture of our styrenics businesses, including our interest in Americas Styrenics.
We continue to explore strategic alternatives related to our styrenics business as an important step in our transformation strategy. In 2024 we
announced that we had commenced a sale process for our interest in Americas Styrenics LLC, pursuant to an ownership exit provision in our joint venture
agreement. We may not be able to accurately estimate the timing of the Americas Styrenics sale process or signing of a final agreement, valuation or
purchase price, or whether economic or other market conditions will impact the timing, price or market interest. While the divestiture of our styrenics
businesses remains a key part of our transformation strategy, we cannot estimate whether economic conditions, capital markets, or other factors will allow us
to successfully complete the sale of Americas Styrenics, or to locate an adequate buyer or buyers for our remaining styrenics business, negotiate terms of a
sale acceptable to the Company or successfully complete such sale.
A successful divestiture depends on various factors, including our ability to effectively transfer liabilities, contracts, facilities and employees to any
purchaser, revise our legal entity structure, negotiate continued equity ownership, identify and separate intellectual property, reduce fixed costs previously
associated with the divested assets or business, and collect the proceeds from any sale. Any divestiture may result in a dilutive impact to our future earnings
if we are unable to offset the dilutive impacts from the loss of revenue associated with the divested business, as well as significant write-offs, including those
related to long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial condition. All of these efforts require varying levels of management resources, which may divert our attention from other business operations.
Joint ventures may not operate according to their business plans if we or our partners fail to fulfill our or their obligations, or differences in views
among our joint venture partners result in delayed decisions, which may adversely affect our results of operations and may force us to dedicate
additional resources to these joint ventures.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, we received dividends of $45.0 million from our Americas Styrenics joint venture. We may enter into
additional joint ventures in the future. The nature of a joint venture requires us to share control with unaffiliated third parties. If joint venture partners do not
fulfill their obligations, the affected joint venture may not be able to operate according to its business plan. In that case, our results of operations may be
adversely affected and we may be required to increase the level of our commitment to the joint venture. Differences in views among joint venture
participants and our inability to unilaterally implement sales and production strategies or determine cash distributions from joint ventures may significantly
impact short-term and longer-term financial results, financial condition and the value of our ordinary shares.
We may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions or such benefits may take longer to realize than expected, and we may encounter
difficulty integrating these businesses into our operations. We may also be required to incur impairment and other charges, which would adversely
affect our operating results.
Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions will depend on our ability to successfully integrate the underlying businesses into ours.
The Company has devoted significant attention and resources integrating the operations, systems, processes and procedures of the acquired businesses, and
we expect to continue to do so. If we fail to effectively integrate or grow acquired businesses, we could lose or diminish the expected benefits of these
acquisitions. We also face risks that we fail to meet our financial and strategic goals, due to, among other things, inability to grow the acquired business,
achieve expected margins and grow relationships with customers. Further, these acquisitions may not result in the realization of the cost and revenue
synergies and benefits that we expected at the time of the acquisitions, nor can we give assurances that these benefits will be achieved when expected or at
all.
These risks may force us to write down the book value of underperforming acquired businesses. We may also be adversely affected by other
economic, business, and/or competitive factors which did not exist at the time of closing. Such conditions could materially adversely impact our business
and results of operations.

Table of Contents
26
We may engage in other future strategic disposition or acquisitions of certain assets and/or businesses that could affect our business, results of
operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We may selectively pursue collaboration agreements, joint ventures or complimentary acquisitions which inherently involves a number of risks and
presents financial, managerial and operational challenges, including, but not limited to:
●
potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of our management;
●
difficulty retaining key employees or with integration of personnel and financial and other systems;
●
difficulty maintaining relationships with customers;
●
hiring additional management and other critical personnel;
●
generating expected cost savings and synergies from the acquisition; and
●
increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.
Also, the presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to us at the time of acquisition may have a material
adverse effect on our business or financial results. Our acquisition and joint venture strategy may not be successfully received by customers or other
stakeholders, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from these other acquisitions or joint ventures.
We may pursue dispositions of certain other assets and/or businesses, which may involve material amounts of assets or lines of business, and
adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. If any such dispositions were to occur, under the terms of our outstanding third
party indebtedness we may be required to apply the proceeds of the sale to repay any borrowings under such facilities and may also involve continued
financial involvement in the divested business, such as through continuing equity ownership, transition service agreements, supply agreements, guarantees,
indemnities or other current or contingent financial obligations.
Risks Related to Regulation and Compliance
We are subject to customs, international trade, export control, and antitrust laws that could require us to modify our current business practices
and incur increased costs.
We are subject to numerous regulations, including customs and international trade laws, export/import control laws, and associated regulations. These
laws and regulations limit the countries in which we can do business; the persons or entities with whom we can do business; the products which we can buy
or sell; and the terms under which we can do business, including anti-dumping restrictions. In addition, we are subject to antitrust laws and zoning and
occupancy laws that regulate manufacturers generally and/or govern the importation, promotion and sale of our products, the operation of factories and
warehouse facilities and our relationship with our customers, suppliers and competitors. If any of these laws or regulations were to change or were violated
by our management, employees, suppliers, buying agents or trading companies, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we could experience delays in
shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties, or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our products and hurt our business and
negatively impact results of operations. In addition, in some areas we benefit from certain trade protections, including anti-dumping protection and the EU’s
Authorized Economic Operator program, which provides expedited customs treatment for materials crossing national borders. If we were to lose these
protections, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Global trade conflicts and the imposition of tariffs may have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
Various governments have adopted or may adopt protectionist trade policies seeking to impose tariffs, or renegotiate or terminate certain existing trade
relationships or trade agreements. For example, in February 2025, the Trump administration announced tariffs on certain goods imported to the United
States from Canada, Mexico and China, and subsequently agreed to a one-month delay of the tariffs applicable to goods from Mexico and Canada. We are
not able to predict whether such pauses will be permanent, whether new tariffs will be implemented or which jurisdictions would be impacted. Uncertainty
over global tariffs has and may continue to delay purchasing decisions by our customers as they assess the impact of such trade policies on their business.
Further changes in trade policy, trade restrictions, tariffs, or other governmental action has the potential to adversely impact our costs, including prices of
raw materials, or demand for our products or our customers’ products, which in turn could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

Table of Contents
27
We could be subject to changes in the global and local tax regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in which we operate, which could adversely
impact our results of operations.
We are subject to income taxes in Ireland, the United States, and numerous other foreign jurisdictions where our subsidiaries are organized. Due to
economic and political conditions, tax rates in these jurisdictions may change significantly. Our effective tax rate in the future can be impacted by changes in
the mix of earnings in countries with different statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws or their
interpretations, and other administrative or judicial rulings, and changes to our uncertain tax positions. Our tax returns are subject to examination by local
tax authorities and other governmental bodies. We regularly assess the probability of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations when
determining our provision for income taxes. There is an inherent uncertainty to the outcome of these examinations. If it is determined that the taxes we owe
are in excess of amounts previously accrued, our operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Effective from 2024, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Global Anti-Base Erosion rules under Pillar Two have been
enacted by the European Union and other countries in which the Company operates. These rules impose a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15% on
multinational enterprises. As additional jurisdictions enact similar legislation, transitional relief expires, and other provisions and guidance of Pillar Two go
into effect, our effective tax rate and cash tax payments could increase in future years which could have an adverse impact on our future operating results
and cash flows.
Regulatory and statutory changes, including those related to climate change and sustainability, applicable to our raw materials and products or our
customers’ products, or changes to consumer preferences or public perception, could require material expenditures, changes in our operations and
could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in environmental, health and safety regulations in jurisdictions where we manufacture and sell our products could lead to a decrease in
demand for our products. In addition to changes in regulations, customers, investors and other stakeholders are increasingly focusing on environmental
issues and disclosures, including climate change, energy and water use, greenhouse gas emissions and other sustainability concerns. Change in public
sentiment may result in changing demands for our products or could cause changes in the market dynamics of our existing products, impacting pricing, or
cause us to incur additional costs to make changes to our operations to comply with such demand changes. Compliance with new regulations could increase
the costs incurred to manufacture our products, or costs incurred by our customers to use our products and otherwise limit the use of these products and lead
to decreased demand which would have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Our inability to meet investor, industry or stakeholder
sustainability goals could materially impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Materials such as acrylonitrile, ethylbenzene, styrene, butadiene, bisphenol-A (“BPA”), methyl methacrylate (“MMA”), UV-stabilizers, and
halogenated flame retardant and others are used in the manufacturing of our products and have come under scrutiny due to potentially significant or
perceived health and safety concerns. In addition, per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (“PFAS”), chemicals used in products which require anti-dripping,
temperature, chemicals, or fire resistance properties, are under heightened governmental and regulatory scrutiny in the U.S., Europe and other countries for
potential contamination of soil, air and water, specifically in drinking water. The hazard classification of our products, or materials in our products, could
change due to new data or toxicology studies, which may make sales of such products difficult to certain customers or in certain markets if we are unable to
manufacture products without such classified materials. Heightened regulatory scrutiny, consumer protection actions or customer disapproval of these types
of materials could lead to regulatory action or declining sales and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Moreover, bans on single-use plastic, restrictions on microplastics and similar regulatory actions to reduce plastic waste and influence consumer
preferences for sustainable and recyclable materials may reduce the demand for some of our products over time. New or proposed legislation addressing the
global challenge of plastic waste may place responsibility on producers and sellers to include recycled content in their products. This legislation or other
market factors may impact our sales and place more importance on our initiatives to further develop technologies for recycled products.
Additionally, these regulatory regimes currently require significant compliance expenditures and future regulatory changes applicable to our raw
materials and products or our customers’ products, could require significant additional

Table of Contents
28
expenditures or changes in our operations. Governmental inquiries or lawsuits involving these chemicals could lead us to incur liability for damages or other
costs, lead to civil proceedings, the imposition of fines and penalties, or other remedies, and potentially add costs or restrictions to our manufacturing
operations in the future.
Our products are also used in a variety of end-uses that have specific regulatory requirements such as those relating to products that have contact with
food or medical device end-uses. Our customers or distributors may not follow our policies and advice regarding the safe use and application of our
products, which may unknowingly expose us to third-party claims. We and many of the applications for the products in the end markets in which we sell our
products are regulated by various national and local rules, laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act and the EU’s Registration,
Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals regulations. An increasing number of countries continue to adopt similar requirements, which could
require significant compliance expenditures or changes to our sales and marketing strategies and operations. Changes to existing regulations could result in
additional compliance costs, seizures, confiscations, recall or monetary fines, any of which could prevent or inhibit the development, distribution and sale of
our products. Changes in environmental and safety laws and regulations banning or restricting the use of these residual materials in our products, or our
customers’ products, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Failure to appropriately manage safety, human health, product
liability and environmental risks associated with our products, product life cycles and production processes could adversely impact employees,
communities, stakeholders, our reputation and the results of our operations.
Compliance with extensive and evolving environmental, health and safety laws may require substantial expenditures.
We use large quantities of hazardous substances, generate hazardous wastes and emit wastewater and air pollutants in our manufacturing operations.
Consequently, our operations are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations at both the national and local level in multiple
jurisdictions. Many of these laws and regulations have become more stringent over time and the costs of compliance with these requirements may continue
to increase, including costs associated with any capital investments for pollution control facilities. In addition, our production facilities and operations
require operating permits, licenses or other approvals that may be subject to periodic renewal and, in circumstances of noncompliance, may be subject to
revocation. The necessary licenses, permits or other approvals may not be issued or continue in effect, and any issued licenses, permits or approvals may
contain more stringent limitations that restrict our operations or that require further expenditures to meet the permit requirements.
This continuing focus on climate change in jurisdictions in which we operate has and will continue to result in new environmental regulations that 
may require us to incur additional costs in complying with new regulatory and customer requirements, which may adversely impact our operations and 
financial condition.  Compliance with more stringent environmental requirements would likely increase our costs of transportation and storage of raw 
materials and finished products, as well as the costs of storage and disposal of wastes. Additionally, we may incur substantial costs, including penalties, 
fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and remediation costs for the failure to comply with these laws or permit requirements.
We may be subject to losses due to liabilities or lawsuits related to contaminated land we own or operate or arising out of environmental damage or
personal injuries associated with exposure to chemicals or the release of chemicals.
Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and similar statutes outside the U.S., the current
or former owner or operator of a property contaminated by hazardous substance releases is subject to strict, unlimited, joint, several and retroactive liability
for the investigation and remediation of the property, and also may be liable for natural resource damages associated with the releases. In addition to
potential statutory liability, we also face the risk that individuals could seek damages for personal injury due to exposure to chemicals at our facilities,
chemicals which have been released from our facilities, chemicals otherwise owned or controlled by us, or chemicals which allegedly migrated from
products containing our materials. We face ongoing regulatory action by certain government agencies related to a spill at our Bristol site (see Item 3—Legal
Proceedings). We may be subject to claims with respect to workplace exposure, workers’ compensation and other health and safety matters. Legal claims
and regulatory actions could subject us to both civil and criminal penalties, which could affect our reputation as well as our results of operations, financial
condition, and liquidity.

Table of Contents
29
There are several properties which we own on which Dow has been conducting remediation to address historical contamination, while there are other
properties with historical contamination that are owned by Dow that we lease for our operations. While we did not assume the liabilities associated with
these properties in the U.S., because CERCLA and similar laws can impose liability for contamination on the current owner or operator of a property, even
if it did not create the contamination, there is a possibility that a governmental authority or private party could seek to include us in an action or claim for
remediation or damages, even though the contamination may have occurred prior to our ownership or occupancy. While Dow has agreed to indemnify us for
liability for releases of hazardous materials that occurred prior to our separation from Dow, the indemnity is subject to monetary and temporal limitations.
The period for new claims at these sites has expired. Sites acquired after the Dow Separation are subject to a different limitations period or may not be
subject to any indemnification. We cannot be certain that Dow will fully honor the indemnity or that the indemnity will be sufficient to satisfy all claims that
we may incur. Any active remedial projects on our properties which were part of the Dow Separation are being performed by Dow pursuant to its
indemnification obligations. In addition, we face the risk that future claims might fall partially or fully outside of the scope of the indemnity, particularly if
there is a release of hazardous materials that occurs in the future or at any time after our separation from Dow or if the condition requiring remediation is
attributable to a combination of events or operations occurring prior to and after our separation from Dow. The Company believes it has set adequate
reserves for all remediation projects it is currently undertaking.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our current and future level of indebtedness of our subsidiaries could adversely affect our financial condition.
As of December 31, 2024, our indebtedness totaled approximately $2.2 billion. Additionally, as of December 31, 2024, we had $91.7 million (net of
$20.8 million outstanding letters of credit) of funds available for borrowing under our senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) governing
our senior secured financing facility of up to $1,075.0 million (the “Senior Credit Facility”), as well as $50.0 million of funds available for borrowing under
our accounts receivable securitization facility.
Our current level of indebtedness, as well as future borrowings or other indebtedness, could have significant consequences for our business, including
but not limited to:
●
substantially increasing our borrowing costs;
●
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness;
●
significantly limiting our ability to use our cash flow to fund capital expenditures and future business opportunities and returning cash to our
shareholders in the form of dividends or share repurchases;
●
compromising our flexibility to capitalize on business opportunities or other strategic acquisitions, and to react to competitive pressures, as
compared to our competitors, or forcing us to make nonstrategic divestitures;
●
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and general corporate or other
purposes;
●
increasing our vulnerability to economic downturns and adverse industry, competitive, or market conditions;
●
placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt at more favorable interest
rates.
On January 17, 2025, the Company consummated an offer to exchange its 5.125% senior notes due 2029 in exchange for new 7.625% Second Lien
Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “2L Notes”). Additionally, the Company issued a $115.0 million new tranche of term loans under its credit agreement
dated September 8, 2023 (the “2028 Refinance Credit Agreement”), which proceeds were used to redeem the Company’s outstanding 5.375% senior notes
due 2025. Finally, the Company executed a new credit agreement to provide a new super priority revolving credit facility (the “OpCo Superpriority
Revolver”) in an initial aggregate principal committed amount of $300.0 million, which replaced its existing revolving credit facility.
The terms of our Credit Agreement, the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement, the OpCo Superpriority Revolver, and the indenture governing the 2L
Notes (the “Indenture”) contain significant restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and pledge of existing or future assets. These restrictions
are subject to certain qualifications and

Table of Contents
30
exceptions which could allow us to incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the risks related to
indebtedness that we now face could intensify.
In addition, the majority of our current indebtedness is secured by virtually all of our assets, which may make it more difficult to secure additional
borrowings at reasonable costs. If we default or declare bankruptcy, after these obligations are met, there may not be sufficient funds or assets to satisfy our
subordinate interests, including those of our shareholders.
For more information regarding our indebtedness, see Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of
Operations— Capital Resources, Indebtedness and Liquidity.
The terms of our subsidiaries’ indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to change or to take
certain actions.
Our credit, debt and refinance agreements contain covenants imposing certain restrictions on our subsidiaries’ businesses. These restrictions may
affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of business opportunities. These agreements restrict, among other
things, our subsidiaries’ ability to:
●
sell or assign assets;
●
incur additional indebtedness;
●
pay dividends to Trinseo PLC;
●
make investments or acquisitions;
●
incur liens;
●
repurchase or redeem capital shares;
●
engage in mergers or consolidations;
●
materially alter the business they conduct;
●
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
●
consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets.
We are required to meet a minimum liquidity test under our 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement, our OpCo Superpriority Revolver and our accounts
receivable securitization facility. The OpCo Superpriority Revolver also contains a revised springing covenant and an anti-cash hoarding covenant. The
ability of our subsidiaries to comply with the covenants, financial ratios and tests contained in the Credit Agreement, the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement,
the OpCo Superpriority Revolver and the Indenture, to pay interest on indebtedness, fund working capital, and make anticipated capital expenditures
depends on our future performance, which is subject to general economic conditions and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. There can be
no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness, or that
sufficient borrowings will be available under our Senior Credit Facility, OpCo Superpriority Revolver, 2028 Refinance Credit Facility or our accounts
receivable securitization facility to fund future liquidity needs. Furthermore, if we need additional capital for general corporate purposes or to execute on an
expansion strategy, there can be no assurance that this capital will be available on satisfactory terms or at all.
A failure to repay amounts owed under the Senior Credit Facility, 2028 Refinance Credit Facility, OpCo Superpriority Revolver or our 2L Notes at
maturity would result in a default. In addition, a breach of any of the covenants in the Credit Agreement, 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement, OpCo
Superpriority Revolver, Indenture or accounts receivable securitization facility, or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios, tests or limits
could result in a default. If a default occurs, lenders may refuse to lend us additional funds and the lenders or noteholders could declare all of the debt and
any accrued interest and fees immediately due and payable. A default under one of our subsidiaries’ debt agreements may trigger a cross-default under our
other debt agreements. For more information regarding our indebtedness, please see Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Conditions and Results of Operations— Capital Resources, Indebtedness and Liquidity.

Table of Contents
31
Risks Related to Litigation
We are party to certain legal proceedings, and may be subject to additional litigation, arbitration or legal proceedings in the future.
From time to time, we may be involved in litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings relating to claims arising out of our operations, business,
including but not limited to disputes over prior dispositions or other transactions, disputes over pricing or payments, or disputes over service or maintenance
costs at sites we do not own. The results of any current or future legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and, regardless of the outcome, we
may incur significant costs and experience a diversion of management resources as a result of such proceedings. The results of any such proceedings could
have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
The Company records accruals for legal matters which are both probable and reasonably estimable, and the Company believes that it has adequately
accrued for ongoing legal matters as appropriate. Litigation and arbitration are inherently unpredictable and, although the Company believes that its accruals
are adequate and/or that it has valid defenses in such matters, unfavorable resolutions could occur that are in excess of amounts accrued or which could have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Relationship with Dow
Dow provides significant operating and other services, and certain raw materials used in the production of our products, under agreements that
are important to our business. The failure of Dow to perform its obligations, or the termination of these agreements, could adversely affect our
operations.
Prior to the Dow Separation, we were operated by Dow, which has provided and continues to provide services under certain agreements that are
important to our business. We are a party to (i) SAR SSAs; (ii) supply and sales agreements; and (iii) the AR MOD5 Agreement, the terms of which permit
either party to terminate the applicable agreement in a variety of situations, including in the event of the other party’s uncured material breach, insolvency,
change of control or cessation of operations. Should Dow fail to provide these services or raw materials, or should any of the above agreements be
terminated, we would be forced to obtain these services and raw materials from third parties or provide them ourselves. Additionally, if Dow terminates
agreements pursuant to which we are obligated to provide certain services, we may lose the fees received by us under these agreements. The failure of Dow
to perform its obligations under, or our inability to renegotiate, renew or replace any of these contracts, particularly without an alternative source of raw
materials, could adversely affect our operations. Depending on market conditions at the time of any such termination, we may not be able to enter into
substitute arrangements in a timely manner. For more information regarding our relationship with Dow, please see Item 1—Business — Our Relationship
with Dow.
We are party to certain license agreements with Dow relating to intellectual property that is essential to our business. Because of this relationship,
we may have limited ability to expand our use of certain intellectual property beyond the field of the license or to police infringement that may be
harmful to our business.
In connection with the Dow Separation, we acquired ownership of, or in some cases, a worldwide right and license to use, certain patents, patent
applications and other intellectual property of Dow that were used by Dow to operate our business segments or held by Dow primarily for the benefit of our
business segments, prior to the Dow Separation. Generally, we acquired ownership of the intellectual property that was primarily used in our business
segments and acquired a license to a more limited set of intellectual property that had broader application within Dow beyond our core business segments.
Our license from Dow is perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid, and royalty-free. Furthermore, our license from Dow is exclusive within our business segments
for certain patents and patent applications that were used by Dow primarily prior to our separation, subject to licenses previously granted by Dow, and to
certain retained rights of Dow, including Dow’s retained right to use patents and patent applications outside of our business segments and for internal
consumption by Dow. Our license from Dow relates to polymeric compositions, manufacturing processes and end applications for the polymeric
compositions; and is limited to use in defined areas corresponding to our current business segments excluding certain products and end-use application
technology retained by Dow. Our ability to develop, manufacture or sell products and technology outside of these defined areas may be impeded by the
intellectual property rights that have been retained by Dow, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, infringement on these intellectual property rights could also impact our business and

Table of Contents
32
competitive position. We may not be able to enforce our rights, and Dow may be unwilling to enforce its rights, with respect to this intellectual property that
has been licensed by Dow.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
Our business relies on intellectual property and other proprietary information and our failure to adequately protect or effectively enforce our
rights, or our ability to successfully license our intellectual property, could harm our competitive advantages with respect to the manufacturing of
some of our products.
Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect, preserve and enforce our intellectual property rights, including patents,
trademarks, licenses, trade secrets and other proprietary information of our business. However, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our
intellectual property and other proprietary information without our authorization or independently developing intellectual property and other proprietary
information that is similar to or competes with ours. Any inability by us to effectively prevent the unauthorized use of our intellectual property and other
proprietary information by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our
business or goodwill. If it becomes necessary for us to initiate litigation to protect our proprietary rights, any proceedings could be burdensome and costly,
and we may not prevail.
We may be unable to determine when third parties are using our intellectual property rights without our authorization, particularly our manufacturing
processes. In addition, we cannot be certain that any intellectual property rights that we have licensed to third parties are being used only as authorized by
the applicable license agreement. The undetected, unremedied, or unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights or the legitimate development or
acquisition of intellectual property that is similar to or competes with ours by third parties could reduce or eliminate the competitive advantage we have as a
result of our intellectual property, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.
We have licensed certain intellectual property and proprietary manufacturing processes to a third party as part of a sale and license of our
polycarbonate manufacturing plant assets in Stade, Germany. Our inability to enforce our licensing rights or ownership of our intellectual property could
have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary information, including our processes, apparatuses, technology, trade
secrets, trade names and proprietary manufacturing know how, methods and compounds, through obtaining patent protection, securing trademark
registrations and securing our trade secrets through the use of confidentiality agreements of appropriate scope and other means, our competitive advantages
over other producers could be materially adversely affected. If we determine to take legal action to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights,
any suits or proceedings could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention. We may not prevail in any such
suits or proceedings. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and
results of operations.
Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to incur unexpected costs or prevent us from selling our
products.
Many of our competitors have a substantial amount of intellectual property that we must continually strive to avoid infringing as we improve our own
business processes and develop new products and applications. Although it is our policy and intention not to infringe valid patents of which we are aware,
we cannot provide assurances that our processes and products and other activities do not and will not infringe issued patents (whether present or future) or
other intellectual property rights belonging to others. There nonetheless could be third-party patents that cover our products, processes or technologies, and
it is possible that we could be liable for infringement of such patents and could be required to take remedial or curative actions to continue our
manufacturing and sales activities with respect to one or more products that are found to be infringing. We may also be subject to indemnity claims by our
business partners arising out of claims of their alleged infringement of the patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights of third parties in
connection with their use of our products. Intellectual property litigation often is expensive and time-consuming, regardless of the merits of any claim, and
our involvement in such litigation could divert our management’s attention from operating our business. If we were to discover that any of our processes,
technologies or products infringe on the valid intellectual property rights of others, we may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms,
or at all, or be able to modify our processes or technologies or re-engineer our products in a manner that is

Table of Contents
33
successful in avoiding infringement. Moreover, if we are sued for infringement and lose, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or be enjoined
from using or selling the infringing products or technology. Any of the foregoing could cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling our
products and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Data Security
Cybersecurity incidents including data breaches could compromise confidential information related to our business or the private information of
our employees, vendors, and customers, or could negatively impact our operations, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.
Cybersecurity incidents including data breaches could compromise our confidential information, personal identifiable information (“PII”) of our
employees, vendors, or customers, or cause a failure of our computer systems. A cyber security incident or data breach could result in the loss of
confidential information or PII, and could negatively impact business operations and pose a negative impact on our operations, reputation or financial
results. Such incidents result from external threats including cyber-attacks by criminal groups, state-sponsored actors or social-activist (hacktivist)
organizations or internal threats including malicious employees, mishandled information or inappropriate access. Cyber threats are constantly evolving,
becoming more sophisticated and being made by groups and individuals with a wide range of expertise and motives, and this increases the difficulty of
detecting and successfully defending against them. Furthermore, in addition to using our computer systems, we rely on computer systems operated by third-
party service providers. If our third-party service providers experience a cybersecurity incident, it could compromise our confidential, information or cause a
disruption in our operations. A cybersecurity incident or breach of our systems, or that of a third-party service provider, could lead to ransom, shutdown or
destruction of our critical manufacturing systems, manufacturing downtimes or operational disruptions, and other significant costs, which could adversely
affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the loss or disclosure of PII of our employees, vendors, or customers as a
result of a data breach may result in violations of various data privacy regulations and expose us to litigation, fines and other penalties. Therefore, any such
cybersecurity incident, disruptions to our operations or violations of data privacy laws could negatively impact our business, reputation and results of
operations.
Risks Related to our Information Systems
The implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system could cause disruption to our operations.
We are currently in the process of a multi-year transition to a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, which will replace most of our core
financial systems, and which is expected to occur in phases over the next several years. This project has been paused since 2023 as a cost control measure
and may not restart this year. If the implementation of the ERP system does not restart, or not proceed as expected, or does not operate as intended, could
negatively impact the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Any of these types of disruptions could have a negative effect on our
business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, the eventual implementing of a new ERP system may require significant resources and
refinement to fully realize the expected benefits of the system.
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares
Irish law differs from the laws in effect in the U.S. and may afford less protection to holders of our securities than companies formed in the U.S.
It may not be possible to enforce court judgments obtained in the U.S. against us in Ireland based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or
state securities laws. In addition, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained
against us or our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or hear actions against us or those
persons based on those laws. There is no treaty between Ireland and the U.S. providing for the reciprocal enforcement of foreign judgments. Therefore, a
final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, whether or not based solely on U.S. federal or
state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Ireland.
As an Irish company, Trinseo is governed by the Irish Companies Acts, which differ in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S.
corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to

Table of Contents
34
interested director and officer transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to
the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may
exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our shares may have more difficulty
protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the U.S.
Provisions of our articles of association and Irish law could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.
Our articles of association could delay, defer or prevent a third-party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our shareholders. For example,
our articles of association impose advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations of directors to be considered at shareholder
meetings, and our articles also require supermajority approval from shareholders to amend or repeal our articles of association.
In addition, several mandatory provisions of Irish law could prevent or delay an acquisition of Trinseo. For example, Irish law does not permit
shareholders of an Irish public limited company to take action by written consent with less than unanimous consent. We are also subject to provisions of
Irish law relating to mandatory bids, voluntary bids, requirements to make a cash offer and minimum price requirements, as well as rules requiring the
disclosure of interests in our ordinary shares in certain circumstances.
These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our ordinary shares at a premium over the market price, and may
negatively impact the voting and other rights of our shareholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our
shareholders to elect directors other than those nominated by our board of directors.
Any attempts to take us over will be subject to Irish Takeover Rules and subject to review by the Irish Takeover Panel.
We are subject to the Irish Takeover Rules, under which our board of directors will not be permitted to take any action which might frustrate an offer
for our ordinary shares once it has received an approach which may lead to an offer or has reason to believe an offer is imminent.
As an Irish public limited company, certain capital structure decisions regarding the Company will require the approval of shareholders, which
may limit the Company’s flexibility to manage its capital structure.
Irish law provides that a board of directors may allot shares (or rights to subscribe for or convertible into shares) only with the prior authorization of
shareholders, for a maximum period of five years, as specified in the articles of association or relevant shareholder resolution. At our most recent annual
general meeting, shareholders authorized the allotment of up to 20% of the nominal value of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital for a period of 18
months. Approval from the Company’s shareholders, by ordinary resolution, being a resolution passed by a simple majority of votes cast, on or prior to
expiration, will be required to renew this authorization. Our ability to issue equity without this authorization could be limited which could adversely affect
our securities holders.
Irish law also generally provides shareholders with preemptive rights when new shares are issued for cash; however, it is possible for the Company’s
articles of association, or shareholders in general meeting, to exclude preemptive rights. At our most recent annual general meeting, shareholders authorized
the exclusion of preemptive rights for a period of 18 months for (i) the issuance of shares for cash in connection with any rights issue; and (ii) the issuance
of shares for cash not to exceed 5% of our issued ordinary share capital (with an additional 5% provided the company uses it for an acquisition or specified
capital investment). Renewal of this exclusion requires approval by Company’s shareholders, by special resolution, being a resolution passed by not less
than 75% of votes cast, on or prior to expiration. Should this exclusion not be approved, our ability to issue equity could be limited which could adversely
affect our securities holders.

Table of Contents
35
General Risks
Conditions in the global economy and capital markets may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Our products are sold in markets that are sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, such as sales of automotive and construction products.
Downturns in general economic conditions can cause fluctuations in demand for our products, product prices, volumes and margins.
Rising inflation and interest rates, recessions, turbulence in the credit markets, fluctuating commodity prices, volatile exchange rates, social and
political instability and other challenges affecting the global economy can affect us and our customers. Instability and uncertainty in financial and
commodity markets throughout the world may cause, among other things, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades of certain
investments and declining valuations and pricing volatility of others, volatile energy and raw material costs, geopolitical issues and failure and the potential
failure of major financial institutions. Adverse events affecting the health of the economy, including recessionary conditions, inflation, rising interest rates,
sovereign debt and economic crises, natural disasters, disease epidemics or pandemics, political unrest, terrorism, protectionism, tariffs, refugee crises, and
war or the threat of war, could have a negative impact on the health of the global economy. These developments, or the perception that any of them could
occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions or on the stability of global markets. For example, current macroeconomic and
political instability caused by rising interest rates, inflation, geopolitical tensions or conflicts, such as the war between Russia and Ukraine, could continue to
adversely impact global markets and our results of operations. A disease outbreak or pandemic, similar to the COVID-19 pandemic, could negatively impact
economies in the countries in which we operate and adversely impact our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. During any period
of uncertainty or heightened market volatility, consumer confidence may decline which could lead to a decline in demand for our products or a shift to
lower-margin products, which could adversely affect sales of our products and profitability, result in impairments of certain of our assets, and could
negatively impact our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
Deterioration in the financial and credit market heightens the risk of customer bankruptcies and delay in payment. We are unable to predict the
duration of the current economic conditions or their effects on financial markets, our business and results of operations. In addition, we have experienced,
and expect to continue to experience, increased capital costs due to increases in global interest rates. If our access to capital were to become significantly
constrained, or if costs of capital increased significantly due to increased interest rates, lowered credit ratings, prevailing industry conditions, the volatility of
the capital markets or other factors, or if economic conditions were to further deteriorate, then our financial condition, our results of operations, and cash
flows could be adversely affected.
As a global business, we are exposed to local business risks in different countries, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.
We have significant operations worldwide, including manufacturing facilities, R&D facilities, sales personnel and customer support operations. Our
international operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business in foreign countries, including, but not necessarily limited to:
●
new and different legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions, or changes to rules and regulations with minimal advance notice;
●
uncertainties regarding interpretation and enforcement of laws and regulations;
●
variation in political and economic policy of the local governments and social conditions;
●
tariffs, export duties, or import quotas;
●
domestic and foreign customs and tariffs or other trade barriers;
●
restrictive labor and employment laws;
●
potential staffing difficulties and labor disputes;
●
managing and obtaining support and distribution for local operations;
●
increased costs of transportation or shipping;
●
credit risk and financial conditions of local customers and distributors;
●
potential difficulties in protecting intellectual property;
●
risk of nationalization of private enterprises by foreign governments;
●
potential imposition of restrictions on investments;

Table of Contents
36
●
potentially adverse tax consequences, including imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by
subsidiaries;
●
legal restrictions on doing business in or with certain nations, certain parties and/or certain products;
●
foreign currency exchange restrictions and fluctuations; and
●
local economic, political and social conditions, including the possibility of hyperinflationary conditions and political instability.
We may not be successful in developing and implementing policies and strategies to address the foregoing factors in a timely and effective manner at
each location where we do business. Consequently, the occurrence of one or more of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our
international operations or upon our financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations in developing markets could expose us to political, economic and regulatory risks that are greater than those we may face in
established markets. For example, we operate in some nations that have experienced significant levels of governmental corruption. Any failure by us to
ensure that our employees and agents comply with applicable laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial civil and criminal
penalties or restrictions on our ability to conduct business in certain foreign jurisdictions or reputational damage, and our results of operations and financial
condition could be materially and adversely affected.
We face competitive risks related to excess supply capacity.
Our products generally compete based on quality, reliability, customer specification, as well as our customer service and length and depth of our
customer relationships. Certain Trinseo products compete primarily on price and therefore may face greater competition where comparable products are
readily available.  Excess supply capacity in the markets where we operate may create negative pricing pressure on these products. Our competitors in
certain markets, primarily in Asia, have added or may add significant production capacity, which additional supply could negatively impact our sales,
pricing and margins in those regions where new capacity is added or excess supply is made available. Our inability to compete in these markets could have a
material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may significantly impact our results of operations and may significantly affect the comparability of our
results between financial periods.
Our operations are conducted by subsidiaries in many countries. The results of the operations and the financial position of these subsidiaries are
reported in the relevant foreign currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial
statements. The main currency to which we are exposed is the euro, as approximately 48% of our net sales were generated in Europe in 2024. To a lesser
degree, we are also exposed to other currencies, including, among others, the Chinese yuan, South Korean won, Swiss franc, and New Taiwan dollar. The
exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. A
depreciation of these currencies against the U.S. dollar, in particular the euro, will decrease the U.S. dollar equivalent of the amounts derived from these
operations reported in our consolidated financial statements and an appreciation of these currencies will result in a corresponding increase in such amounts.
Because some of our raw material costs are procured in U.S. dollars rather than on these currencies, depreciation of these currencies may have an adverse
effect on our profit margins or our reported results of operations. Conversely, to the extent that we are required to pay for goods or services in foreign
currencies, the appreciation of such currencies against the U.S. dollar will tend to negatively impact our results of operations. In addition, currency
fluctuations may affect the comparability of our results of operations between financial periods.
We incur currency translation risk whenever we enter into either a purchase or sale transaction using a currency other than the local currency of the
transacting entity. From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge fluctuations associated with certain monetary assets and
liabilities, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and certain intercompany obligations. However, attempts to hedge against foreign currency
fluctuation risk may not be able to effectively limit our exposure to intermediate or long-term movements in currency exchange rates, which could adversely
impact our financial condition or results of operations. Given the volatility of exchange rates, there can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively
manage our currency translation risks or that any

Table of Contents
37
volatility in currency exchange rates will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments 
None.
Item 1C.    Cybersecurity
Trinseo’s business and production operations rely on secure access, processing, storage, and transmission of company confidential and personal
identifiable information within various technology platforms. The Company has processes in place to monitor, identify, assess and respond to material risks
from cybersecurity threats. We maintain a cyber risk management program to identify, protect, detect, respond and recover from cyber threats and incidents.
Our cybersecurity risk management and internal controls programs are aligned to ISO27001 Standards and the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) framework.
As part of our program management activities, we actively engage internal and prominent external experts, as well as industry participants, as part of
our continuing efforts to evaluate and enhance the effectiveness of our cybersecurity policies and procedures. The Company has adopted a cybersecurity
incident response plan (the “Incident Response Plan”) which defines our approach for prompt detection, analysis and determination of materiality,
prioritization and mitigation of cybersecurity incidents. The Incident Response Plan also includes criteria for escalation to cross-functional committees,
including executive management, and notification to our Board, as appropriate. Management also periodically performs tabletop exercises to simulate actual
cyber threats to strengthen our policies, standards and related governance processes in response to cyber events. In addition, our internal audit function
performs periodic audits or other evaluations to assess our cybersecurity program and compliance with policies and procedures.
Our cybersecurity program is managed by a dedicated Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”). Our CISO has formal education in information
technology and extensive cybersecurity program management experience with over three decades of diverse experience in the chemicals and manufacturing
industries and maintains various information security certifications. Our CISO is accountable for the enterprise-wide cybersecurity strategy for both
information technology (IT) and operations technology (OT), including significant third-party risks. The cybersecurity team, led by our CISO, is responsible
for policies, standards, architecture, tools, training and processes to keep Trinseo secure. Our CISO provides regular updates to our Digital Steering or
Cybersecurity Steering management committees.
Our Board of Directors has ultimate oversight of cybersecurity risk and our CISO provides periodic reports and updates concerning our cybersecurity
program to the Board, as well as our Chief Executive Officer and other members of our senior management, as appropriate. Cybersecurity reports to the
Board generally occur at least annually, with updates as deemed necessary by our CISO or, senior management. These reports include updates on the
Company’s cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen our information network and data security, assessments of the information security
program, and the emerging threat landscape.
The Audit Committee is responsible for oversight of the Company’s Incident Response Plan, including evaluation of material incidents, response and
other related actions, and SEC reporting obligations, which is reviewed at least annually, or as circumstances warrant.
Trinseo faces risks from cybersecurity threats that could have a material adverse effect on our business strategy, results of operations, financial
condition, cash flows or reputation. Trinseo has experienced, and will continue to experience, cyber incidents in the normal course of our business. Trinseo
has not experienced any material cybersecurity incidents or incurred material expenses related to cybersecurity incidents. As of the date of this report, we
are not aware of any material risks from cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company,
including our business strategy, results of operations, financial condition or reputation. See Item 1A Risk Factors for a discussion of cybersecurity risks.
Item 2.    Properties
We own and operate production units at 21 manufacturing sites and one recycling facility around the world. In addition, we source products from 7
joint venture sites. We also own or lease other properties, including office buildings, warehouses, research and development facilities, testing facilities and
sales offices.

Table of Contents
38
The following table sets forth a list of our principal offices, production sites and other facilities as of December 31, 2024:
Site Name
    
Location
    
Leased/owned
    
Products/Functions
    
Business Segments
 
Corporate Offices
Dublin
Ireland
Leased
Corporate office
Not applicable
Wayne
USA (PA)
Leased
Global operating center
Not applicable
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Leased
Regional operating center
Not applicable
Pfäffikon
Switzerland
Leased
Regional operating center
Not applicable
Midland
USA (MI)
Leased
Regional operating center
Not applicable
Production Sites
Bristol
USA (PA)
Leased
PMMA Resins
Engineered Materials
Dalton
USA (GA)
Owned
Latex
Latex Binders
Florence
USA (KY)
Owned
PMMA Sheets
Engineered Materials
Hamina
Finland
Owned
Latex
Latex Binders
Hoek
The Netherlands
Owned
Compounds and blends
Polymer Solutions
Hsinchu
Taiwan
Owned
TPEs, Compounds and blends
Engineered Materials
Louisville
USA (KY)
Owned
PMMA Resins, PMMA Sheets
Engineered Materials
Merak++
Indonesia
Owned
Latex, Polystyrene
Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions
Midland*
USA (MI)
Leased
Latex, ABS, SAN
Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions
Mussolente
Italy
Owned
TPEs
Engineered Materials
Norrkoping
Sweden
Owned
Latex
Latex Binders
Porto Marghera
Italy
Owned
MMA
Engineered Materials
Rheinmünster*
Germany
Owned
Latex
Latex Binders
Rho
Italy
Owned
PMMA Resins, MMA
Engineered Materials
Saint Avold
France
Owned
PMMA Sheets
Engineered Materials
Schkopau*
Germany
Leased
Polystyrene
Polymer Solutions
Terneuzen*
The Netherlands
Leased
Latex, ABS, SAN
Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions
Tessenderlo*
Belgium
Leased
Polystyrene
Polymer Solutions
Tsing Yi+
Hong Kong
Leased
Polystyrene
Polymer Solutions
Ulsan
Korea
Owned
Latex
Latex Binders
Utrecht **
The Netherlands
Leased
Recycling facility
Polymer Solutions
Zhangjiagang*
China
Leased
Latex, ABS
Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions
R&D Facilities
Dalton
USA (GA)
Owned
Latex
Latex Binders
Florence
USA (KY)
Leased
PMMA Sheets
Engineered Materials
Hsinchu
Taiwan
Owned
Compounds and blends, TPEs
Engineered Materials
King of Prussia
USA (PA)
Leased
PMMA Resins, PMMA Sheets
Engineered Materials
Midland 1300
USA (MI)
Leased
Latex
Latex Binders
Midland 1604
USA (MI)
Leased
Compounds and blends, Latex
Polymer Solutions,
Latex Binders, Engineered Materials
Mussolente
Italy
Owned
TPEs
Engineered Materials
Rheinmünster
Germany
Owned
Latex
Latex Binders
Rho
Italy
Owned
PMMA Resins
Engineered Materials
Shanghai
China
Leased
Latex, Compounds and blends, ABS, PC
Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions, Engineered
Materials
Terneuzen
The Netherlands
Leased
Compounds and blends, ABS, PC
Polymer Solutions, Engineered Materials
Tsing Yi+
Hong Kong
Leased
ABS, PC, Compounds and blends
Polymer Solutions, Engineered Materials
*
Facility co-located with Dow (or other companies) facilities under ground lease agreements. Plant facilities are owned by the Company.
**
Facility processes waste thermoplastics, such as PMMA, PC, ABS and Polystyrene, into usable raw materials for use in various end consumer applications.
+
Facility located on property owned by the applicable government.
++
Facility located on property under certification with right to build.

Table of Contents
39
The following table sets forth a list of principal offices, production sites and other facilities used by our 50%-owned joint venture, Americas Styrenics, as of
December 31, 2024:
Site Name
Location
Leased/owned
Products/Functions
Business Segments
Americas Styrenics
Allyn’s Point
USA (CT)
Leased
Polystyrene
Americas Styrenics
Cartegena
Colombia
Owned
Polystyrene
Americas Styrenics
Hanging Rock
USA (OH)
Leased
Polystyrene
Americas Styrenics
Joliet
USA (IL)
Owned
Polystyrene
Americas Styrenics
Marietta
USA (OH)
Owned
Polystyrene
Americas Styrenics
St. James
USA (LA)
Owned
Styrene monomer
Americas Styrenics
Torrance
USA (CA)
Leased
Polystyrene
Americas Styrenics
 
We believe that our properties and equipment are generally in good operating condition and are adequate for our present needs. Production capacity at
our sites can vary depending upon product mix and operating conditions.
A majority of our global production facilities are certified to ISO 9001 standards. Our manufacturing facilities have established reliability and
maintenance programs and leverage production between sites to maximize efficiency.
Our plants often have similar layouts, technology and manufacturing processes, depending upon the product being manufactured. We believe this
global uniformity creates a key competitive advantage for us and helps lower overall operating costs.
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may be subject to various legal claims and proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of business, relating to such matters as
product liability, antitrust, competition, waste disposal practices, release of chemicals into the environment, current and former employees, and other matters
that may arise in the ordinary course of our business. Regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and
settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. For information regarding new matters and material developments in legal
proceedings during the year ended December 31, 2024, see “Litigation Matters” in Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.  

Table of Contents
40
PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The principal market on which our ordinary shares is traded is the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), under the ticker symbol “TSE.” As of
February 19, 2025, there were two record holders of our ordinary shares, 39,630,052 ordinary shares issued, and 35,481,484 ordinary shares outstanding. We
have approximately 7,895 beneficial holders who hold shares through brokerage accounts under street names.
Stock Performance Graph
The following performance graph reflects the comparative changes in the value from December 31, 2019 through December 31, 2024, assuming an
initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends or other cash distributions, if any, in (1) our ordinary shares, (2) the S&P 500 Chemicals
Industry GICS Level 3 Index, and (3) the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. The share price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future
price performance.
Purchases of equity securities by the Company and affiliated purchasers
On September 2, 2022, the board of directors of the Company unanimously approved the authorization of a share repurchase program where the 
Company may repurchase up to $200.0 million of our ordinary shares, subject to certain parameters defined by the board of directors. The repurchase 
authorization expired after 18 months and there were no share repurchases executed under the program.  
Ireland Tax Considerations
The following is a summary discussion of the material Irish tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of your ordinary shares
that may be applicable to you. It is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice. This discussion is based on Irish laws and
regulations as they stand on the date of this report and is subject to any change in law or regulations or changes in interpretation or application thereof (and
which may possibly have a retroactive effect). Investors should therefore consult their own professional advisers as to the effects of state, local or foreign
laws and regulations, including Irish tax law and regulations, to which they may be subject.

Table of Contents
41
There are currently no governmental laws, decrees or regulations in Ireland that restrict the remittance of dividends or other payments to non-resident
holders of the Company’s shares.
Dividends paid by Trinseo will generally be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax (currently at a rate of 25%).  U.S. resident shareholders may 
claim an exemption from the dividend withholding tax by holding their shares in an account through the Depository Trust Company and having on file with 
their broker or qualifying agent a valid U.S. address on the record date of the dividend, or by completing certain Irish dividend withholding tax exemption 
forms or filing a certification of U.S. residency (Form 6166).
Trinseo shareholders who receive their dividends subject to Irish dividend withholding tax will generally have no further liability for Irish income tax,
provided a statement is presented to the Irish authorities of the dividend withholding tax imposed.
While there are provisions in the U.S.-Ireland Double Tax Treaty regarding withholding, it would generally be unnecessary for U.S. resident
shareholders to rely on the treaty provisions due to the broad scope of withholding tax exemptions available under Irish domestic law.
Item 6.    Reserved
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our
Company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated
financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto, included elsewhere within this Annual Report. The statements in this discussion regarding industry
outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and all other non-historical statements in this discussion are
forward-looking statements and are based on the beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our
management and are made as of the date of this Annual Report. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Actual results could differ
materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere
within this Annual Report, particularly in Item 1A—“Risk Factors.” Definitions of capitalized terms not defined herein appear in the notes to our
consolidated financial statements.
2024 Highlights
For the year ended December 31, 2024, we had net loss from continuing operations of $348.5 million, including $67.2 million of restructuring and
other charges, and Adjusted EBITDA of $203.7 million. Adjusted EBITDA for the quarter and year-to-date 2024 improved versus 2023 for all reportable
segments except Americas Styrenics principally due to cost savings from previously announced restructuring initiatives, improved product mix, and
moderating input costs despite continued weak demand in many of our end markets. The Company continues to have access to capital resources through the
refinancings of our debt structure.
New Financing Arrangements
The Company has maintained an accounts receivable securitization facility since 2010 (the “2010 A/R Facility”) for the securitization of trade
receivables originated by certain of the Company’s Swiss, German, Dutch and U.S. subsidiaries. On March 28, 2024, the 2010 A/R Facility was amended to,
among other things, extend the maturity date to November 2025. On July 18, 2024, in connection with the entry into the 2024 A/R Facility (as defined
below), the 2010 A/R Facility was terminated and the outstanding facility amount was paid in full. As a result of this termination, the Company recognized a
$0.6 million non-cash loss on extinguishment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2024, comprised entirely of the write-off of unamortized deferred
financing costs.
On July 18, 2024, Trinseo Ireland Global IHB Limited, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, as investment manager, and Styron
Receivables Funding Designated Activity Company, a special purpose finance entity, as borrower, among others, entered into a revolving credit facility
secured by certain accounts receivable (the “2024 A/R Facility”), which has a borrowing limit of $150.0 million and matures in January 2028 with an
optional one year extension. Borrowings under the 2024 A/R Facility incur interest at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Term SOFR or

Table of Contents
42
EURIBOR (each as defined in the 2024 A/R Facility credit agreement, subject to a 1.00% floor), depending on the borrowing currency, plus a margin of
4.75% and the Company incurs interest on a minimum of $75.0 million of advances, irrespective of actual amounts outstanding. The 2024 A/R Facility
contains standard representations, warranties and covenants, as well as standard events of default, including the occurrence of an event of default under the
Company’s other material indebtedness. As of December 31, 2024, $75.0 million of borrowings were outstanding under the 2024 A/R Facility.
On December 9, 2024, the Company executed a Transaction Support Agreement (the “TSA”) with certain supporting creditors, including, without
limitation, holders of the Company’s 2025 Notes and Existing 2029 Notes (each as defined below), 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement (as defined below)
lenders, lenders under the 2026 Revolving Facility (as defined below) and certain term lenders under the Credit Agreement (as defined below) (together, the
“Supporting Creditors”). Pursuant to the TSA, the Supporting Creditors agreed to support a series of transactions to refinance near-term maturities, provide
additional operating liquidity, extend the Company’s nearest debt maturity to 2028, and capture discount from an exchange of its 2029 Senior Notes.
On January 17, 2025, the Company completed a series of transactions contemplated by the TSA, including an offer to exchange any outstanding
5.125% senior notes due 2029 (the “Existing 2029 Notes”) in exchange for new 7.625% Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “New 2L Notes”).
New 2L Notes in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $379.5 million were issued in exchange for a total of approximately $446.5 million
aggregate principal amount of the Existing 2029 Notes, or 99.88% of the aggregate principal amount thereof outstanding. The New 2L Notes will bear
interest at a rate of 7.625% per annum, of which: (i) from the Settlement Date until and including the date that is the sixth semiannual interest payment date
following the Settlement Date, 5.125% per annum will be payable in cash and 2.50% per annum will be payable in-kind either by increasing the principal
amount of the outstanding New 2L Notes or by issuing New 2L Notes, or, at the New Issuers’ option, in cash; and (ii) thereafter until maturity, the entire
7.625% per annum will be payable in cash. Interest on the New 2L Notes will be paid semiannually on February 15 and August 15 of each year,
commencing on August 15, 2025. The New 2L Notes will mature on May 3, 2029.
Additionally, the Company issued a $115.0 million new tranche of loans under the certain credit agreement dated September 8, 2023 (as amended, the
“2028 Refinance Credit Agreement”), on substantially similar terms to the existing term loans under the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement. The proceeds of
this tranche of loans were used to redeem all of the $115.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of the 5.375% senior notes due 2025 (the “2025
Notes”).
The Company executed a new credit agreement to provide a new super priority revolving credit facility (the “OpCo Super-Priority Revolver”) in an
initial aggregate principal committed amount of $300.0 million. This OpCo Super-Priority Revolver has a revised springing covenant, a liquidity covenant,
an anti-cash hoarding covenant, a maturity date of February 2028 and is available to be drawn upon immediately. The OpCo Super-Priority Revolver
replaced the Company’s existing revolving credit facility due to mature in May 2026.
2024 Restructuring Plan
On September 26, 2024, the Board of Directors approved the 2024 Restructuring Plan (the “2024 Restructuring Plan”) which was designed to further
reduce costs by streamlining commercial and operational activities and to improve profitability and better position the Company for longer term growth and
cash flow generation. These actions consist of the following:
•
Combination of the management of the Company’s Engineered Materials, Plastics Solutions and Polystyrene businesses
•
Certain other workforce reductions to streamline the Company’s internal general & administrative network
•
Closure of virgin polycarbonate production at the Company’s Stade, Germany production facility.
On November 13, 2024, the Company announced it entered into agreements to supply a polycarbonate technology license and proprietary
polycarbonate production equipment in Stade, Germany to a wholly owned subsidiary of Deepak for use in India for a value of approximately $52.5 million.
In connection with this sale of polycarbonate manufacturing assets, the Company committed to a plan to decommission the Stade, Germany polycarbonate
plant and expects to incur certain restructuring and other charges.
In connection with the 2024 Restructuring Plan, during the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded net pre-tax restructuring charges of
$52.0 million, consisting of $24.6 million of severance and related benefit costs,

Table of Contents
43
$26.5 million of asset related charges, and $0.9 million of contract terminations. Asset-related charges include $19.9 million related to the accelerated
depreciation for the asset retirement cost at Stade, Germany, $5.6 million in accelerated depreciation charges of plant, property and equipment associated
with the exit of the Company’s Stade, Germany plant and other charges of $1.0 million. The Company expects to incur incremental contract terminations of
$25.0 million to $28.0 million and asset related charges of $2.7 million within the Polymer Solutions segment. The majority of charges related to the 2024
Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown are expected to be paid by the end of 2027.
Exploration for Divestiture of Americas Styrenics
In March 2024, the Company announced it commenced a sale process for the Company’s interest in Americas Styrenics, via the initiation of an
ownership exit provision in the joint venture agreement. Trinseo and Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP, co-owners of Americas Styrenics, have
decided to pursue a joint sale process. We, along with our partner, remain committed to sell Americas Styrenics, with our focus being to maximize value and
now expect a signing in late 2025.
Results of Operations
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
The table below sets forth our historical results of operations, and these results as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated. Refer to the
Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2024 for explanations of our results of operations for 2023 in comparison to 2022.
Year Ended 
December 31, 
(in millions)
    
2024
%
    
2023
%
        
2022
%
Net sales
$
 3,513.2
 100 %  
$
 3,675.4
 100 %      $
 4,965.5
 100 %  
Cost of sales
 
 3,247.6
 92 %  
 
 3,533.1
 96 %  
 
 4,693.2
 95 %  
Gross profit
 
 265.6
 8 %  
 
 142.3
 4 %  
 
 272.3
 5 %  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
 327.0
 9 %  
 
 310.3
 8 %  
 
 398.8
 8 %  
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
 
 15.4
 — %  
 
 62.1
 2 %  
 
 102.2
 2 %  
Impairment and other charges
 —
 — %  
 349.5
 10 %  
 339.6
 7 %  
Operating loss
 
 (46.0)
 (1)%  
 
 (455.4)
 (12)%  
 
 (363.9)
 (8)%  
Interest expense, net
 
 267.5
 8 %  
 
 188.4
 5 %  
 
 112.9
 2 %  
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of long-term debt
 0.6
 — %  
 6.3
 — %  
 (0.8)
 — %  
Other expense (income), net
 
 3.9
 — %  
 
 (17.2)
 — %  
 
 (6.4)
 — %  
Loss before income taxes
 
 (318.0)
 (9)%  
 
 (632.9)
 (17)%  
 
 (469.6)
 (10)%  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
 
 30.5
 1 %  
 
 68.4
 2 %  
 
 (41.6)
 (1)%  
Net loss from continuing operations
$
 (348.5)
 (10)%
$
 (701.3)
 (19)%
$
 (428.0)
 (9)%
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of
income taxes
 
 —
 — %
 
 —
 — %
 
 (2.9)
 — %
Net loss
$
 (348.5)
 (10)%
$
 (701.3)
 (19)%
$
 (430.9)
 (9)%
2024 vs. 2023
Net Sales
Net sales decreased 4% year-over-year, primarily driven by intentionally reducing volumes or exiting low-margin businesses, particularly in Polymer
Solutions and Latex Binders, in order to optimize plant operations and sales mix.

Table of Contents
44
Cost of Sales
The 8% decrease in cost of sales was primarily attributable to a 4% decrease from lower utilities, and a 4% decrease due to lower sales volumes.
Gross Profit
The $123.3 million, or 87% increase in gross profit was primarily due to higher margins, principally reflecting the absence of unfavorable impacts
from prior year natural gas hedge losses and higher plant utilization. See the segment discussion below for further information.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
The $16.7 million, or 5%, increase in SG&A was primarily due to increased restructuring costs of $13.2 million, partially offset by $9.5 million of
lower costs for strategic initiatives, principally associated with the Company’s partially completed enterprise resource planning system upgrade during 2023.
Additionally, the increase in SG&A compared to the prior year was impacted by a $10.8 million reduction in net pre-tax gains on asset sales. In the
prior year, the Company recognized a $14.4 million pre-tax gain from the sale of assets in Matamoros, Mexico. During the year ended December 31, 2024,
the Company recorded $3.6 million in pre-tax gains from the sale of land, buildings, and equipment in Bronderslev, Denmark, and Belen, New Mexico.
Equity in Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates
The decrease in equity earnings of $46.7 million was due to a planned turnaround in the first quarter and an unplanned outage in the third quarter at its
styrene production facility, along with lower styrene and polystyrene margins.
Impairment and other charges
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $349.0 million related to the Engineered
Materials reporting unit, as described within Note 14 in the consolidated financial statements. The Company also recorded impairment charges of $0.5
million related to the Boehlen styrene monomer assets during the years ended December 31, 2023, as described within Note 18 in the consolidated financial
statements.
Interest Expense, Net
The increase in interest expense, net of $79.1 million, or 42%, was primarily attributable to the year-over-year increase in market interest rates on our
variable rate debt, specifically related to the 2028 Refinance Loans compared to the 2024 Term Loan B and $8.0 million related to costs for the payment in
kind election (“PIK Interest Election”). Refer to Note 16 in the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information.
(Gain) Loss on Extinguishment of Long-Term Debt
Loss on extinguishment of long-term debt was $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, this is comprised entirely of the write-off of
unamortized deferred financing costs due to the Company terminating the 2010 A/R Facility in July 2024 and paying the outstanding amount in full.
Loss on extinguishment of long-term debt was $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, which related to the Company’s debt refinancing
during the third quarter of 2023. This amount was primarily comprised of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized original
issue discount related to the 2024 Term Loan B as well as the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the 2025 Senior Notes.
Other Expense (Income), Net
Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $3.9 million. Other income, net was comprised of foreign exchange transaction losses
of $1.7 million, which included $19.5 million of foreign exchange transaction losses primarily from the remeasurement of our euro denominated payables
due to the relative changes in rates between the

Table of Contents
45
U.S. dollar and the euro during the period, partially offset by $17.8 million of gains from our foreign exchange forward contracts.
Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $17.2 million. Other income, net was comprised of foreign exchange transaction gains
of $9.1 million, which included $16.7 million of foreign exchange transaction gains primarily from the remeasurement of our euro denominated payables
due to the relative changes in rates between the U.S. dollar and the euro during the period, partially offset by $7.6 million of losses from our foreign
exchange forward contracts.
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes was $30.5 million and $68.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which resulted in an
effective tax rate of (10)% and (11)%, respectively. The decrease in provision for income taxes in 2024 was primarily driven by the decrease in valuation
allowance in the United States, Switzerland and Luxembourg, as well as the geographical mix of earnings, partially offset by the increase in valuation
allowance in China.
Selected Segment Information
Effective January 1, 2024, the Company ceased manufacturing of styrene and, effective October 1, 2024, combined the management of its Engineered
Materials, Plastics Solutions and Polystyrene businesses. As of December 31, 2024, the Company operated under four reportable segments: Engineered
Materials, Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions, and Americas Styrenics. In connection with the 2024 Restructuring Plan, on October 1, 2024, the company
combined the management of its businesses to better reflect the Company’s strategic focus on providing solutions in areas such as sustainability and material
substitution. The Compounding business within the Plastics Solutions segment was combined with the Engineered Materials segment, while the remaining
Plastics Solutions businesses were combined with the Polystyrene segment and renamed Polymer Solutions. Refer to Item 1—Business for a description of
our segments, including a detailed overview, products and end uses, and competition and customers.
          The following sections present net sales, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin by segment for the years ended December 31, 2024, 
2023, and 2022. Inter-segment sales have been eliminated. Refer to Note 23 in the consolidated financial statements for a detailed definition of Adjusted 
EBITDA and a reconciliation of income from continuing operations before income taxes to segment Adjusted EBITDA. Prior period segment amounts 
herein have been recast in conjunction with the Company’s segment realignment that occurred during the first quarter of 2024, as described in Note 23 of 
the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Engineered Materials Segment
Year Ended 
December 31,
Percentage Change
($ in millions)
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
    
2024 vs. 2023
2023 vs. 2022
Net sales
$
 1,176.9
    $
 1,156.9
    $
 1,425.0
    
 2 %  
 (19)%  
Adjusted EBITDA
$
 102.5
$
 46.0
$
 91.0
 123 %  
 (49)%  
Adjusted EBITDA margin
 
 9 %  
 
 4 %  
 
 6 %  
2024 vs. 2023
The 2% increase in net sales was primarily attributable to a 3% increase due to higher sales volumes from PMMA Resins, Rigid Compounds, and
MMA. This was partially offset by a 2% decrease due to lower pricing from raw material pass-through.
Adjusted EBITDA increased $56.5 million, of which $34.5 million was due to higher margins resulting from lower natural gas hedge losses and more
normalized MMA market dynamics, and $17.0 million was from higher sales volumes from PMMA Resins, Rigid Compounds, and MMA.

Table of Contents
46
2023 vs. 2022
The 19% decrease in net sales was primarily attributable to lower pricing, primarily from the pass through of lower raw materials and energy costs
which contributed to a 12% decrease year-over-year. Additionally, lower sales volumes from weak underlying demand and continued customer destocking,
primarily in building & construction, consumer electronics, and wellness applications contributed to an 7% decrease year-over-year.
Adjusted EBITDA decreased $45.0 million, or 49%, year-over-year primarily due to lower margins which decreased by $48.1 million or 53% year-
over-year, as well as a decrease of $9.5 million, or 10%, due to lower sales volume as described above. These were partially offset by lower fixed costs of
$11.1 million, or 12%, primarily as the result of savings realized from restructuring activities undertaken in late 2022 and 2023.
Latex Binders Segment
Year Ended 
December 31,
Percentage Change
($ in millions)
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
    
2024 vs. 2023
2023 vs. 2022
Net sales
$
 954.3
    $
 942.9
    $
 1,266.6
    
 1 %  
 (26)%  
Adjusted EBITDA
$
 95.4
$
 83.5
$
 93.4
 14 %  
 (11)%  
Adjusted EBITDA margin
 
 10 %  
 
 9 %  
 
 7 %  
2024 vs. 2023
The 1% increase in net sales was primarily due to a 4% increase from higher price from the pass-through of higher raw material costs, offset by a 3%
impact from lower sales volumes in carpet applications.
The $11.9 million, or 14%, increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to $16.6 million, or 20%, higher margins from the exit of styrene
production in Terneuzen as well as pricing actions in Europe and North America.
2023 vs. 2022
The 26% decrease in net sales was primarily due to a 15% decrease due to lower sales volumes across most applications from customer destocking
and impacts from geopolitical uncertainty and a 12% decrease in pricing from the pass through of lower raw material costs.
The $9.9 million, or 11%, decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to a decrease of $29.7 million, or 32%, from lower sales volume. These
decreases were partially offset by a $20.1 million, or 22%, increase attributable to higher margins primarily due to pricing initiatives.
Polymer Solutions Segment
Year Ended 
December 31,
Percentage Change
($ in millions)
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
    
2024 vs. 2023
2023 vs. 2022
Net sales
$
 1,382.0
    $
 1,575.6
    $
 2,273.9
    
 (12)%  
 (31)%  
Adjusted EBITDA
$
 85.8
$
 50.5
$
 113.1
 70 %  
 (55)%  
Adjusted EBITDA margin
 
 6 %  
 
 3 %  
 
 5 %  
2024 vs. 2023
Of the 12% decrease in net sales, 14% was due to lower sales volumes in polycarbonate and weaker market conditions. Offsetting this was a 2%
increase from higher pricing due to the pass-through of higher styrene costs.
The $35.3 million, or 70%, increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to a $38.9 million, or 78%, increase due to improved product mix from
shedding sales of lower margin products and an increase of $18.4 million, or 37%, from lower fixed costs from the exit of styrene production. This was
offset by a $21.1 million, or 42% decrease caused by lower sales volume.

Table of Contents
47
2023 vs. 2022
Of the 31% decrease in net sales, 15% was due to lower sales volumes primarily impacted by a decrease in polycarbonate sales from the announced
shutdown of one production line, lower sales of copolymers for building & construction, industrial, and consumer durables applications related to customer
destocking and a weaker macroeconomic environment. The volume decrease was partially offset by higher volumes for automotive applications. Also
contributing to the overall decrease was a 16% decrease from lower pricing due to the pass through of lower raw material costs.
The $62.6 million, or 55%, decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to lower sales volume of $42.4 million, or 37%. Also contributing to the
overall decrease was a decrease of $29.7 million, or 26%, due to lower margins. Weaker demand, including in building & construction and appliance 
applications, contracted margins and led to lower volumes.  
Americas Styrenics Segment
Year Ended 
December 31,
Percentage Change
($ in millions)
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
    
2024 vs. 2023
2023 vs. 2022
Adjusted EBITDA*
$
 15.4
$
 62.1
$
 102.2
 (75)%  
 (39)%  
*The results of this segment are comprised entirely of earnings from Americas Styrenics, our equity method investment. As such, Adjusted EBITDA related to
this segment is included within “Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates” in the consolidated statements of operations.
2024 vs. 2023
The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was mainly due to a planned turnaround in the first quarter, an unplanned outage in the third quarter at its styrene
production facility, as well as lower margins from higher raw material input costs.
2023 vs. 2022
The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was mainly due to lower styrene margins compared to the high levels in the prior year.
Outlook
We expect a constrained demand environment in 2025 similar to 2024, however. However, we anticipate significantly better operational performance
due to restructuring and commercial initiatives as well as modest market growth.
Despite the economic environment, the Company maintains access to capital resources through continued focus on liquidity improvement actions.
Also, we expect to realize the benefit of our previously announced restructuring initiatives and anticipate these actions will result in meaningful cost savings
in 2025. We believe these actions will better position us to achieve higher growth, higher margin, and lower volatility as demand normalizes.
Non-GAAP Performance Measures
We present Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial performance measure, which we define as income from continuing operations before interest
expense, net; provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization expense; loss on extinguishment of long-term debt; asset impairment charges; gains
or losses on the dispositions of businesses and assets; restructuring charges; acquisition related costs and other items. In doing so, we are providing
management, investors, and credit rating agencies with an indicator of our ongoing performance and business trends, removing the impact of transactions
and events that we would not consider a part of our core operations.
There are limitations to using the financial performance measures such as Adjusted EBITDA. This performance measure is not intended to represent
net income or other measures of financial performance. As such, it should not be

Table of Contents
48
used as an alternative to net income as an indicator of operating performance. Other companies in our industry may define Adjusted EBITDA differently
than we do. As a result, it may be difficult to use this or similarly-named financial measures that other companies may use, to compare the performance of
those companies to our performance. We compensate for these limitations by providing a reconciliation of this performance measure to our net income,
which is determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. For discussion related to 2022 activity, refer to 
the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2024.  
Year Ended
December 31, 
 
(in millions)
2024
    
2023
2022
  
Net loss
$
 (348.5)    $
 (701.3)
$
 (430.9)
Net loss from discontinued operations
 —
 —
 (2.9)
Net loss from continuing operations
 (348.5)
 (701.3)
 (428.0)
Interest expense, net
 
 267.5
 
 188.4
 
 112.9
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
 
 30.5
 
 68.4
 
 (41.6)
Depreciation and amortization
 
 210.2
 
 221.2
 
 236.9
EBITDA(a)
$
 159.7
$
 (223.3)
$
 (119.8)
Net gain on disposition of businesses and assets(b)
 (7.1)
 (25.6)
 
 (1.8)
Restructuring and other charges(c)
 44.7
 31.4
 
 15.9
Acquisition transaction and integration net costs(d)
 —
 (1.4)
 6.6
Asset impairment charges or write-offs(e)
 —
 2.7
 6.3
European Commission request for information(f)
 —
 —
 36.2
Goodwill impairment charges(g)
 —
 349.0
 297.1
Other items(h)
 6.4
 21.5
 
 71.2
Adjusted EBITDA
$
 203.7
$
 154.3
$
 311.7
(a)
EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial performance measure that we refer to in making operating decisions because we believe it provides our
management as well as our investors and credit agencies with meaningful information regarding the Company’s operational performance. We believe
the use of EBITDA as a metric assists our board of directors, management and investors in comparing our operating performance on a consistent
basis. Other companies in our industry may define EBITDA differently than we do. As a result, it may be difficult to use EBITDA, or similarly-named
financial measures that other companies may use, to compare the performance of those companies to our performance. We compensate for these
limitations by providing reconciliations of our EBITDA results to our net income, which is determined in accordance with GAAP.
(b)
Amounts for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily relate to the sale of the plants in Bronderslev, Denmark and Belen, New Mexico while the
amounts for the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily relate to the sale of the Matamoros, Mexico manufacturing facility. Refer to Note 6 in the
consolidated financial statements for further information.
(c)
Restructuring and other charges for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 primarily relate to charges incurred in connection with the
Company’s various restructuring programs. Refer to Note 6 in the consolidated financial statements for further information regarding restructuring
activities.
Note that the accelerated depreciation charges incurred as part of both the Company’s asset restructuring plan and corporate restructuring program are
included within the “Depreciation and amortization” caption above, and therefore are not included as a separate adjustment within this caption.
(d)
Acquisition transaction and integration net costs for the years ended December 31, 2023 relate to expenses incurred for the PMMA Acquisition and
the acquisition of Aristech Surfaces LLC (the “Aristech Surfaces Acquisition”).
(e)
Asset impairment charges or write-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 relate to the impairment of the Company’s styrene monomer assets in
Boehlen, Germany. Refer to Note 18 in the consolidated financial statements for further information.

Table of Contents
49
(f)
Amount for the year ended December 31, 2022 relates to the liability recorded in connection with the European Commission request for information,
as described in Note 19 in the consolidated financial statements.
(g)
Amounts for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 relate to the goodwill impairment of the PMMA business and Aristech Surfaces reporting
units. Refer to Note 14 in the consolidated financial statements for further information.
(h)
Other items for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 primarily relate to third party fees incurred in conjunction with certain of the
Company’s strategic initiatives, including the ERP upgrade project.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Capital Resources, Indebtedness and Liquidity
We require cash principally for day-to-day operations, to finance capital investments and other initiatives, to purchase materials, to service our
outstanding indebtedness, and to fund the return of capital to shareholders via dividend payments and ordinary share repurchases, when deemed appropriate.
Our sources of liquidity include cash on hand, cash flow from continuing operations, and amounts available under the Senior Credit Facility and the 2024
A/R Facility (discussed further below).
The 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants, and contains
events of default including (i) relating to a change of control or (ii) failure to maintain at least $100.0 million of Liquidity at the end of any calendar month,
and (iii) a cross default to the Credit Agreement. If an event of default occurs, the Term Lenders will be entitled to take various actions, including the
acceleration of amounts due under the 2028 Refinance Term Loans (as defined below). Liquidity is defined under the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement as a
combination of cash and cash equivalents held at certain of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries as well as the funds available for borrowing under both the
2026 Revolving Facility (as defined below) and the 2024 A/R Facility, subject to certain restrictions outlined in the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement. As of
December 31, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenant requirements under the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement and the Credit
Agreement.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had Liquidity of $348.6 million, comprised of $206.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and approximately
$141.7 million of funds available for borrowing under both the 2026 Revolving Facility and the 2024 A/R Facility, $91.7 million and $50.0 million
respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had $2,448.4 million and $2,344.6 million, respectively, in outstanding indebtedness and $267.3
million and $521.5 million, respectively, in working capital (calculated as current assets from continuing operations less current liabilities from continuing
operations). In addition, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had $107.7 million and $161.4 million, respectively, of foreign cash and cash equivalents on
our consolidated balance sheets, outside of our country of domicile, which was Ireland as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, all of which is readily
convertible into other foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar. Our intention is not to permanently reinvest our foreign cash and cash equivalents.
Accordingly, we record deferred income tax liabilities related to the unremitted earnings of our subsidiaries. For a detailed description of the Company’s
debt structure, borrowing rates, and expected future payment obligations, refer to Note 16 in the consolidated financial statements.
The following table outlines our outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the associated interest expense, including
amortization of deferred financing fees and issuance discounts, prior to the refinancing transactions that closed in January 2025. Effective interest rates for
the borrowings included in the table below exclude the impact of deferred financing fee amortization, certain other fees charged to interest expense (such as
fees for unused commitment fees during the period), and the impacts of derivatives designated as hedging instruments.

Table of Contents
50
As of and for the Year Ended
As of and for the Year Ended
 
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
 
Effective
Effective
 
Interest
Interest
Interest
Interest
 
($ in millions)
    
Balance
    
Rate
    
Expense
    
Balance
Rate
    
Expense
 
2029 Senior Notes
$
 447.0
 5.0 %
$
 24.8
$
 447.0
 5.1 %
$
 24.8
2025 Senior Notes
 115.0
 5.3 %
 6.5
 115.0
 5.4 %
 21.4
Senior Credit Facility
2024 Term Loan B
 —
 — %
 —
 —
 — %
 34.1
2028 Term Loan B
 721.9
 8.0 %
 62.2
 728.9
 8.2 %
 59.9
2026 Revolving Facility
 —
 — %
 2.9
 —
 — %
 2.3
2028 Refinance Term Loans
 1,083.2
 14.4 %
 167.8
 1,046.5
 13.8 %
 50.4
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
 
 75.0
 8.7 %  
 
 6.9
 
 —
 — %
 
 1.3
Other indebtedness
 
 6.3
 3.6 %  
 
 0.4
 
 7.2
 — %  
 
 0.4
Total
$
 2,448.4
$
 271.5
$
 2,344.6
$
 194.6
As of December 31, 2024, our Senior Credit Facility included the 2026 Revolving Facility and had a borrowing capacity of $375.0 million. Under the 
related covenants, at December 31, 2024, our borrowing capacity was limited to  $91.7 million of funds available for borrowing (net of $20.8 million 
outstanding letters of credit). Additionally, the Company was required to pay a quarterly commitment fee for any unused commitments equal to 0.375% per 
annum. 
The Senior Credit Facility also includes our 2028 Term Loan B (with original principal of $750.0 million, maturing in May 2028), which requires
scheduled quarterly payments in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal. The stated interest rate on our 2028 Term Loan B is SOFR plus 2.50%
(subject to a 0.00% SOFR floor). During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company made $7.5 million and $10.8 million of net principal payments
on the 2028 Term Loan B and the 2028 Refinance Term Loans, respectively, with an additional $18.3 million of scheduled future payments classified within
current debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 related to both the 2028 Refinance Term Loans and the 2028 Term Loan
B.
The 2028 Refinance Term Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement) plus
8.50%, subject to a 3.00% SOFR floor, and were issued at a 3.0% original issue discount. Under the terms of the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement, through
September 8, 2025, the Company may execute quarterly, at its discretion, the payment in kind election (“PIK Interest Election”) to defer a portion of interest
margin payable and the converted principal is subject to an additional 1.00% margin. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company executed the
PIK Election and deferred payment of a portion of the quarterly interest margin payables in the amount of $33.9 million, thereby capitalizing $41.8 million
to principal payments due at maturity.
Our 2025 Senior Notes (with original principal of $500.0 million) were issued under an indenture executed in 2017 (the “2025 Notes Indenture”),
included $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.375% senior notes that mature on September 1, 2025. Interest on the 2025 Senior Notes was
payable semi-annually on May 3 and November 3 of each year. These Notes were redeemable prior to their maturity at the option of the Company under
certain circumstances at specific redemption prices.
Our 2029 Senior Notes (with original principal of $450.0 million), as issued under the indenture executed in 2021 (the “2029 Notes Indenture”),
include $447.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.125% senior notes that mature on April 1, 2029. Interest on the 2029 Senior Notes is payable semi-
annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, which commenced on August 15, 2021. These Notes may be redeemed prior to their maturity at the
option of the Company under certain circumstances at specific redemption prices.
In December 2024, the Company signed a Transactions Support Agreement (the TSA) with the Supporting Creditors of the Company’s outstanding
senior notes, refinance credit agreement lenders, and revolving credit facility lenders. Pursuant to the TSA, the Supporting Creditors agreed to support a
series of transactions to refinance near-term maturities, provide additional operating liquidity, extend the Company’s nearest debt maturity to 2028, and
capture discount from an exchange of its 2029 Senior Notes. On January 17, 2025, the Company completed a series of transactions contemplated by the
TSA.

Table of Contents
51
The transactions included redeeming and refinancing the remaining $115.0 million of the 2025 Senior Notes through the issuance of an additional
$115.0 million of 2028 Refinance Term Loans, entering into a new $300.0 million revolving credit facility with a reset covenant and a maturity date of
February 2028 that replaced the 2026 Revolving Facility, and exchanging $446.5 million of 2029 Senior Notes for $379.5 million of new 2029 Second Lien
Senior Secured Notes. Refer to Note 16 in the consolidated financial statements for further information.
We also continue to maintain an accounts receivable securitization facility that matures in January 2028, with an optional one-year extension (the
“2024 A/R Facility”). The facility has a borrowing limit of $150.0 million and bears interest at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Term SOFR or
EURIBOR (each as defined in the 2024 A/R Facility credit agreement, subject to a 1.00% floor), depending on the borrowing currency, plus a margin of
4.75%, and the Company incurs interest on a minimum of $75.0 million of advances, irrespective of actual amounts outstanding. It contains standard
representations, warranties and covenants, as well as standard events of default, including those relating to cross-default to the Company’s other material
indebtedness and may be terminated at any time, subject to a 1.00% call premium prior to January 2027.
As of December 31, 2024, there was $75.0 million outstanding under the facility and the Company had $125.0 million of accounts receivable
available to support this facility, based on the pool of eligible accounts receivable, and had $50.0 million of additional funds available for borrowing. During
the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company drew $513.2 million and repaid $438.2 million from both facilities.
Our ability to raise additional financing and our borrowing costs may be impacted by short- and long-term debt ratings assigned by independent rating
agencies, which are based, in significant part, on our performance as measured by certain credit metrics such as interest coverage and leverage ratios.
We and our subsidiaries, affiliates, or significant shareholders may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash
purchases in the open market, privately negotiated transactions, exchange transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on
prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
Trinseo Holding S.á r.l. (formerly Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A.) and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. (the “Issuers” of our 2029 Senior Notes
and 2025 Senior Notes and “Borrowers” under our Senior Credit Facility) are dependent upon the cash generation and receipt of distributions and dividends
or other payments from our subsidiaries and joint venture in order to satisfy their debt obligations. There are no known significant restrictions by third
parties on the ability of subsidiaries of the Company to disburse or dividend funds to the Issuers and the Borrowers in order to satisfy these obligations.
However, as the Company’s subsidiaries are located in a variety of jurisdictions, the Company can give no assurances that our subsidiaries will not face
transfer restrictions in the future due to regulatory or other reasons beyond our control.
The Senior Credit Facility and Indentures also limit the ability of the Borrowers and Issuers, respectively, to pay dividends or make other distributions
to Trinseo PLC, which could then be used to make distributions to shareholders. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company declared total
dividends of $0.04 per ordinary share, or $1.3 million, of which $0.6 million, inclusive of dividend equivalents, remains accrued as of December 31, 2024
and the majority of which was paid in January 2025. These dividends are within the available capacity under the terms of the restrictive covenants contained
in the Senior Credit Facility and Indentures. Further, additional capacity continues to be available under the terms of these covenants to support expected
future dividends to shareholders, should the Company continue to declare them.
Despite the economic environment, the Company maintains access to capital resources through continued focus on liquidity improvement actions. The
cash flows used by operating activities was $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company expects that operating conditions in the
beginning of 2025 will be largely similar to 2024, however the new 2028 Revolving Facility will increase liquidity. We believe funds provided by
operations, our existing cash and cash equivalent balances of $206.9 million, coupled with borrowings available under our 2026 Revolving Facility and our
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility totaling a minimum of $141.7 million, including the existing borrowing limit imposed by the springing
covenant, and the new 2028 Revolving Facility will be adequate to meet all necessary operating and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months
under current operating conditions.

Table of Contents
52
Further, we also believe that our financial resources will allow us to manage the anticipated impact of this challenging macroeconomic environment
on our business operations for the foreseeable future, which could include lower demand, reductions in revenue or delays in payments from customers and
other third parties. However, in the event the Company is unable to achieve its forecasts or maintain minimum liquidity covenants, it could have a material
adverse impact on our access to liquidity, results of operation and financial condition. Our ability to generate cash from operations to service our
indebtedness and meet other liquidity needs is subject to certain risks described herein and under Item 1A – Risk Factors.
As of December 31, 2024, we were in compliance with all the covenants and default provisions under our debt agreements. On January 17, 2025, the
Company also entered into amendment to the existing Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility was replaced with a new
super-priority revolving credit facility maturing in February 2028 (the “OpCo Super-Priority Revolver”). The terms under the OpCo Super-Priority Revolver
are substantially similar to the 2026 Revolving Facility, except for an update to the financial covenant that requires compliance with a springing super-
priority lien net leverage ratio test, a liquidity covenant and an anti-cash hoarding covenant.
The 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement requires, as stated above, Liquidity to be maintained at least $100.0 million. The definition of Liquidity is
substantially similar under both the OpCo Super-Priority Revolver and the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement. The OpCo Super-Priority Revolver’s anti-
cash hoarding covenant requires repayment of existing excess borrowings under the OpCo Super-Priority Revolver amount if the cash and cash equivalents
held by loan parties is over $100.0 million or the cash and cash equivalents held by non-loan parties is over $50.0 million. Refer to Note 16 in the
consolidated financial statements for further information on the details of the covenant requirements.
We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that we believe are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our
financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Cash Flows
The table below summarizes our primary sources and uses of cash for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. We have derived the
summarized cash flow information from our audited financial statements. Refer to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2024 for discussion
related to 2022.
Year Ended
 
December 31, 
 
(in millions)
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
 
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities - continuing operations
$
 (14.2)
$
 148.7
$
 46.4
Operating activities - discontinued operations
 —
 —
 (2.9)
Operating activities
 (14.2)
 148.7
 43.5
Investing activities - continuing operations
 
 (55.1)
 
 (31.7)
 
 (163.2)
Investing activities - discontinued operations
 —
 —
 (0.8)
Investing activities
 (55.1)
 (31.7)
 (164.0)
Financing activities
 
 26.4
 
 (66.0)
 
 (233.7)
Effect of exchange rates on cash
 
 (6.3)
 
 (1.6)
 
 (7.1)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
$
 (49.2)
$
 49.4
$
 (361.3)
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2024 totaled $14.2 million, which included a $123.7 million decrease in
working capital, principally related to continued inventory management actions and cash collections, $45.0 million of dividends received from Americas
Styrenics and $33.9 million in deferred interest cash payments via the PIK Interest Election.
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $148.7 million, inclusive of
dividends received from Americas Styrenics of $65.0 million. Although operating results continued to be challenged by customer destocking and
macroeconomic conditions, which resulted in reduced

Table of Contents
53
customer demand and negative earnings, there was a significant increase in cash performance during the year primarily as a result of targeted inventory
control actions and cash improvement initiatives. Further, there was an increase in interest payments driven by the 2029 Senior Notes and the 2028 Term
Loan B, both of which were outstanding for the full year, as well as the impact of the rising interest rates on our variable rate debt. Tax payments also
increased, driven by higher earnings before income taxes in the prior year. Net cash used in operating activities from discontinued operations during the year
ended December 31, 2023 was not significant.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2024 totaled $55.1 million, which was primarily attributable to capital
expenditures of $63.3 million offset by proceeds from the sale of business and other assets of $8.2 million. During 2024, the Company continued to
proactively reduce or defer capital expenditures during the year as part of our liquidity improvement actions.
Capital expenditures for 2025 are expected to be approximately $62.7 million, inclusive of spending for both compliance and maintenance costs, and
growth initiatives, including material substitution applications as well as products containing recycled or bio-based materials.
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $31.7 million, which was primarily
attributable to capital expenditures of $69.7 million offset by proceeds from the sale of business and other assets of $38.0 million. Net cash used in investing
activities from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2023 was not significant.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2024 totaled $26.4 million. During the year the Company drew $513.2
million in proceeds from the A/R Facility, and repaid $438.2 million, principally related to funding working capital and other requirements. This activity
was partially offset by $18.3 million in debt repayments, $1.7 million of dividends paid, and $19.3 million of net repayments of short-term borrowings.
Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $66.0 million. This activity was primarily due to $1,055.9
million in debt repayments, $23.4 million in deferred financing fees related to the issuance of the 2028 Refinance Term Loans, $17.9 million of dividends
paid, and $10.5 million of net repayments of short-term borrowings. This activity was partially offset by $1,044.9 million in proceeds from the issuance of
the 2028 Refinance Term Loans.
Free Cash Flow
We use Free Cash Flow as a non-GAAP measure to evaluate and discuss the Company’s liquidity position and results. Free Cash Flow is defined as
cash from operating activities, less capital expenditures. We believe that Free Cash Flow provides an indicator of the Company’s ongoing ability to generate
cash through core operations, as it excludes the cash impacts of various financing transactions as well as cash flows from business combinations that are not
considered organic in nature. We also believe that Free Cash Flow provides management and investors with useful analytical indicator of our ability to
service our indebtedness, pay dividends (when declared), and meet our ongoing cash obligations.
Free Cash Flow is not intended to represent cash flows from operations as defined by GAAP, and therefore, should not be used as an alternative for
that measure. Other companies in our industry may define Free Cash Flow differently than we do. As a result, it may be difficult to use this or similarly-
named financial measures that other companies may use, to compare the liquidity and cash generation of those companies to our own. We compensate for
these limitations by providing a reconciliation to cash provided by operating activities, which is determined in accordance with GAAP.

Table of Contents
54
Year Ended
December 31, 
(in millions)
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
 (14.2)
$
 148.7
$
 43.5
Capital expenditures
 (63.3)
 (69.7)
 (149.0)
Free Cash Flow
$
 (77.5)
$
 79.0
$
 (105.5)
Refer to the discussion above for significant impacts to cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Refer
to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2024 for discussion related to 2022.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The Company’s primary contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist of the payments for principal and interest on our outstanding
long-term debt, raw material purchases, funding requirements under our pension and other postretirement benefits, lease commitments, and obligations
under our SAR SSAs.
The Company has both fixed and variable-rate long-term debt arrangements, which have varying principal and interest payment requirements over
their contractual terms. Refer to the table and section above as well as to Note 16 in the consolidated financial statements for more information on our debt
arrangements. Additionally, refer to Item 7A—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for discussion of our interest rate and foreign
currency risks related to our debt and debt-related hedging arrangements.
The Company has certain raw material purchase contracts where we are required to purchase certain minimum volumes at the then prevailing market
prices. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $456.2 million of raw material purchase obligations, of which $155.3 million is due within the next
twelve months. These commitments have remaining terms ranging from one to four years. Refer to Note 19 in the consolidated financial statements for more
information on raw material purchase commitments. Additionally, refer to Item 1 – Business – Sources and Availability of Raw Materials for further
description of the sources of our key raw materials.
The Company has various pension and other postretirement plans. The Company is required to make minimum contributions to certain of our funded
pension plans and is also obligated to make benefit payments to employees for the unfunded pension plans and other postretirement plans. As of December
31, 2024, the Company’s estimated future benefit payments through 2034, reflecting expected future service, as appropriate, was $134.3 million, of which
$11.2 million is due within the next twelve months. Refer to the section of our Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates entitled “Pension Plans and
Postretirement Benefits” for more information on the factors impacting our pension and postretirement costs. Additionally, refer to Note 21 in the
consolidated financial statements for more details on these employee benefit plans and the future payments expected to be made for them through 2034.
The Company has operating and finance leases for certain of its plant and warehouse sites, office spaces, rail cars, storage facilities, and equipment.
The Company’s leases have remaining terms of one month through twelve years. As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s estimated minimum
commitments related to our finance and operating lease obligations was $93.4 million, of which $18.1 million is due within the next twelve months. Refer to
Note 20 in the consolidated financial statements for further information on our lease portfolio and future lease obligations.
As described in Item 1— Business— Our Relationship with Dow, the Company is party to SAR SSAs with Dow, which are agreements under which
Dow provides certain site services to the Company at Dow-owned locations. Based on our current year known costs and assuming that we continue with the
SAR SSAs with similar annualized costs going forward, we estimate our contractual obligations under these agreements to be approximately $24.1 million
annually for 2025 through 2029, and a total of $160.4 million thereafter through June 2041. Refer to the aforementioned section of

Table of Contents
55
Item 1 for more information regarding these agreements, including details regarding the rights of the Company and Dow to terminate said agreements.
Derivative Instruments
The Company’s ongoing business operations expose it to various risks, including fluctuating foreign exchange rates, interest rate risk, and commodity
price risk. To manage this risk, the Company periodically enters into derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange forward contracts, interest
rate swap agreements, and commodity swap agreements. A summary of these derivative financial instrument programs is described below; however, refer to
Note 17 of the consolidated financial statements for further information. The Company does not hold or enter into financial instruments for trading or
speculative purposes.
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
Certain subsidiaries have assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their respective functional currencies, which creates foreign
exchange risk. Our principal strategy in managing exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is to naturally hedge the foreign currency-
denominated liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets against corresponding assets of the same currency such that any changes in liabilities due to
fluctuations in exchange rates are offset by changes in their corresponding foreign currency assets. In order to further reduce our exposure, the Company
uses foreign exchange forward contracts to economically hedge the impact of the variability in exchange rates on our assets and liabilities denominated in
certain foreign currencies. These derivative contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment.
Foreign Exchange Cash Flow Hedges
The Company also enters into forward contracts with the objective of managing the currency risk associated with forecasted U.S. dollar-denominated
raw materials purchases by one of our subsidiaries whose functional currency is the euro. By entering into these forward contracts, which are designated as
cash flow hedges, the Company buys a designated amount of U.S. dollars and sells euros at the prevailing market rate to mitigate the risk associated with the
fluctuations in the euro-to-U.S. dollar foreign currency exchange rate.
Commodity Cash Flow Hedges & Commodity Economic Hedges
The Company purchases certain commodities, primarily natural gas, to operate facilities and generate heat and steam for various manufacturing
processes, which are subject to price volatility. In order to manage the risk of price fluctuations associated with these commodity purchases, as deemed
appropriate, the Company may enter into commodity swaps agreements or option contracts. Under these derivative contracts, the Company is effectively
converting a portion of our natural gas costs into a fixed rate obligation to mitigate the risk of price fluctuations associated with the underlying commodity
purchases. Certain of these commodity swaps are designated as cash flow hedges (“commodity cash flow hedges”), and the remaining commodity swaps are
not designated for hedge accounting treatment (“commodity economic hedges”).
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage our exposure to variability in interest payments associated with the Company’s
variable rate debt. Under these interest rate swap agreements, which are designated as cash flow hedges, the Company is effectively converting a portion of
our variable rate borrowings into a fixed rate obligation to mitigate the risk of variability in interest rates. The Company does not have any outstanding
interest rate swap agreements as of December 31, 2024.
Net Investment Hedge
The Company had certain fixed-for-fixed cross currency swaps (“CCS”), swapping U.S. dollar principal and interest payments on our 2025 Senior
Notes for euro-denominated payments, which were designated as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in certain European subsidiaries under the spot
method through the original CCS agreement entered into on September 1, 2017 (“2017 CCS”). As such, changes in the fair value of the 2017 CCS that were
included in the assessment of effectiveness (changes due to spot foreign exchange rates) were recorded as cumulative foreign

Table of Contents
56
currency translation within accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”), and will remain in AOCI until either the sale or substantially
complete liquidation of the subsidiary. Additionally, the initial value of any component excluded from the assessment of effectiveness is recognized in
income using a systematic and rational method over the life of the hedging instrument. Any difference between the change in the fair value of the excluded
component and amounts recognized in income under that systematic and rational method is recognized in AOCI. The Company elected to amortize the
initial excluded component value as a reduction of “Interest expense, net” in the consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method over
the remaining term of the 2017 CCS. Additionally, the Company recognizes the accrual of periodic USD and euro-denominated interest receipts and
payments under the terms of CCS arrangements, including the 2017 CCS, within “Interest expense, net” in the consolidated statements of operations.
On February 26, 2020, the Company settled our 2017 CCS and replaced it with a new CCS arrangement (the “2020 CCS”) that carried substantially
the same terms as the 2017 CCS and also is designated as a net investment hedge under the spot method. Upon settlement of the 2017 CCS, the Company
realized net cash proceeds of $51.6 million. The remaining $13.8 million unamortized balance of the initial excluded component related to the 2017 CCS at
the time of settlement is no longer being amortized following the settlement and will remain in AOCI until either the sale or substantially complete
liquidation of the relevant subsidiaries. On April 7, 2022, the Company settled its existing 2020 CCS, which was set to mature in November 2022. Upon
settlement of the 2020 CCS, the Company realized net cash proceeds of $1.9 million.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported. We base
these estimates and judgments on historical experiences and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from
our estimates under different conditions. Our significant accounting policies, which may be affected by our estimates and assumptions, are more fully
described in Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made
based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been
used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the financial statements. The following
critical accounting policies reflect our most significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
Valuation of Assets and Impairment Considerations
Valuation of Assets
Acquisitions that qualify as a business combination are accounted for using the purchase accounting method. Amounts paid for an acquisition are
allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair value as of the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recorded as the difference between
the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed (net assets acquired) and the purchase price. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for
impairment annually as of October 1, or when events or changes in the business environment indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit may exceed
its fair value. Refer to the discussion below for further information on asset impairments.
Under the purchase accounting method, the Company completes valuation procedures for an acquisition, often with the assistance of third-party
valuation specialists, to determine the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These valuation procedures require management to make
assumptions and apply significant judgment to estimate the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the estimates or assumptions used
should significantly change, the resulting differences could materially affect the fair value of net assets.
Specifically, the calculation of the fair value of tangible assets, including property, plant and equipment, typically utilize the cost approach, which
computes the cost to replace the asset, less accrued depreciation resulting from physical deterioration and functional and external obsolescence. The
calculation of the fair value of identified intangible assets is determined using cash flow models following the income and cost approaches (or some
combination thereof). Significant inputs include estimated future cash flows, discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections, customer retention
rates, and terminal values, all of which require significant management judgment. Definite-lived intangible assets, which are primarily comprised of
customer relationships, developed technology, tradenames, and software, are

Table of Contents
57
amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method and are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company completed the Heathland
Acquisition, which closed on January 3, 2022.
Impairment Considerations
As of December 31, 2024, net property, plant and equipment, net identifiable finite-lived intangible assets, and goodwill totaled $575.8 million,
$598.8 million, and $59.9 million, respectively. Management makes estimates and assumptions in preparing the consolidated financial statements for which
actual results will emerge over long periods of time. This includes the recoverability of long-lived assets employed in the business. These estimates and
assumptions are closely monitored by management and periodically adjusted as circumstances warrant. For instance, expected asset lives may be shortened
or impairment may be recorded based on a change in the expected use of the asset or performance of the related asset group.
We evaluate long-lived assets and identifiable finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of an asset or asset grouping may not be recoverable. In the event the carrying value of the asset exceeds its undiscounted future cash
flows and the carrying value is not considered recoverable, impairment may exist. An impairment loss, if any, is measured as the excess of the asset’s
carrying value over its fair value, generally based on a discounted future cash flow method, independent appraisals, etc.
In connection with our strategy to focus efforts and increase investments in certain product offerings serving specific applications that are less cyclical
and offer significantly higher growth and margin potential, and other management considerations, in March of 2020, the Company initiated a consultation
process with the Economic Council and Works Councils of Trinseo Deutschland regarding the disposition of our styrene monomer assets in Boehlen,
Germany. The Company’s assessments of these long-lived asset groups for impairment indicated that the carrying values of the asset groups at each location
were not recoverable when compared to the expected undiscounted future cash flows from the operation and potential disposition of these assets. The fair
value of the depreciable assets at each location was determined through an analysis of the underlying fixed asset records in conjunction with the use of
industry experience and available market data. Based on the Company’s assessments, for the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded impairment
charges on the Boehlen styrene monomer assets of $0.5 million, which include charges recorded subsequent to March 2020 related to capital expenditures at
the facility that we determined to be impaired. The amounts are included within “Impairment and other charges” in the consolidated statements of
operations. Refer to Note 18 for more information.
Through December 31, 2024, we have continued to assess the recoverability of certain assets, and concluded there are no additional significant events
or circumstances identified by management that would indicate these assets are not recoverable. However, the current environment is subject to changing
market conditions and requires significant management judgment to identify the potential impact to our assessment. If we are not able to achieve certain
actions or our future operating results do not meet our expectations, it is possible that impairment charges may need to be recorded on one or more of our
operating facilities.
Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are classified as held-for-sale and are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell,
and depreciation is ceased. Long-lived assets to be disposed of in a manner other than by sale are classified as held-and-used until they are disposed. The
Company had no material assets classified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2024.
As noted above, our goodwill impairment testing is performed annually as of October 1 at a reporting unit level. We perform more frequent
impairment tests when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below the
carrying value.
A goodwill impairment loss generally would be recognized when the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets exceeds the estimated fair
value of the reporting unit. When supportable, the Company employs the qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment prescribed by Accounting
Standards Codification 350. Otherwise, the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is primarily determined using an income approach (under the discounted
cash flow method). Key assumptions and estimates used in the goodwill impairment testing include projections of revenues and EBITDA, the estimated
weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”), and a projected long-term growth rate, all of which are based on data available at the time of the testing. The
WACC is calculated incorporating weighted average returns on debt and

Table of Contents
58
equity from similar market participants, and therefore, changes in the market, which are beyond the control of the Company, may have an impact on future
calculations of estimated fair value.
As a result of the goodwill impairment testing performed in the fourth quarter of 2022, the PMMA business and Aristech Surfaces carrying value of
their net assets exceeded fair value, resulting in an impairment. All other reporting units had fair values that exceeded the carrying value of their net assets,
indicating that no impairment of goodwill is warranted. These reporting units, which are included in the Engineered Materials operating segment, were
acquired in 2021. The impairment charges were attributed to the continuation of the challenging macroeconomic environment experienced in 2022,
including significantly lower demand for building & construction and wellness applications, which led to lower operating results including slower growth
projections, and a prolonged drop in market capitalization, as well as an increase in the WACC. The Company reduced the carrying value of the PMMA
business and Aristech Surfaces reporting units through the recognition of a $226.6 million and $70.5 million non-cash goodwill impairment loss,
respectively. These losses are recorded within “Impairment and other charges” on the consolidated statement of operations and are allocated to the
Engineered Materials segment.
As of January 1, 2023, the Company realigned the Engineered Materials segment reporting structure. The PMMA business and Aristech Surfaces
reporting units were combined with the Legacy Engineered Materials reporting unit to form the Engineered Materials reporting unit. Impairment
assessments on each reporting unit were performed immediately before and after the change in organizational structure where it was concluded there was no
goodwill impairment.
As of October 1, 2024, the Company combined the management of its Engineered Materials, Plastics Solutions and Polystyrene businesses. Certain
components of the Plastics Solutions segment were combined with the Polystyrene segment and renamed Polymer Solutions to better reflect the Company’s
strategic focus on providing solutions in areas such as sustainability and material substitution. Impairment assessments on each reporting unit were
performed immediately before and after the change in organizational structure where it was concluded there was no goodwill impairment for the year ended
December 31, 2024.
During the second quarter 2023, the Company determined that a triggering event had occurred for the Engineered Materials reporting unit indicating it
was more likely than not that the fair value of this goodwill was less than the associated carrying value. This determination resulted from the persistence of
the challenging operating conditions, customer destocking and underlying demand weakness that contributed to a revised outlook reflecting a further
reduction in near-term forecasted operating results, growth projections, as well as an additional decrease in market capitalization. Therefore, the Company
performed a goodwill impairment assessment as of June 1, 2023 and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $349.0 million, reflected within “Impairment
and other charges” on the consolidated statement of operations.
As of December 31, 2024, the remaining $59.9 million in total goodwill is allocated to the reportable segments as follows: $31.5 million to Polymer
Solutions, $14.5 million to Latex Binders, and $13.9 million to Engineered Materials, with no amounts allocated to the Americas Styrenics segment.
Factors which could result in future impairment charges, among others, include changes in worldwide economic conditions, changes in technology,
changes in competitive conditions and customer preferences, and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. These factors are discussed in Item 7A—
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk and Item 1A— Risk Factors included in this Annual Report.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates. The effect of a change in
tax rates on deferred taxes is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 Deferred taxes are provided on the outside basis differences and unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside of Ireland. All undistributed earnings of 
foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are expected to be repatriated as of December 31, 2024. Based on the evaluation of available evidence, both positive and 
negative, we recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that realizing these benefits is 
considered to be more likely than not. 

Table of Contents
59
As of December 31, 2024, we had net deferred tax liabilities of $0.5 million, after valuation allowances of $339.2 million. In evaluating the ability to
realize the deferred tax assets, we rely on, in order of increasing subjectivity, taxable income in prior carryback years, the future reversals of existing taxable
temporary differences, tax planning strategies and forecasted taxable income using historical and projected future operating results.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, management assessed whether there were any changes in facts and circumstances that would result in any 
changes to the valuation allowance conclusions reached in the prior years. During the year ended December 31, 2024, management believed there was 
enough negative evidence to determine that it was no longer more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would be realized in the Company’s China 
subsidiary. Among this evidence was the cumulative loss, magnitude of business losses in 2023 and 2024, current adverse economic conditions, 
restructuring initiatives and higher financial costs. These negative factors combined with no other tax planning strategies identified that could allow the 
Company to utilize its deferred tax asset, resulted in management’s decision to establish a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset position 
during the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s China subsidiary continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax 
assets as of December 31, 2024.  
As of December 31, 2024, we had deferred tax assets for tax loss carryforward of approximately $204.5 million, $10.7 million of which is subject to
expiration in the years between 2025 and 2029. We continue to evaluate our historical and projected operating results for several legal entities for which we
maintain valuation allowances on net deferred tax assets.
We are subject to income taxes in Ireland, Luxembourg, the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions, and are subject to income tax audits
within these jurisdictions. The tax provision includes amounts considered sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examinations of prior year tax
returns; however, the amount ultimately paid upon resolution of issues raised may differ from the amounts accrued. Since significant judgment is required to
assess the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns, the ultimate resolution of these events
could result in adjustments to our financial statements and such adjustments could be material. Therefore, we consider such estimates to be critical in
preparation of our financial statements.
 The financial statement effect of an uncertain income tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that 
the position will be sustained upon examination. Accruals are recorded for other tax contingencies when it is probable that a liability to a taxing authority 
has been incurred and the amount of the contingency can be reasonably estimated. Uncertain income tax positions have been recorded in “Other noncurrent 
obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets for the periods presented.
Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance
recorded against our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of future taxable income and the period over which we expect
the deferred tax assets to be recovered. Our estimate of future taxable income is based on management’s judgment and assumptions about various factors
including historical experience and results, cyclicality of the business, and future industry and macroeconomic conditions and trends. Changes in these
assumptions in future periods may require we adjust our valuation allowance, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.
Pension Plans and Postretirement Benefits
We have various company-sponsored retirement plans covering substantially all employees. We also provide certain health care and life insurance
benefits to retired employees in the United States (the “OPEB Plans”). The OPEB plans provide health care benefits, including hospital, physicians’
services, drug and major medical expense coverage, and life insurance benefits. We recognize the underfunded or overfunded status of a defined benefit
pension or postretirement plan as an asset or liability in our consolidated balance sheets and recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the
changes occur through AOCI, which is a component of shareholders’ equity.
A settlement is a transaction that is an irrevocable action that relieves the employer (or the plan) of primary responsibility for a pension or
postretirement benefit obligation, and that eliminates significant risks related to the obligation and the assets used to effect the settlement. The Company
does not record settlement gains or losses during interim periods when the cost of all settlements in a year is less than or equal to the sum of the service cost
and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for the plan in that year.

Table of Contents
60
Pension benefits associated with these plans are generally based on each participant’s years of service, compensation, and age at retirement or
termination. The discount rate is an important element of expense and liability measurement. We evaluate our assumptions at least once each year, or as
facts and circumstances dictate, and make changes as conditions warrant.
We determine the discount rate used to measure plan liabilities as of the December 31 measurement date for the pension and postretirement benefit
plans. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the associated liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year. We set our discount rates
to reflect the yield of a portfolio of high quality, fixed-income debt instruments that would produce cash flows sufficient in timing and amount to settle
projected future benefits.
We use a full yield curve approach in the estimation of the future service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for our defined
benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit
obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. Service cost related to our defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans is included within
“Cost of sales” and “Selling, general and administrative expenses,” whereas all other components of net periodic benefit cost are included within “Other
expense (income), net” in the consolidated statements of operations.
We determine the expected long-term rate of return on assets by performing an analysis of historical and expected returns based on the underlying
assets, which generally are insurance contracts. We also consider our historical experience with the pension fund asset performance. The expected return of
each asset class is derived from a forecasted future return confirmed by current and historical experience. Future actual net periodic benefit cost will depend
on the performance of the underlying assets and changes in future discount rates, among other factors.
The weighted average assumptions used to determine pension plan obligations and net periodic benefit costs are provided below:
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
OPEB Plans
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Pension and other postretirement plan obligations:
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation / accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation
 3.09 %  
 3.16 %  
 5.70 %  
 5.19 %  
 5.15 %  
 6.41 %  
Net periodic benefit costs:
Discount rate for service cost
 2.57 %  
 3.24 %  
 5.20 %  
 5.55 %  
 6.40 %  
 6.01 %  
Discount rate for interest cost
 3.19 %  
 3.54 %  
 5.10 %  
 5.41 %  
 6.25 %  
 5.82 %  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
 3.17 %  
 3.20 %  
 6.90 %  
 6.50 %  
N/A
N/A
Holding all other factors constant, a 0.25% increase (decrease) in the discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost would decrease
(increase) 2025 pension expense for our non-U.S. plans by approximately $1.0 million and $(0.9) million, respectively. Holding all other factors constant, a
0.25% increase (decrease) in the long-term rate of return on assets used to determine net periodic benefit cost for our non-U.S. plans would decrease
(increase) 2025 pension expense by approximately $0.1 million and $(0.1) million, respectively. Holding all other factors constant, a 0.25% increase or
decrease in the discount rate, or the long-term rate of return on assets, used to determine net periodic benefit cost for our U.S. plan would change our 2025
pension expense by less than $0.1 million.
Plan assets totaled $106.7 million and $106.5 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. As noted above, plan assets are invested primarily in
insurance contracts that provide for guaranteed returns. Investments in the pension plan insurance contracts are valued utilizing unobservable inputs, which
are contractually determined based on returns, fees, and the present value of the future cash flows, or cash surrender values, of the contracts, and are
classified as Level 3 investments. The Company presents certain pension plan assets valued at net asset value per share as a practical expedient outside of
the fair value hierarchy.

Table of Contents
61
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
We describe the impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere within this
Annual Report.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates because we finance certain operations through fixed and variable rate
debt instruments and denominate our transactions in a variety of foreign currencies. We are also exposed to changes in the prices of certain commodities that
we use in production. Changes in these rates and commodity prices may have an impact on future cash flows and earnings. We manage these risks through
normal operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not enter into financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
By using derivative instruments, we are subject to credit and market risk. The fair market value of the derivative instruments is determined by using
valuation models whose inputs are derived using market observable inputs, including interest rate yield curves, as well as foreign exchange and commodity
spot and forward rates, and reflects the asset or liability position as of the end of each reporting period. When the fair value of a derivative contract is
positive, the counterparty owes us, thus creating a receivable risk for us. We are exposed to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by
counterparties to our derivative agreements. We minimize counterparty credit (or repayment) risk by entering into transactions with various major financial
institutions of investment grade credit rating.
Our exposure to market risk is not hedged in a manner that completely eliminates the effects of changing market conditions on earnings or cash flows.
Interest Rate Risk
Given the Company’s debt structure, we have certain exposure to changes in interest rates. Refer to Note 16 in the consolidated financial statements
for further information regarding the Company’s debt facilities.
The Company’s 2028 Refinance Term Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the 2028 Refinance Credit
Agreement) plus 8.50%, subject to a 3.00% SOFR floor. The Company’s 2028 Term Loan B bears an interest rate of SOFR plus 2.50% (subject to a 0.00%
SOFR floor). The Company’s 2024 Term Loan B bore an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.00% (subject to a 0.00% LIBOR floor) as of December 31, 2022.
Based on weighted average outstanding borrowings under the 2028 Term Loan B and 2028 Refinance Term Loans for the year ended December 31, 2024,
an increase in 100 basis points in SOFR would have resulted in approximately $1.4 million of additional interest expense for the period.
Loans under the 2026 Revolving Facility, at the Borrowers’ option, may be maintained as (a) SOFR loans, which bear interest at a rate per annum
equal to SOFR plus the applicable margin (as defined in the Credit Agreement), if applicable, or (b) base rate loans which shall bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2024, the Borrowers are required to pay a
quarterly commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under the 2026 Revolving Facility equal to 0.375% per annum. As of and for the year
ended December 31, 2024, we had no variable rate debt issued under our 2026 Revolving Facility.
Our 2010 A/R Facility was subject to interest charges on both the amount of outstanding borrowings as well as the amount of available, but undrawn
commitments under the facility. The 2010 A/R Facility incurred fixed interest charges of 1.65% on outstanding borrowings plus variable commercial paper
rates which vary by month and by currency, as outstanding balances could be denominated in euros and U.S. dollars, as well as fixed charges of 0.80% on
available, but undrawn commitments. On July 18, 2024 the Company terminated the 2010 A/R Facility and replaced it with a new 2024 A/R Facility.
Our 2024 A/R Facility is subject to interest charges on both the amount of outstanding borrowings as well as the amount of available, but undrawn
commitments under the facility. As of December 31, 2024, the 2024 A/R Facility borrowings bear interest at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Term SOFR
or EURIBOR (each as defined in the 2024 A/R Facility credit agreement, subject to a 1.00% floor), depending on the borrowing currency, plus a margin of
4.75% and the Company incurs interest on a minimum of $75.0 million of advances, irrespective of actual amounts outstanding. As of December 31, 2024,
the Company had $75.0 million of variable debt issued under our 2024 A/R Facility and

Table of Contents
62
during the year ended December 31, 2024 the Company drew $513.2 million and repaid $438.2 million from both facilities. As such, we incurred $6.3
million variable rate interest related to these facilities during the period.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risks
The Company’s ongoing business operations expose us to foreign currency risks, including fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Our primary foreign
currency exposure is the euro-to-U.S. dollar exchange rate, noting that approximately 48% of our net sales were generated in Europe for the year ended
December 31, 2024. To a lesser degree, we are also exposed to the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, including, among others, the
Chinese yuan, South Korean won, Swiss franc, and New Taiwan dollar. To manage these risks, the Company periodically enters into derivative financial
instruments such as foreign exchange forward contracts.
Certain subsidiaries have monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their respective functional currencies, which creates
foreign exchange risk. Our principal strategy in managing exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is to naturally hedge the foreign currency-
denominated liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets against corresponding assets of the same currency such that any changes in liabilities due to
fluctuations in exchange rates are offset by changes in their corresponding foreign currency assets. In order to further reduce our exposure, we use foreign
exchange forward contracts to economically hedge the impact of the variability in exchange rates on our monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
certain foreign currencies. These derivative contracts are not designated for hedge accounting treatment.
The Company also enters into forward contracts with the objective of managing the currency risk associated with forecasted U.S. dollar-denominated
raw materials purchases by one of our subsidiaries whose functional currency is the euro. By entering into these forward contracts, which are designated as
cash flow hedges, the Company buys a designated amount of U.S. dollars and sells euros at the prevailing market rate to mitigate the risk associated with the
fluctuations in the euro-to-U.S. dollar foreign currency exchange rate. The qualifying hedge contracts are marked-to-market at each reporting date and any
unrealized gains or losses are included in AOCI to the extent effective, and reclassified to cost of sales in the period during which the transaction affects
earnings or it becomes probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur. As of December 31, 2024, the Company does not have any outstanding
forward contracts for the purposes of hedging its exposure to the euro. The Company continues to monitor prevailing rate forecasts and its euro-
denominated exposure to determine when to enter into these forward contracts. A 1% change in the euro will impact our annual profitability by
approximately $1.4 million on a pre-tax basis.
We have legal entities consolidated in our financial statements that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our reporting currency. As a
result of currencies fluctuating against the U.S. dollar, currency translation gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income, primarily as a
result of the remeasurement of our euro functional legal entities as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Raw Material Price Risk
We purchase certain raw materials such as styrene, butadiene, BPA, MMA, PC, and acetone primarily under short- and long-term supply contracts.
The pricing terms for these raw material purchases are generally determined based on commodity indices and prevailing market conditions within the
relevant geography. The selling prices of our products are generally based, in part, on the current or forecasted costs of our key raw materials, but are often
subject to a predetermined lag period for the pass through of these costs. As such, during periods of significant raw material price volatility, the Company
may experience material volatility in earnings and cash flows due to the lag in passing through raw material costs, primarily for styrene, butadiene, MMA,
and acetone. Assuming no changes in sales price, volume or mix, a hypothetical 10% change in the market price of our raw materials would have impacted
cost of sales by approximately $231.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.
We mitigate the risk of volatility in raw material prices where possible by passing changes in raw material costs through to our customers by adjusting
our prices or including provisions in our contracts that allow us to adjust prices in such a circumstance or by including pricing formulas which utilize
commodity indices. Nevertheless, we may be subject to the timing differences described above for the pass through of these costs. In addition, even when
raw material costs may be passed on to our customers, during periods of high raw material price volatility, customers without minimum purchase
requirements with us may choose to delay purchases of our materials or, in some cases, substitute purchases of

Table of Contents
63
our materials with less costly products. We do not currently enter into derivative financial instruments to manage our price risk relating to our raw material
contracts.
Commodity Price Risk
We purchase certain commodities, primarily natural gas, to operate facilities and generate heat and steam for various manufacturing processes, which
purchases are subject to price volatility, generally based on commodity indices and prevailing market conditions within the relevant geography. In certain
instances, the selling prices of our products are based, in part, on the current or forecasted costs of our key commodities but are subject to a predetermined
lag period for the pass through of these costs. As such, during periods of significant commodity price volatility, the Company may experience material
volatility in earnings and cash flows due to the lag in or inability to pass through these commodity costs.
We mitigate the risk of price fluctuations associated with these commodity purchases where possible by passing changes in commodity costs through
to our customers by adjusting our prices or including provisions in our contracts that allow us to adjust prices in such a circumstance or by including pricing
formulas which utilize commodity indices. Additionally, as deemed appropriate, we may enter into derivative financial instruments such as commodity
swaps, which effectively converts a portion of our natural gas costs into a fixed rate obligation. Certain of these commodity swap agreements are designated
as cash flow hedges, and as such, the contracts are marked-to-market at each reporting date and any unrealized gains or losses are included in AOCI to the
extent effective, and reclassified to cost of sales in the period during which the transaction affects earnings or it becomes probable that the forecasted
transaction will not occur. We may also enter into commodity swap agreements to economically hedge the impact of these price fluctuations, which are not
designated for hedge accounting treatment. Inclusive of these hedges, a hypothetical 10% increase in natural gas prices will impact cost of sales by
approximately $6.0 million.
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The financial statements and supplementary data required by Regulation S-X are included in Item 15- Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules
contained in Part IV of this Annual Report.
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
None.
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that
information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act (as defined in Rules 13a-15e and 15d-15(e) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2024. Based on that evaluation, the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this
Annual Report were effective to provide the reasonable level of assurance described above.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the
Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls

Table of Contents
64
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 based on the framework in
Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the
assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that occurred
during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.
The Company believes we have maintained appropriate internal controls during our initial phased implementation period and will continue to
evaluate, test and monitor our internal controls over financial reporting for effectiveness as processes and procedures in each of these impacted areas evolve.
Item 9B.    Other Information
Trading Arrangements
None of the Company’s directors or officers adopted, modified, or terminated a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading
arrangement during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2024.
Item 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
Part III
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from the sections captioned “Election of
Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Board Structure and Committee Composition,” “Our Company’s Executive Officers,” and “Delinquent Section 16(a)
Reports” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2025 annual general meeting of shareholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “2025 Proxy Statement”).
Code of Ethics
The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, and a Code of Ethics for Senior
Financial Employees applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of each of
those Codes is available on the Company’s corporate website at www.trinseo.com under Investor Relations—Corporate Governance—Ethics and
Compliance. If we make any substantive amendments to these Codes, or grant any waivers, including any implicit waivers from the provisions of these
Codes, we will make a disclosure on our website or in a report on Form 8-K. Our Code of Business of Conduct is supported by a number of support policies
which are specifically referenced in the Code, and most of which are also available on our corporate website. Our website and the information contained on
that site, or accessible through that site, are not a part of, and are not incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report.
Insider Trading Policy
The Company has adopted an insider trading policy that governs the purchase, sale and/or other dispositions of our securities by our directors, officers
and employees, as well as their immediate family members and others who may have

Table of Contents
65
access to material nonpublic information concerning the Company, and that is designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and
regulations. The policy prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired in the workplace, the misuse of material nonpublic
information in securities trading. All persons subject to the policy are prohibited from the purchase or sale of our securities except in designated trading
windows or pursuant to preapproved 10b5-1 trading plans. Certain persons, including our executive officers and directors, must obtain preclearance prior to
any trading in our securities. The policy also prohibits short sales, transactions in publicly traded options such as puts, calls or other derivatives, hedging
transactions and other inherently speculative transactions. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 will be contained in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
The information required by this Item 12 will be contained in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item 13 will be contained in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item 14 will be contained in our 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.

Table of Contents
66
Part IV
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
1. Financial statements:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-8
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-9
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-11
Financial Statement Schedule – Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-67
2. Exhibits: The exhibits to this report are listed in the exhibit index below.

Table of Contents
67
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
Description
3.1
Memorandum and Articles of Association of Trinseo PLC, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 17, 2022)
4.1
Indenture among Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as
Trustee, dated as of August 29, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed
September 5, 2017)
4.2
Sixth Supplemental Indenture to the indenture dated as of August 29, 2017, by and among Trinseo Materials Operating S.à r.l.,
Trinseo Holding S.à r.l., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as
trustee, dated December 13, 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December
16, 2024).
4.3
Indenture among Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as
Trustee, dated as of March 24, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 24,
2021)
4.4
Sixth Supplemental Indenture to the indenture dated as of March 24, 2021, by and among Trinseo Materials Operating S.à r.l.,
Trinseo Holding S.à r.l., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as
trustee, dated December 13, 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December
16, 2024).
4.5 †
Description of Securities
10.1
Credit Agreement among Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. together with Trinseo Holdings
S.à r.l., and Trinseo Materials S.à r.l., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer
and swing line lender, and the guarantors and lenders from time to time party thereto, dated as of September 6, 2017
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 7, 2017)
10.2
Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated September 6, 2017 among Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., Trinseo Materials 
Finance, Inc., together with Trinseo Holding S.à r.l. and Trinseo Materials  S.à r.l., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as 
administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender, and the guarantors and lenders party thereto from time to 
time, dated as of May 22, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended June 30, 2018, filed on August 3, 2018)
10.3
2021 Incremental Amendment to Credit Agreement dated September 6, 2017, among, inter alios, Trinseo Materials Operating
S.C.A., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. and Deutsche Bank AG New York Bank, dated as of May 3, 2021 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 5, 2021)
10.4
2021 Revolver Amendment to Credit Agreement dated September 6, 2017, among, inter alios, Trinseo Materials Operating
S.C.A., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. and Deutsche Bank AG New York Bank, dated as of May 3, 2021 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 5, 2021)

Table of Contents
68
Exhibit No.
Description
10.5
2023 SOFR Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated September 6, 2017 among Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., Trinseo
Materials Finance, Inc., together with Trinseo Holding S.à r.l. and Trinseo Ireland Holdings Limited, Deutsche Bank AG New
York Branch, as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender, and the guarantors and lenders party
thereto from time to time, dated as of June 30, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2023, filed on August 4, 2023)
10.6
2023 Incremental and Refinancing Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated September 6, 2017, among Trinseo Holding S.à
r.l., Trinseo Ireland Holdings Limited, Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. the guarantors party
thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as
administrative agent and collateral agent, dated as of September 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on September 8, 2023)
10.7
2024 LuxCo Merger Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated September 6, 2017, among Trinseo Holding S.à r.l., Trinseo
Materials Finance, Inc., Trinseo LuxCo S.à r.l. Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent, dated as of
December 12, 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 16, 2024).
10.8
Credit Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2023, among Trinseo Luxco SARL, Trinseo NA Finance LLC, Trinseo Luxco
Finance SPV SARL, Trinseo NA Finance SPV LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto
from time to time and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 8, 2023)
10.9
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 26, 2024, to the Credit Agreement dated as of September 8, 2023 among
Trinseo Luxco SARL, Trinseo NA Finance LLC, Trinseo Luxco Finance SPV SARL, Trinseo NA Finance SPV LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as
administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed on February 23, 2024).
10.10
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among Trinseo LuxCo S.à.r.l., Trinseo NA Finance LLC, Trinseo LuxCo
Finance SPV S.à.r.l., Trinseo NA Finance SPV LLC, Trinseo PLC, and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as Administrative Agent, dated
December 12, 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 16, 2024).
10.11§§
Transaction Support Agreement, dated December 9, 2024, by and among the Company, and certain of their direct and indirect
subsidiaries party thereto, and each of the Supporting Creditors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2024).
10.12§§
Deed of Release and Termination, dated July 18, 2024, entered into by and among Trinseo Europe GmbH, Trinseo Export
GmbH, Trinseo Deutschland Anlagengesellschaft mbH, Trinseo Netherlands B.V., Altuglas LLC, Aristech Surfaces, LLC,
Trinseo LLC, Trinseo U.S. Receivables Company SPV LLC, Styron Receivables Funding Designated Activity Company,
Regency Assets Designated Activity Company, HSBC Bank plc, Trinseo Holding S.à r.l., TMF Administration Services Limited
and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed
July 22, 2024).

Table of Contents
69
Exhibit No.
Description
10.13§§
Credit and Security Agreement, dated July 18, 2024, among Styron Receivables Funding Designated Activity Company, Trinseo
Ireland Global IHB Limited, KKR Credit Advisors (US) LLC, GLAS USA LLC, GLAS Americas LLC, and the Lenders from
time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2024).
10.14*
Employment Agreement between Trinseo LLC and Frank A. Bozich, dated December 11, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 30, 2019)
10.15*
Amendment, dated May 9, 2022, to the Employment Agreement between Trinseo LLC and Frank Bozich dated December 11,
2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 filed
August 9, 2022)
10.16*
Employment Agreement between Trinseo LLC and David Stasse, dated April 29, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 30, 2019)
10.17*
Amendment, dated May 9, 2022, to the Employment Agreement between Trinseo LLC and David Stasse dated April 29, 2019
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 filed
August 9, 2022)
10.18*
Agreement between Trinseo, LLC and Angelo Chaclas dated January 1, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2020)
10.19*
Agreement, dated May 9, 2022, to the Employment Agreement between Trinseo LLC and Angelo Chaclas dated January 1, 2020
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 filed
August 9, 2022)
10.20*
Employment Agreement between Trinseo LLC and Paula Cooney, dated October 15, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023 filed May 5, 2023)
10.21*
Amendment, dated May 9, 2022, to the Employment Agreement between Trinseo LLC and Paula Cooney dated October 15,
2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023
filed May 5, 2023)
10.22*
Employment Agreement between Trinseo Netherlands B.V. and Johannes Hendriks, dated August 25, 2022 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 filed May 9, 2024)
10.23§
Amended and Restated MOD5 Computerized Process Control Software Agreement, Licenses and Services, between Rofan
Services Inc. and Trinseo LLC (f/k/a Styron LLC), dated as of June 17, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29
to the Registration Statement filed on Form S-4, File No. 333-191460, filed September 30, 2013)
10.24§
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated MOD5 Computerized Process Control Software Agreement, Licenses and
Services, between Rofan Services Inc. and Trinseo LLC (f/k/a Styron LLC), dated as of June 1, 2013 (incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement filed on Form S-4, File No. 333-191460, filed
December 17, 2013)

Table of Contents
70
Exhibit No.
Description
10.25
Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated MOD5 Computerized Process Control Software Agreement, Licenses and
Services, between Rofan Services Inc. and Trinseo LLC (f/k/a Styron LLC), dated as of July 1, 2020 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, filed on February 22,
2021)
10.26§
Amended and Restated Styron License Agreement, among The Dow Chemical Company, Dow Global Technologies Inc. and
Trinseo LLC (f/k/a Styron LLC), dated as of June 17, 2010. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment
No. 2 to the Registration Statement filed on Form S-4, File No. 333-191460, filed December 17, 2013)
10.27*
Form of Restoration and Elective Deferral Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-194561, filed May 5, 2014)
10.28*
Performance Award (PA) Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration
Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-194561, filed May 5, 2014)
10.29*
Trinseo PLC Amended and Restated 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 16, 2023)
10.30*
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, filed on November 8, 2021)
10.31*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed on February 27, 2023)
10.32*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 filed May 9, 2024)
10.33*
Form of Performance Award Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 filed May 9, 2024)
10.34*
Form of Non-statutory Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 filed May 9, 2024)
10.35*
Form of Restricted Cash Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024 filed May 9, 2024).
10.36*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to certain former Arkema employees (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, filed on November 8, 2021)
10.37*
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement to certain former Arkema employees (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4
to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, filed on November 8, 2021)

Table of Contents
71
Exhibit No.
Description
10.38*
Form of Executive Side Letter for Equity Grants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019, filed August 9, 2019)
10.39*
Form of Retention Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed
February 27, 2024).
19.1
Trinseo PLC Insider Trading Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2023).
21.1 †
Subsidiaries of Trinseo PLC
23.1 †
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2 †
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Deloitte & Touche LLP
31.1 †
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
31.2 †
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
32.1 †
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
32.2 †
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002
97.1
Trinseo PLC Policy for Recoupment of Incentive Compensation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023).
101.INS †
iXBRL Instance Document
101.SCH †
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL †
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF †
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB †
iXBRL Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE †
iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104 †
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
*  Compensatory plan or arrangement.
§ Application has been made to the SEC for confidential treatment of certain provisions of these exhibits. Omitted material for which confidential
treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the SEC.
§§ Certain portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K. The omitted information is (i) not material and (ii)
would likely cause us competitive harm if publicly disclosed. We agree to furnish supplementally an unredacted copy of the exhibit to the Securities and
Exchange Commission on its request;

Table of Contents
72
provided, however that the Company may request confidential treatment of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
† Filed herewith.
Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary
None.

Table of Contents
73
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: February 27, 2025
TRINSEO PLC
By:
/s/    Frank Bozich
Name:
Frank Bozich
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Table of Contents
74
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
Signature
 
Title
    
Date  
/s/ Frank Bozich
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
February 27, 2025
Frank Bozich
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ David Stasse
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
February 27, 2025
David Stasse
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Roger E. Greene  
Vice President, Global Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
February 27, 2025
Roger E. Greene
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Joseph Alvarado
Director
February 27, 2025
Joseph Alvarado
/s/ Victoria Brifo
Director
February 27, 2025
Victoria Brifo
/s/ Jeffrey J. Cote
Director
February 27, 2025
Jeffrey J. Cote
/s/ Pierre-Marie De Leener
Director
February 27, 2025
Pierre-Marie De Leener
/s/ Jeanmarie Desmond
Director
February 27, 2025
Jeanmarie Desmond
/s/ Matthew T. Farrell
Director
February 27, 2025
Matthew T. Farrell
/s/ K’Lynne Johnson
Chair and Director
February 27, 2025
K’Lynne Johnson
/s/ Sandra Beach Lin
Director
February 27, 2025
Sandra Beach Lin
/s/ Henri Steinmetz
Director
February 27, 2025
Henri Steinmetz
/s/ Mark Tomkins
Director
February 27, 2025
Mark Tomkins

Table of Contents
F-1
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)
F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 34)
F-5
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-8
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-9
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-11
Financial Statement Schedule – Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
F-67

Table of Contents
F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Trinseo PLC
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trinseo PLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of shareholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.  
We did not audit the financial statements of Americas Styrenics LLC, a 50% equity investment of Trinseo PLC, which is reflected in the consolidated
financial statements of Trinseo PLC as an equity method investment of $222.6 million and $252.2 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively,
and equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates of $15.4 million, $62.1 million and $102.2 million for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2024. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report thereon has been furnished to us, and our opinion expressed herein,
insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Americas Styrenics LLC, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, 
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing

Table of Contents
F-3
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis
for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated
financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not
alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Accounting for Income Taxes
As described in Notes 2 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded a provision for income taxes of $30.5 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2024, and has deferred tax assets of $92.3 million (including a valuation allowance of $339.2 million), deferred tax liabilities of $92.8 
million, and liabilities for uncertain tax positions of $17.5 million as of December 31, 2024. The Company is, or has been, subject to income taxes in 
Ireland, the United States and numerous other foreign jurisdictions, and is subject to income tax audits within these jurisdictions. Management measures 
deferred taxes as the difference between the financial and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities which are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax 
laws when changes are enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be 
realized. As disclosed by management, the valuation allowance is based on management’s estimates of future taxable income and the period over which they 
expect the deferred tax assets to be recovered. Management recognizes the financial statement effects of uncertain income tax positions when it is more 
likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. Since significant judgment is required to assess the future 
tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns, the ultimate resolution of these events could result in 
adjustments to the financial statements and such adjustments could be material.  
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to accounting for income taxes is a critical audit matter are (i) the
significant judgment by management when determining the provision for income taxes, net deferred tax assets, including a valuation allowance, and
liabilities for uncertain tax positions; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to
these account balances and tax positions; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Table of Contents
F-4
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated
financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to income taxes, including management’s controls over the
establishment of deferred tax assets and liabilities, the assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets, and the identification and recognition of the
liability for uncertain tax positions. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing the provision for income taxes, including the effective tax rate
reconciliation, and permanent and temporary differences; (ii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in measuring and recognizing
deferred tax assets and liabilities; (iii) evaluating management’s assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis; (iv) evaluating
the completeness of management’s assessment of the identification of uncertain tax positions; and (v) evaluating the status and results of income tax audits
with the relevant tax authorities. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating jurisdictional tax law and regulations.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 27, 2025
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.

Table of Contents
F-5
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Members and the Board of Directors of
Americas Styrenics LLC
The Woodlands, Texas
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Americas Styrenics LLC and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2024
and 2023, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, members' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States
of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control
over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose
of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated
to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging,
subjective, or complex judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Houston, Texas
February 11, 2025
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.

Table of Contents
F-6
TRINSEO PLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except per share data)
December 31, 
2024
    
2023
 
Assets
    
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
209.8
$
259.1
Accounts receivable, net of allowances (December 31, 2024: $8.5; December 31, 2023: $6.7)
379.9
490.8
Inventories
 
347.2
 
404.7
Other current assets
 
51.3
 
39.5
Total current assets
 
988.2
 
1,194.1
Investments in unconsolidated affiliate
 
222.6
 
252.2
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (December 31, 2024: $824.0, December 31, 2023: $778.2)
 
575.8
643.7
Other assets
Goodwill
 
59.9
 
63.8
Other intangible assets, net
 
598.8
 
693.9
Right-of-use assets - operating, net
63.9
65.3
Deferred income tax assets
 
37.0
 
44.3
Deferred charges and other assets
 
97.9
 
71.9
Total other assets
 
857.5
 
939.2
Total assets
$
2,644.1
$
3,029.2
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
$
210.9
$
20.9
Accounts payable
 
263.1
 
449.7
Current lease liabilities - operating
12.9
16.3
Income taxes payable
 
4.9
 
10.9
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
229.1
 
174.8
Total current liabilities
 
720.9
 
672.6
Noncurrent liabilities
Long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees
 
2,200.7
 
2,277.6
Noncurrent lease liabilities - operating
53.3
51.7
Deferred income tax liabilities
 
37.5
 
43.5
Other noncurrent obligations
 
251.6
 
251.8
Total noncurrent liabilities
 
2,543.1
 
2,624.6
Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)
Shareholders’ equity (deficit)
Ordinary shares, $0.01 nominal value, 4,000.0 shares authorized (December 31, 2024: 39.6 shares issued and 35.4 shares outstanding;
December 31, 2023: 39.4 shares issued and 35.2 shares outstanding)
0.4
0.4
Preferred shares, €0.01 nominal value, 1,000.0 shares authorized (no shares issued or outstanding)
—
—
Deferred ordinary shares, €1.00 nominal value, 0.025 shares authorized (December 31, 2024: 0.025 shares issued and outstanding;
December 31, 2023: 0.025 shares issued and outstanding)
—
—
Additional paid-in-capital
 
514.6
 
504.2
Treasury shares, at cost (December 31, 2024: 4.1 shares; December 31, 2023: 4.1 shares)
(200.0)
(200.0)
Accumulated deficit
 
(792.8)
 
(443.0)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(142.1)
 
(129.6)
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
 
(619.9)
 
(268.0)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)
$
2,644.1
$
3,029.2
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents
F-7
TRINSEO PLC
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
 
Net sales
$
3,513.2     
$
3,675.4
$
4,965.5
Cost of sales
 
3,247.6
 
3,533.1
 
4,693.2
Gross profit
 
265.6
 
142.3
 
272.3
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
327.0
 
310.3
 
398.8
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
 
15.4
 
62.1
 
102.2
Impairment and other charges
—
349.5
339.6
Operating loss
 
(46.0)
 
(455.4)
 
(363.9)
Interest expense, net
 
267.5
 
188.4
 
112.9
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of long-term debt
0.6
6.3
 
(0.8)
Other expense (income), net
 
3.9
 
(17.2)
 
(6.4)
Loss before income taxes
 
(318.0)
 
(632.9)
 
(469.6)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
 
30.5
 
68.4
 
(41.6)
Net loss from continuing operations
(348.5)
(701.3)
(428.0)
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
—
—
(2.9)
Net loss
$
(348.5)
$
(701.3)
$
(430.9)
Weighted average shares‒basic
35.3
35.3
35.9
Net loss per share- basic:
Continuing operations
$
(9.86)
$
(19.88)
$
(11.91)
Discontinued operations
—
—
(0.08)
Net loss per share‒basic
$
(9.86)
$
(19.88)
$
(11.99)
Weighted average shares‒diluted
 
35.3
 
35.3
 
35.9
Net loss per share- diluted:
Continuing operations
$
(9.86)
$
(19.88)
$
(11.91)
Discontinued operations
—
—
(0.08)
Net loss per share‒diluted:
$
(9.86)
$
(19.88)
$
(11.99)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents
F-8
TRINSEO PLC
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In millions)
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
    
2023
    
2022
 
Net loss
    
$
(348.5)    
$
(701.3)
$
(430.9)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Cumulative translation adjustments (net of tax of $0.0, $0.0, $3.9)
(28.3)
 
9.3
(36.9)
Net gain (loss) on cash flow hedges (net of tax of $(2.6), $1.3, $(3.1))
12.0
4.3
(9.8)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
Prior service credit arising during period (net of tax of $0.0, $0.0, $0.0)
1.7
0.4
0.1
Net gain (loss) arising during period (net of tax of $2.2, $(3.0), $23.7)
4.6
(9.3)
64.9
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(2.5)
(3.0)
(2.4)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
(12.5)
 
1.7
 
15.9
Comprehensive loss
$
(361.0)
$
(699.6)
$
(415.0)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents
F-9
TRINSEO PLC
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(In millions, except per share data)
    
Shares
    
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
 
Ordinary
Shares
Outstanding
Treasury
Shares
Deferred
Ordinary
Shares
Ordinary
Shares
Deferred
Ordinary
Shares
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Treasury
Shares
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2021
 
37.9
1.0
—
$
0.4
$
—
$
468.1
$
(50.0) $
(147.2) $
741.8
$
1,013.1
Net loss
 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(430.9)
(430.9)
Other comprehensive income
 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15.9
—
 
15.9
Share-based compensation activity
0.3
—
—
—
—
18.6
—
—
—
 
18.6
Purchase of treasury shares
(3.1)
3.1
—
—
—
—
(150.0)
—
—
 
(150.0)
Dividends on ordinary shares ($1.28 per
share)
 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(46.4)
(46.4)
Balance at December 31, 2022
 
35.1
4.1
—
$
0.4
$
—
$
486.7
$
(200.0) $
(131.3) $
264.5
$
420.3
Net loss
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(701.3)  
(701.3)
Other comprehensive income
 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.7
—
 
1.7
Share-based compensation activity
 
0.1
—
—
—
—
17.5
—
—
—
 
17.5
Purchase of treasury shares
 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dividends on ordinary shares ($0.17 per
share)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(6.2)
(6.2)
Balance at December 31, 2023
 
35.2
4.1
—
$
0.4
$
—
$
504.2
$
(200.0) $
(129.6) $
(443.0) $
(268.0)
Net loss
 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(348.5)
 
(348.5)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(12.5)
—
 
(12.5)
Share-based compensation activity
 
0.2
—
—
—
—
10.4
—
—
—
 
10.4
Purchase of treasury shares
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dividends on ordinary shares ($0.04 per
share)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1.3)
(1.3)
Balance at December 31, 2024
 
35.4
4.1
—
$
0.4
$
—
$
514.6
$
(200.0) $
(142.1) $
(792.8) $
(619.9)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents
F-10
TRINSEO PLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
Cash flows from operating activities
    
    
    
    
Net loss
$
(348.5)
$
(701.3)
$
(430.9)
Less: Net loss from discontinued operations
—
—
(2.9)
Net loss from continuing operations
(348.5)
(701.3)
(428.0)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
 
210.2
 
221.2
 
236.9
Amortization of deferred financing fees and issuance discount
 
16.1
 
11.0
 
9.3
Deferred income tax (benefit)
 
(2.7)
 
41.4
 
(93.3)
Share-based compensation expense
 
14.4
 
19.5
 
18.6
Earnings of unconsolidated affiliate, net of dividends
 
29.6
 
2.9
 
(7.2)
Unrealized net (gain) loss on foreign exchange forward contracts
 
(9.1)
 
(6.4)
 
23.2
Unrealized net (gain) loss on commodity economic swap contracts
(2.8)
14.1
6.4
Pension curtailment and settlement (gain) loss
(1.1)
0.4
(3.4)
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of long-term debt
 
0.6
 
6.3
 
(0.8)
Gain on sale of other assets
 
(7.3)
 
(25.6)
 
(1.8)
Impairment charges or write-offs
 
—
 
349.5
 
310.2
Changes in assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable
 
99.5
 
106.3
 
129.1
Inventories
 
46.4
 
150.1
 
31.8
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
 
(22.2)
 
1.4
 
(192.0)
Income taxes payable
 
(7.0)
 
3.1
 
(41.7)
Other assets, net
 
(40.8)
 
11.4
 
16.6
Other liabilities, net
 
10.5
 
(56.6)
 
32.5
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities - continuing operations
 
(14.2)
 
148.7
 
46.4
Cash used in operating activities - discontinued operations
—
—
(2.9)
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(14.2)
148.7
43.5
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures
 
(63.3)
 
(69.7)
 
(148.2)
Cash paid for asset or business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
—
—
(22.2)
Proceeds from the sale of other assets
 
8.2
 
38.0
 
5.3
Proceeds from the settlement of hedging instruments
—
—
1.9
Cash used in investing activities - continuing operations
 
(55.1)
 
(31.7)
 
(163.2)
Cash used in investing activities - discontinued operations
—
—
(0.8)
Cash used in investing activities
(55.1)
(31.7)
(164.0)
Cash flows from financing activities
Deferred financing fees
 
(8.6)
 
(23.4)
 
—
Short-term borrowings, net
 
(19.3)
 
(10.5)
 
(17.5)
Purchase of treasury shares
—
—
(151.9)
Dividends paid
(1.7)
(17.9)
(47.5)
Proceeds from exercise of option awards
—
0.1
3.0
Withholding taxes paid on restricted share units
—
(2.1)
(3.2)
Acquisition-related contingent consideration payment
(0.7)
(1.2)
—
Net proceeds from issuance of 2028 Refinance Term Loans
—
1,044.9
—
Repurchases and repayments of long-term debt
(18.3)
(1,055.9)
(16.6)
Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
 
513.2
 
—
 
—
Repayments of Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
 
(438.2)
 
—
 
—
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
26.4
 
(66.0)
 
(233.7)
Effect of exchange rates on cash
 
(6.3)
 
(1.6)
 
(7.1)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
 
(49.2)
 
49.4
 
(361.3)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—beginning of period
 
261.1
 
211.7
 
573.0
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—end of period
$
211.9
$
261.1
$
211.7
Less: Restricted cash
2.1
2.0
—
Cash and cash equivalents—end of period
$
209.8
$
259.1
$
211.7
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds
$
21.1
$
37.8
$
98.2
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized
$
199.9
$
167.1
$
103.4
Accrual for property, plant and equipment
$
6.7
$
11.3
$
11.3
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents
F-11
TRINSEO PLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, unless otherwise stated)
NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
Organization
Trinseo PLC (“Trinseo,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a public limited company existing under the laws of Ireland. On
October 8, 2021, the Company’s former publicly-traded parent entity, Trinseo S.A., was merged with and into Trinseo PLC, with Trinseo PLC as the
surviving entity. As a result of the merger, all of Trinseo S.A.’s outstanding ordinary shares, excluding treasury shares, were exchanged on a one-for-one
basis for newly issued ordinary shares of Trinseo PLC.
Prior to the formation of Trinseo S.A., the Company’s business was wholly owned by The Dow Chemical Company (together with its affiliates,
“Dow”). In 2010, the Styron business was sold by Dow to investment funds advised or managed by affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LP (the “Dow
Separation”). In 2016, Bain Capital fully divested its ownership in the Company.
Business Activities
The Company is a specialty material solutions provider with a focus on partnering with companies to bring ideas to life in an imaginative, smart, and
sustainability-focused manner. The Company has leading market positions in many of the markets in which it competes. The Company’s products are
incorporated into a wide range of its customers’ products throughout the world, including products for automotive applications, consumer electronics,
appliances, medical devices, packaging, footwear, carpet, paper and board, building and construction, and wellness applications, among others.
The Company’s operations are located in Europe, North America, and Asia Pacific, supplemented by Americas Styrenics, a styrenics joint venture
with Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP. Refer to Note 12 for further information regarding the Company’s investment in Americas Styrenics.
The Company has significant manufacturing and production operations around the world, which allow service to its global customer base. As of
December 31, 2024, the Company’s production facilities included 33 manufacturing plants and one recycling facility at 29 sites across 14 countries,
including its joint venture. Additionally, as of December 31, 2024, the Company operated 11 research and development (“R&D”) facilities globally,
including mini plants, development centers, and pilot coaters.
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, manages the Company’s operations under four segments,
Engineered Materials, Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions, and Americas Styrenics, as described in Note 23. Beginning in the second quarter of 2021, the
Company reported the results of its synthetic rubber business (“Rubber Business”) as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations
for all periods presented, and therefore it is no longer presented as a separate reportable segment. The sale of the Rubber Business was completed on
December 1, 2021. Refer to Note 4 for further information.
NOTE 2—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2024 are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial
statements of the Company contain the accounts of all entities that are controlled and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the
primary beneficiary. A VIE is defined as a legal entity that has equity investors that do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to support its activities
without additional subordinated financial support or, as a group, the holders of the equity at risk lack (i) the power to direct the entity’s activities or (ii) the
obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. A VIE is required to be consolidated by a company
if that company is

Table of Contents
F-12
the primary beneficiary. Refer to Note 16 for further discussion of the Company’s Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility, which qualifies the
Company’s subsidiary that funds the facility as a VIE and is consolidated within the Company’s financial statements.
All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated. Joint ventures over which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence
that are not consolidated are accounted for by the equity method.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Throughout this Annual Report, unless otherwise
indicated, amounts and activity are presented on a continuing operations basis.
Use of Estimates in Financial Statement Preparation
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts could differ from these estimates.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents and accounts
receivable. The Company uses major financial institutions with high credit ratings to engage in transactions involving cash equivalents. The Company
minimizes credit risk in its receivables by selling products to a diversified portfolio of customers in a variety of markets located throughout the world.
The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its customers’ credit and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance
for doubtful accounts for losses resulting from the inability of specific customers to meet their financial obligations, representing its best estimate of
probable credit losses in existing trade accounts receivable. A specific reserve for doubtful receivables is recorded against the amount due from these
customers. For all other customers, the Company recognizes reserves for doubtful receivables based on historical experience, as well as current and
forecasted economic conditions.
Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and
accrued and other current liabilities, approximate fair value due to their generally short maturities.
The estimated fair values of the Company’s 2028 Term Loan B, 2028 Refinance Term Loans, 2029 Senior Notes, and 2025 Senior Notes and, when
outstanding, borrowings under its 2026 Revolving Facility and Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility (all of which are defined in Note 16) are
determined using Level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. The carrying amounts of borrowings under the 2026 Revolving Facility and Accounts
Receivable Securitization Facility approximate fair value as these borrowings bear interest based on prevailing variable market rates.
At times, the Company manages its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, where possible, by entering into foreign exchange
forward contracts. Additionally, the Company manages its exposure to variability in interest payments associated with its variable rate debt by entering into
interest rate swap agreements. The Company also manages its exposure to price fluctuations in commodity prices, where possible, by entering into
commodity swap agreements. When outstanding, all derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the
consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The fair value of the derivatives is determined from sources independent of the Company, including the financial
institutions which are party to the derivative instruments. The fair value of derivatives also considers the credit default risk of the parties involved.
If the derivative is not designated for hedge accounting treatment, changes in the fair value of the underlying instrument and settlements are
recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are recognized in
earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative will be recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) and will be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged item
affects earnings or it becomes probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur. If the derivative is designated as a net investment hedge, to the extent it
is deemed to be effective, the change in the fair value of the

Table of Contents
F-13
derivative will be recorded within the cumulative translation adjustment account as a component of AOCI and the resulting gains or losses will be
recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged net investment is either sold or substantially liquidated.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had certain foreign exchange forward contracts and commodity swap agreements outstanding that were not
designated for hedge accounting treatment, and certain commodity swap agreements outstanding that were designated as cash flow hedges. As of December
31, 2023, the Company had certain foreign exchange forward contracts and commodity swap agreements outstanding that were not designated for hedge
accounting treatment, and certain commodity swap agreements outstanding that were designated as cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2022, the
Company had certain foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding that were not designated for hedge accounting treatment and certain foreign exchange
forward contracts and interest rate swap agreements that were designated as cash flow hedges.
Forward contracts, interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps, and commodity swaps are entered into with a limited number of counterparties, each of
which allows for net settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of a default on or termination of any one contract.
The Company records these derivative instruments on a net basis, by counterparty within the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company presents the cash receipts and payments from hedging activities in the same category as the cash flows from the items subject to
hedging relationships. As the items subject to economic hedging relationships are the Company’s operating assets and liabilities, the related cash flows are
classified within operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
Refer to Notes 17 and 18 for further information on the Company’s derivative instruments and their fair value measurements.
Foreign Currency Translation
For the majority of the Company’s subsidiaries, the local currency has been identified as the functional currency. For remaining subsidiaries, the U.S.
dollar has been identified as the functional currency due to the significant influence of the U.S. dollar on their operations. Gains and losses resulting from
the translation of various functional currencies into U.S. dollars are recorded within the cumulative translation adjustment account as a component of AOCI
in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company translates asset and liability balances at exchange rates in effect at the end of the period and income and
expense transactions at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recorded
within “Other expense (income), net” in the consolidated statements of operations.
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company recognized net foreign exchange transaction gains (losses) of $(19.5) million,
$16.7 million, and $(41.0) million, respectively. These amounts exclude the impacts of foreign exchange forward contracts discussed above.
Environmental Matters
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be
reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts
progress, or as additional technical or legal information become available. Accruals for environmental liabilities are recorded within “Other noncurrent
obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets at undiscounted amounts. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there was $1.3 million (adjusted for foreign
currency rates) of accrued obligations for environmental remediation or restoration costs, which were recorded at fair value within the opening balance
sheets of the 2021 acquisitions of the polymethyl methacrylates (“PMMA”) and activated methyl methacrylates (“MMA”) businesses (together, the “PMMA
business”) from Arkema S.A. (the “PMMA Acquisition”), and of Aristech Surfaces LLC, a manufacturer and global provider of PMMA continuous cast and
solid surface sheets (the “Aristech Surfaces Acquisition”). Refer to Note 19 for further information on the environmental liabilities related to the PMMA
Acquisition and the Aristech Surfaces Acquisition during 2021.
Any costs related to environmental contamination treatment and clean-ups are charged to expense.

Table of Contents
F-14
Asset Retirement Obligations
The Company recognizes asset retirement obligations in the period in which the liability becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Recognized
asset retirement obligations are initially recorded at fair value using discounted estimated cash flows and are adjusted to its present value in subsequent
periods as accretion expense is recorded. The corresponding asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying value of the related long-lived asset
and depreciated over the asset's useful life. Refer to Note 19 for further information on the Company's recognized asset retirement obligations, which are
related to an obligation to remove certain manufacturing facilities the Company has built on leased land at the end of the contract term.
The Company has identified but not recognized asset retirement obligations related to certain of its manufacturing sites. Legal obligations for these
demolition and decommissioning activities, inclusive of environmental costs, exist in connection with the retirement of these assets upon closure of the
facilities. The Company plans to continue operations at these facilities indefinitely, and therefore, a reasonable estimate of fair value cannot be determined
due to the indeterminate settlement date of the obligations. In the event the Company considers plans to cease operations at these sites, an asset retirement
obligation will be reassessed at that time. Settlements of the unrecognized asset retirement obligations are not expected to have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents generally include time deposits or highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and no material
liquidity fee or redemption gate restrictions.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value (“NRV”), with cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. NRV
is calculated as the estimated selling price less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The Company periodically reviews
its inventory for excess or obsolete inventory and will write-down the excess or obsolete inventory value to its NRV, if applicable.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if applicable, and are depreciated over their estimated
useful lives using the straight-line method.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as incurred. Expenditures that significantly
increase asset value, extend useful asset lives or adapt property to a new or different use are capitalized. These expenditures include planned major
maintenance activities, or turnaround activities, that increase the output of manufacturing facilities or improve production efficiency as compared to pre-
turnaround operations. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, $14.7 million and $20.7 million, respectively, of the Company’s net costs related to turnaround
activities were capitalized within “Deferred charges and other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets, and are being amortized over the period until the
next scheduled turnaround.
The Company periodically evaluates actual experience to determine whether events and circumstances have occurred that may warrant revision of the
estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment. Engineering and other costs directly related to the construction of property, plant and equipment are
capitalized as construction in progress until construction is complete and such property, plant and equipment is ready and available to perform its
specifically assigned function. The Company also capitalizes interest as a component of the cost of capital assets constructed for its own use. Upon
retirement or other disposal, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the net amount, less any proceeds, is
charged or credited to income.
Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or
asset group may not be recoverable. When undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the asset is
written down to its fair value based on a

Table of Contents
F-15
discounted cash flow analysis utilizing market participant assumptions. Refer to Notes 14 and 18 for further information on the Company’s impairment
charges recorded for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are classified as held-for-sale and are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell,
and depreciation is ceased. Long-lived assets to be disposed of in a manner other than by sale are classified as held-and-used until they are disposed. As of
December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no material assets classified as held-for-sale.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company records goodwill when the purchase price of a business acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of net identified tangible and
intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or more frequently when events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below its carrying value. When supportable, the Company
employs the qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment prescribed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350. Otherwise, the Company
primarily utilizes an income approach (under the discounted cash flow method) to calculate the fair value of its reporting units as it is most representative of
the value that would be received from a market participant. The annual impairment assessment is completed using a measurement date of October 1. Key
assumptions and estimates used in the goodwill impairment testing include projections of revenues and EBITDA, the estimated weighted average cost of
capital (“WACC”), and a projected long-term growth rate, all of which are based on data available at the time of the testing. The WACC is calculated
incorporating weighted average returns on debt and equity from similar market participants, and therefore, changes in the market which are beyond control
of the Company may have an impact on future calculations of estimated fair value. The Company recorded non-cash goodwill impairment losses of $349.0
million and $297.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, related to the Engineered Materials segment. Refer to Note 14 for
further information.
Finite-lived intangible assets, such as developed technology, customer relationships, tradenames, and computer software for internal use are amortized
on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life and are reviewed for impairment or obsolescence if events or changes in circumstances indicate that
their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If impaired, intangible assets are written down to fair value based on discounted cash flows. No intangible
asset impairment losses were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Acquired developed technology, customer relationships, and tradenames are recorded at fair value upon acquisition and are amortized using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful life. The Company determines amortization periods for these assets based on its assessment of various factors
impacting estimated useful lives and timing and extent of estimated cash flows of the acquired assets. This includes estimates of expected period of future
economic benefit, customer retention rates, and competitive advantage related to existing processes and procedures at the date of acquisition. Significant
changes to any of these factors may result in a reduction in the useful life of these assets.
Leases
The Company accounts for its lease arrangements in accordance with ASC 842. The Company has leases for certain of its plant and warehouse sites,
office spaces, rail cars, storage facilities, and equipment. The Company determines if an arrangement includes a lease at inception of the contract. Operating
lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum
lease payments over the lease term. The lease term represents the non-cancelable period of the lease, including any lessee options to renew, extend, or
terminate which are considered to be reasonably certain of exercise. As the interest rate implicit in the Company’s lease contract is typically not readily
available, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on relevant information available at the lease commencement date to determine the
weighted average discount rate used to calculate the net present value of lease payments. The Company recognizes lease expense for fixed lease payments
on operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term, while variable lease payments are recognized as incurred. For leases across all asset classes
in which the Company is a lessee, the Company does not separate non-lease components from lease components. Refer to Note 20 for further information
on the Company’s leases.

Table of Contents
F-16
Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence (generally, 20% to 50%-owned
companies) are accounted for using the equity method. Investments are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of the investment may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded whenever a decline in fair value of an investment in an
unconsolidated affiliate below its carrying amount is determined to be other-than-temporary.
The Company uses the cumulative earnings approach for presenting distributions received from equity method investees in the consolidated
statements of cash flows.
Deferred Financing Fees
Capitalized fees and costs incurred in connection with the Company’s recognized debt liabilities are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a
direct reduction from the carrying value of those debt liabilities, consistent with debt discounts. Deferred financing fees related to the Company’s revolving
debt facilities are included within “Deferred charges and other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.
Deferred financing fees on the Company’s term loan and senior note financing arrangements are amortized using the effective interest method over the
term of the respective agreement. Deferred financing fees on the Company’s revolving facilities and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility are
amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the respective facility. Amortization of deferred financing fees is recorded in “Interest expense,
net” within the consolidated statements of operations.
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents
Restrictions on the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are included within “Other current assets” in the consolidated balance sheets. As of
December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $2.1 million and $2.0 million recorded, respectively, as restricted cash and cash equivalents.
Net Sales
For all material contracts with customers, net sales are recognized and control is transferred at a point in time when the Company satisfies the
performance obligations according to the terms of the contract, and when title and the risk of loss is passed to the customer. Title and risk of loss varies by
region and customer and is determined based upon the purchase order received from the customer and the applicable contractual terms or jurisdictional
standards. The Company receives cash equal to the invoice price for most product sales, subject to cash sales incentives with certain customers, with
payment terms generally ranging from 10 to 90 days (with an approximate weighted average of 50 days as of December 31, 2024), also varying by segment
and region.
Certain of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations, most commonly due to the sale of multiple distinct
products. The transaction price within these contracts is allocated between these separate and distinct products based on their stand-alone selling prices, as
defined within the contract. The Company’s products are typically sold at observable stand-alone sales values, which are used to determine the estimated
stand-alone selling price. The stand-alone selling prices of the Company’s products are generally based, in part, on the current or forecasted costs of key raw
materials but are often subject to a predetermined lag period for the pass through of these costs. As such, contracts with customers typically include
provisions that allow for the changes in stand-alone selling prices to reflect the pass through of changes in raw material costs, often using pricing formulas
that utilize commodity indices.
In cases where the Company’s transaction price is considered variable at the point of revenue recognition, the ‘most likely amount’ method is used to
estimate the effect of any related uncertainty. In formulating this estimate, the Company considers all historical, current, and forecasted information that is
reasonably available to identify a reasonable number of possible consideration amounts. Once the transaction price, including impacts of variable
consideration, is estimated, revenue is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that a subsequent change in the estimate would not result in a
significant revenue reversal. Furthermore, if the Company is not able to rely on observable stand-alone selling prices, the ‘expected cost plus a margin
approach’ is utilized to estimate the stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation, primarily utilizing historical experience. During the year
ended December 31, 2024, the impact of recognizing changes in selling prices related to prior periods was immaterial.

Table of Contents
F-17
Standard terms of delivery are included in contracts of sale, order confirmation documents, and invoices. Sales and other taxes that the Company
collects concurrent with sales-producing activities are excluded from “Net sales” and included as a component of “Cost of sales” in the consolidated
statements of operations. Additionally, freight and any directly related costs of transporting finished products to customers are accounted for as fulfillment
costs and are also included within “Cost of sales.”
The amount of net sales recognized varies with changes in returns, rebates, cash sales incentives, and other allowances offered to customers based on
the Company's experience. For arrangements where the period between customer payment and transfer of goods/services is determined to be one year or less
at contract inception, the Company applies the practical expedient exception available under ASC 606 and does not adjust the promised amount of
consideration under the contract for the effects of a significant financing component. Additionally, the Company’s incremental costs of obtaining contracts
are expensed as incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less, and are included
within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations, pursuant to the practical expedient in ASC 606.
Cost of Sales
The Company classifies the costs of manufacturing and distributing its products as cost of sales. Manufacturing costs include raw materials, utilities,
packaging, employee salary and benefits, and fixed manufacturing costs associated with production. Fixed manufacturing costs include such items as plant
site operating costs and overhead, production planning, depreciation and amortization, repairs and maintenance, environmental, and engineering costs.
Distribution costs include shipping and handling costs. Freight and any directly related costs of transporting finished products to customers are also included
within cost of sales. As discussed above, inventory costs are recorded within cost of sales utilizing the FIFO method.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses are generally charged to expense as incurred. SG&A expenses are the cost of services
performed by the marketing and sales functions (including sales managers, field sellers, marketing research, marketing communications and promotion and
advertising materials) and by administrative functions (including product management, R&D, business management, customer invoicing, human resources,
information technology, legal and finance services, such as accounting and tax). Salary and benefit costs, including share-based compensation, for these
sales personnel and administrative staff are included within SG&A expenses. R&D expenses include the cost of services performed by the R&D function,
including technical service and development, process research including pilot plant operations, and product development. The Company also includes
restructuring charges within SG&A expenses.
Total R&D costs included in SG&A expenses were $63.5 million, $57.6 million, and $51.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and
2022, respectively.
The Company expenses promotional and advertising costs as incurred to SG&A expenses. Total promotional and advertising expenses were $0.9
million, $1.3 million, and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Restructuring charges included within SG&A expenses were $67.2 million, $39.4 million, and $54.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2024,
2023, and 2022, respectively. Refer to Note 6 for further information.
Pension and Postretirement Benefits Plans
The Company has various defined benefit plans, under which participants earn a retirement benefit based upon a formula set forth in the plan. The
Company also provides certain health care and life insurance benefits to retired employees in the United States. The U.S.-based plans provide health care
benefits, including hospital, physicians’ services, drug and major medical expense coverage, and life insurance benefits.
Accounting for defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans, and any curtailments and settlements thereof, requires various
assumptions, including, but not limited to, discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets, and future compensation growth rates. The Company
evaluates these assumptions at least once each year, or as facts and circumstances dictate, and makes changes as conditions warrant.

Table of Contents
F-18
A settlement is a transaction that is an irrevocable action that relieves the employer (or the plan) of primary responsibility for a pension or
postretirement benefit obligation, and that eliminates significant risks related to the obligation and the assets used to effect the settlement. When a settlement
occurs, the Company does not record settlement gains or losses during interim periods when the cost of all settlements in a year is less than or equal to the
sum of the service cost and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for the plan in that year.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred
taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The Company is, or
has been, subject to income taxes in Ireland, the United States and numerous other foreign jurisdictions, and is subject to income tax audits within these
jurisdictions. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year.
Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates
and tax laws when changes are enacted. For each tax jurisdiction in which the Company operates, deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against one
another and are presented as a single noncurrent amount within the consolidated balance sheets.
Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Provision is made
for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates unless such earnings are deemed to be indefinitely invested.
The Company recognizes the financial statement effects of uncertain income tax positions when it is more likely than not, based on the technical
merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. The Company accrues for other tax contingencies when it is probable that a liability to a taxing
authority has been incurred and the amount of the contingency can be reasonably estimated. Interest accrued related to unrecognized tax and income tax
related penalties are included in the provision for income taxes. The current portion of uncertain income taxes positions is recorded in “Income taxes
payable,” while the long-term portion is recorded in “Other noncurrent obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets.
Share-based Compensation
Refer to Note 22 for detailed discussion regarding the Company’s share-based compensation award programs. In connection with the Company’s
initial public offering (“IPO”), the Company’s board of directors approved the 2014 Omnibus Plan. Since that time, certain equity grants have been awarded,
comprised of restricted share units (“RSUs”), options to purchase shares (“option awards”), and performance share units (“PSUs”). Share-based
compensation expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements is based on awards that are expected to vest as of their date of grant. The
Company’s policy election is to recognize forfeitures as incurred.
Compensation costs for the RSUs are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and are recognized ratably as expense over the
applicable vesting term. The fair value of RSUs is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares based on the closing price on the date of
grant. Dividend equivalents accumulate on RSUs during the vesting period, are payable in cash, and do not accrue interest. Award holders have no right to
receive the dividend equivalents unless and until the associated RSUs vest.
Compensation costs for the option awards are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and are recognized as expense over the
appropriate service period utilizing graded vesting. The fair value for option awards is computed using the Black-Scholes pricing model, which uses inputs
and assumptions determined as of the date of grant.
Compensation costs for the PSUs are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award, which is computed using a Monte Carlo
valuation model, and are recognized ratably as expense over the applicable vesting term. Dividend equivalents accumulate on PSUs during the vesting
period, are payable in cash, and do not accrue interest. Award holders have no right to receive the dividend equivalents unless and until the associated PSUs
vest.

Table of Contents
F-19
Treasury Shares
The Company may, from time to time, repurchase its ordinary shares at prevailing market rates. Share repurchases are recorded at cost in “Treasury
shares” within shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheets.
Deferred Ordinary Shares  
The Company has 0.025 million deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each at par, which are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The deferred ordinary shares are held by nominees in order to meet the Irish statutory minimum capital requirements of an Irish public limited company.
The deferred ordinary shares carry no voting rights, are not entitled to receive any dividend or distribution, and do not dilute the economic ownership of
Trinseo PLC shareholders.
Recent Accounting Guidance
Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures
In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting
(Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires a public entity to disclose significant segment expenses and other segment
items on an annual and interim basis and provide in interim periods all disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets that are currently
required annually. Additionally, it requires a public entity to disclose the title and position of the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The Company
adopted the new standard, as required, for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which focuses on the
rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. ASU No. 2023-09 requires a public business entity (PBE) to disclose, on an annual basis, a tabular rate
reconciliation using both percentages and currency amounts, broken out into specified categories with certain reconciling items further broken out by nature
and jurisdiction to the extent those items exceed a specified threshold. In addition, all entities are required to disclose income taxes paid, net of refunds
received disaggregated by federal, state/local, and foreign and by jurisdiction if the amount is at least 5% of total income tax payments, net of refunds
received. For PBEs, the new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. An entity may apply
the amendments in this ASU prospectively by providing the revised disclosures for the period ending December 31, 2025 and continuing to provide the pre-
ASU disclosures for the prior periods, or may apply the amendments retrospectively by providing the revised disclosures for all period presented. We are
evaluating the impact of the standard on the financial statement disclosures.
Income Statement Reporting (Topic 220): Disaggregation of Expenses
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, "Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures
(Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses," which is intended to improve disclosures about a public business entity's expenses and
address requests from investors for more detailed information about the types of expenses in commonly presented expense captions. Such information
should allow investors to better understand an entity's performance, assess future cash flows, and compare performance over time and with other entities.
The amendments will require public business entities to disclose in the notes to the financial statements, at each interim and annual reporting period, specific
information about certain costs and expenses, including purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, and intangible asset amortization
included in each expense caption presented on the face of the income statement, and the total amount of an entity's selling expenses. The amendments are
effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and may be
applied either prospectively or retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on the financial
statement disclosures.
NOTE 3—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company did not have any significant related party transactions during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.

Table of Contents
F-20
NOTE 4—DIVESTITURES AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On December 1, 2021, the Company completed the divestiture of its Rubber Business to Synthos S.A. and certain of its subsidiaries (together,
“Synthos”) for a purchase price of $402.4 million, which reflected reductions of approximately $41.6 million for the assumption of pension liabilities by
Synthos and $47.0 million for net working capital (excluding inventory) retained by the Company. The sale resulted in the recognition of an after-tax gain of
$117.8 million. At closing, the Company and Synthos executed a long-term supply agreement, in which the Company will supply Synthos certain raw
materials used in the Rubber Business subsequent to the sale. This agreement expired in April 2024. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and
2022, the Company recorded $17.6 million, $48.0 million and $64.7 million, respectively, in net sales and $13.8 million, $51.7 million and $55.3 million,
respectively, in cost of sales related to the supply agreement, which is recorded in continuing operations.
The following table summarizes the results of the Rubber Business for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, which are reflected as
discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and statements of cash flows for all periods presented:
Year Ended
December 31,
    
2024
    
2023
2022
Net sales
    
$
—     $
0.1
$
0.4
Cost of sales
 
—
 
0.1
 
5.1
Gross loss
 
—
 
—
 
(4.7)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
—
 
—
 
(0.3)
Operating loss
 
—
 
—
 
(4.4)
Gain on sale of businesses and other assets
—
—
(1.3)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes
 
—
 
—
 
(3.1)
Provision for income taxes
 
—
 
—
 
(0.2)
Net income from discontinued operations
$
—
$
—
$
(2.9)
NOTE 5—NET SALES
The following table provides disclosure of net sales to external customers by primary geographical market (based on the location where the sales
originated), by segment for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Engineered
Latex
Polymer
 
Year Ended
Materials
Binders
Solutions
Total
 
December 31, 2024
United States
$
528.7
$
297.6
$
172.8
$
999.1
Europe
 
419.2
 
408.8
 
853.2
 
1,681.2
Asia-Pacific
 
143.0
 
241.7
 
327.0
 
711.7
Rest of World
 
86.0
 
6.2
 
29.0
 
121.2
Total
$
1,176.9
$
954.3
$
1,382.0
$
3,513.2
December 31, 2023
United States
$
522.5
$
262.7
$
145.8
$
931.0
Europe
 
423.7
 
449.1
 
1,056.7
 
1,929.5
Asia-Pacific
 
123.4
 
224.6
 
340.4
688.4
Rest of World
 
87.3
 
6.5
 
32.7
 
126.5
Total
$
1,156.9
$
942.9
$
1,575.6
$
3,675.4
December 31, 2022
United States
$
649.4
$
369.6
$
217.4
$
1,236.4
Europe
 
517.8
 
608.3
1,558.4
 
2,684.5
Asia-Pacific
 
175.9
 
280.3
458.8
 
915.0
Rest of World
 
81.9
 
8.4
39.3
 
129.6
Total
$
1,425.0
$
1,266.6
$
2,273.9
$
4,965.5

Table of Contents
F-21
NOTE 6—RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
2024 Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown
On September 26, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a restructuring plan (“2024 Restructuring Plan”) designed to reduce costs
by streamlining commercial and operational activities and to further improve profitability and better position the Company for longer term growth and cash
flow generation. The 2024 Restructuring Plan includes: (i) combining the management of Engineered Materials, Plastics Solutions and Polystyrene
businesses, (ii) a reduction in workforce of supporting functions, and (iii) the exit of virgin polycarbonate production at its Stade, Germany production
facility. On November 13, 2024, the Company announced its decision to exit its Stade, Germany polycarbonate plant (“Stade Shutdown”).
The Company recorded net pre-tax restructuring charges of $52.0 million inception-to-date under the 2024 Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown,
consisting of $24.6 million of severance and related benefit costs, $26.5 million of asset related charges, and $0.9 million of contract terminations. Asset-
related charges include $19.9 million related to the accelerated depreciation for the asset retirement cost at Stade, Germany, $5.6 million in accelerated
depreciation charges of plant, property and equipment associated with the exit of the Company’s Stade, Germany plant and other charges of $1.0 million.   
The Company expects to incur incremental contract terminations of $25.0 million to $28.0 million and asset related charges of $2.7 million within the
Polymer Solutions segment. The majority of charges related to the 2024 Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown are expected to be paid by the end of 2027.
The following table summarizes the charges incurred by segment related to the 2024 Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown:
Year Ended
2024 Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown Charges by Segment
    
December 31, 2024
Engineered Materials
$
2.0
Latex Binders
1.2
Polymer Solutions
44.4
Corporate (1)
4.4
Total
$
52.0
(1) The charges related to this restructuring plan that were not allocated to a specific segment were included within corporate as unallocated charges.
The following table summarizes the activities related to the 2024 Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown:
2024 Restructuring Plan and Stade Shutdown Charges by Segment
    
Severance and
Related Benefit
Cost
Asset Related
Charges (2)
Contract
Terminations
Total
Reserve balance at December 31, 2023
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
Restructuring charges
24.6
6.1
0.9
31.6
Charges against the reserve (1)
(3.7)
—
—
(3.7)
Asset write-offs
—
(6.1)
—
(6.1)
Reserve balance at December 31, 2024
$
20.9
$
—
$
0.9
$
21.8
(1) Includes primarily payments made against the existing accrual, as well as immaterial impacts of foreign currency remeasurement.
(2) Does not include $19.9 million of accelerated depreciation expense and $0.5 million of accretion expense incurred during the year ended December 31,
2024 related to the asset retirement obligation at Stade, Germany. Refer to Note 19 for further information on the asset retirement obligation activity at
Stade, Germany.

Table of Contents
F-22
Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring
On August 23, 2023, the Company announced a restructuring plan (“Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring plan”) to optimize its PMMA
sheet network, primarily in Europe, consolidate manufacturing operations and certain other workforce reductions to streamline its general & administrative
network. The Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring plan includes closure of certain plants and product lines, including (i) closure of
manufacturing operations at the Company’s PMMA cast sheets plant in Bronderslev, Denmark, (ii) closure of manufacturing operations at the Company’s
batch polyester tray casting plant in Belen, New Mexico, and (iii) closure of its PMMA extruded sheet production line at its Rho, Italy plant. On October 26,
2023, the management team of the Company, with authorization from the Company’s Board of Directors, approved additional actions to discontinue styrene
production at the Company’s Terneuzen, the Netherlands plant, decommission the styrene plant assets, as well as related workforce reductions.
The Company recorded net pre-tax restructuring charges of $74.0 million inception-to-date under the Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring
plan, consisting of $16.3 million of severance and related benefit costs, $48.5 million of asset related charges, and $9.2 million of contract terminations
costs. Asset-related charges include $30.3 million of accelerated depreciation charges of plant, property and equipment, and decommissioning and other
charges of $18.2 million associated with the plant and production closures. The Company expects to incur an incremental $3.6 million of asset related
charges through the end of 2025. The majority of the employee termination benefit charges are expected to be paid by the end of 2025.
The following table summarizes the charges incurred by segment related to the Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring plan:
Year Ended
December 31,
Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring Plan Charges by Segment
    
2024
    
2023
Engineered Materials
$
1.6
$
13.1
Polymer Solutions
16.3
32.5
Corporate (1)
1.7
8.8
Total
$
19.6
$
54.4
(1) The charges related to this restructuring plan that were not allocated to a specific segment were included within corporate as unallocated charges.
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, total liabilities related to the Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring were $4.7 million and $12.0 million,
respectively for severance and related benefit costs, were included within "Accrued and other current liabilities" in the consolidated balance sheets.
The following table summarizes the activities related to the Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring plan:
Asset Optimization and Corporate Restructuring Plan
    
Severance and
Related Benefit
Cost
Asset Related
Charges
Contract
Terminations
Total
Reserve balance at December 31, 2023
$
12.0
$
—
$
—
$
12.0
Restructuring charges
0.9
12.0
6.7
19.6
Charges against the reserve (1)
(8.2)
(10.6)
(6.7)
(25.5)
Asset write-offs
—
(1.4)
—
(1.4)
Reserve balance at December 31, 2024
$
4.7
$
—
$
—
$
4.7
(1) Includes primarily payments made against the existing accrual, as well as immaterial impacts of foreign currency remeasurement.
Asset Restructuring Plan
In December 2022, the Company announced a restructuring plan designed to reduce costs, improve profitability, reduce exposure to cyclical markets
and elevated natural gas prices, and address market overcapacity (“Asset

Table of Contents
F-23
Restructuring Plan”). The Asset Restructuring Plan encompasses closure of certain underperforming or uncompetitive plants and product lines, including (i)
closure of manufacturing operations at the styrene production facility in Boehlen, Germany, (ii) closure of one of its production lines at the Stade, Germany
polycarbonate plant, and (iii) closure of the PMMA sheet manufacturing site in Matamoros, Mexico.
The Company recorded net pre-tax restructuring charges of $62.7 million inception-to-date under the Asset Restructuring Plan, consisting of
$9.0 million of severance and related benefit costs, $43.3 million of asset related charges, and $10.4 million of contract terminations costs. Asset-related
charges include $27.4 million related to the accelerated depreciation for the asset retirement cost at Boehlen, Germany, $7.7 million in accelerated
depreciation charges of plant, property and equipment and decommissioning and other charges of $8.2 million.   
Substantive production at the Boehlen facility and the one production line at the Stade facility ceased in 2022, and decommissioning activities began
in December 2022. In April 2023, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its land, buildings and equipment in Matamoros, Mexico for a cash
consideration of approximately $19.0 million, which was received in May 2023 when the transaction closed. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain on sale
of $14.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, which was recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated
statements of operations.
The Company expects to incur an incremental $7.0 million of contract termination charges, $0.1 million of decommissioning and other charges within
the Polymer Solutions segment.
The following table summarizes the charges incurred by segment related to the Asset Restructuring Plan:
Year Ended
December 31,
Asset Restructuring Plan Charges by Segment
    
2024
    
2023
2022
Engineered Materials
$
—
$
1.1
$
9.2
Polymer Solutions
2.4
2.4
47.5
Total
$
2.4
$
3.5
$
56.7
The following table is a summary of charges incurred related to the Asset Restructuring Plan:
Year Ended
December 31,
Asset Restructuring Plan Charges
    
2024
    
2023
2022
Severance and related benefit costs
$
(0.5)
$
(0.3) $
9.7
Asset related charges
0.8
(4.1)
46.6
Contract terminations
2.1
7.9
0.4
Total
$
2.4
$
3.5
$
56.7
The following table summarizes the activities related to the Asset Restructuring Plan:
Asset Restructuring Plan
    
Severance and
Related Benefit
Cost
Asset Related
Charges (2)
Contract
Terminations
Total
Reserve balance at December 31, 2023
$
4.7
$
—
$
—
$
4.7
Restructuring charges
(0.5)
0.1
2.1
1.7
Charges against the reserve (1)
(3.0)
(0.1)
(2.1)
(5.2)
Reserve balance at December 31, 2024
$
1.2
$
—
$
—
$
1.2
(1) Includes primarily payments made against the existing accrual, as well as immaterial impacts of foreign currency remeasurement.

Table of Contents
F-24
(2) Does not include $0.7 million of accretion expense incurred during the year ended December 31, 2024 related to the asset retirement obligation at
Boehlen, Germany. Refer to Note 19 for further information on the asset retirement obligation activity at Boehlen, Germany.
Transformational Restructuring Program
In May 2021, the Company approved a restructuring plan associated with the Company’s recent strategic initiatives (“Transformational Restructuring
Program”). The Transformational Restructuring Program was completed as of December 31, 2023. Through the year ended December 31, 2024, the
Company recorded net pre-tax restructuring charges of $6.7 million inception-to-date entirely relating to severance and related benefit costs.  
The following table summarizes the charges incurred by segment related to the Transformational Restructuring Program:
Year Ended
December 31,
Transformational Restructuring Program Charges by Segment
    
2024
    
2023
2022
Corporate (1)
$
—
$
(2.1) $
0.1
Total
$
—
$
(2.1) $
0.1
(1) As this was identified as a corporate-related activity, the charges related to this restructuring program were not allocated to a specific segment, but
rather included within corporate unallocated.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no liabilities related to the Transformational Restructuring Program for severance and related benefit
costs.
Corporate Restructuring Program
In November 2019, the Company announced a restructuring plan associated with the Company’s shift to a global functional structure and business 
excellence initiatives to drive greater focus on business process optimization and efficiency (“Corporate Restructuring Program”). The Corporate 
Restructuring Program was completed as of December 31, 2022.  Through the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded net pre-tax
restructuring charges of $22.7 million inception-to-date under the Corporate Restructuring Program consisting of $17.1 million of severance and related
benefit costs, $2.8 million of asset related charges, and $2.8 million of contract terminations costs.
The following table summarizes the charges incurred by segment related to the Corporate Restructuring Program:
Year Ended
December 31,
Corporate Restructuring Program Charges by Segment
    
2024
    
2023
2022
Corporate (1)
$
—
$
—
$
(1.2)
Total
$
—
$
—
$
(1.2)
(1) As this was identified as a corporate-related activity, the charges related to this restructuring program were not allocated to a specific segment, but
rather included within corporate unallocated.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no liabilities related to the Corporate Restructuring Program for severance and related benefit costs.

Table of Contents
F-25
NOTE 7—IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER CHARGES
Impairment and other charges consisted of the following:
Year Ended
December 31, 
  
2024
  
2023
  
2022
Asset impairment charges (Note 18)
$
—
$
0.5
$
6.3
European Commission request for information (Note 19)
—
—
36.2
Goodwill impairment charges (Note 14)
—
349.0
297.1
Total
$
—
$
349.5
$
339.6
NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes earned within and outside the United States is shown below:
Year Ended
 
December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
United States
    
$
(77.3)    
$
(293.9)    
$
(161.9)
Outside of the United States
 
(240.7)
 
(339.0)
 
(307.7)
Income before income taxes
$
(318.0)
$
(632.9)
$
(469.6)
The provision for income taxes is composed of:
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
 
Current
Deferred
Total
Current
Deferred
Total
Current
Deferred
Total
 
U.S. federal
    $
1.1     $
1.1     $
2.2     $
(10.3)    $
33.4     $
23.1     $
20.9     $
(56.3)    $
(35.4)
U.S. state and other
     
2.9      
0.4      
3.3      
(4.3)     
6.1      
1.8      
4.3      
(10.3)     
(6.0)
Non-U.S.
     
29.2      
(4.2)     
25.0      
41.6      
1.9      
43.5      
26.5      
(26.7)     
(0.2)
Total
    $
33.2     $
(2.7)    $
30.5     $
27.0     $
41.4     $
68.4     $
51.7     $
(93.3)    $
(41.6)
 

Table of Contents
F-26
The effective tax rate on pre-tax income differs from the U.S. statutory rate due to the following:
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2024
   
2023
   
2022
   
Taxes at U.S. statutory rate(1)
   $
(66.8)   $
(132.9)   $
(98.6)   
State and local income taxes
   
 
2.7    
 
2.7    
 
(6.8)   
Non U.S. statutory rates, including credits
   
 
24.6    
 
30.1
 
13.0
Unremitted earnings
   
 
(2.7)   
 
(14.2)   
 
(5.9)   
Change in valuation allowances(2)(3)
   
 
101.5    
 
143.7    
 
(5.8)   
Uncertain tax positions
   
 
9.0    
 
6.4    
 
(0.9)   
Withholding taxes
   
 
3.8    
 
7.4    
 
5.5    
Non-deductible interest
   
 
2.5    
 
2.6    
 
1.2    
Non-deductible other expenses
   
 
7.2    
 
9.6    
 
11.2    
Provision to return adjustments
   
 
(2.7)   
 
(8.4)   
 
(1.6)   
Swiss deferred tax asset revaluation(2)
—
—
19.7
Goodwill impairment(4)
—
26.0
19.7
Loss on Subsidiaries merger(5)
(50.3)
—
—
European Commission request for information(6)
—
—
7.6
Other—net
   
 
1.7    
 
(4.6)
 
0.1
Total provision for income taxes
   $
30.5    $
68.4    $
(41.6)   
Effective tax rate
   
 
(10)%
 
(11)%
 
9 %
(1) The U.S. statutory rate of 21% has been used as a significant portion of the Company’s business activity is in the U.S., and management believes it is
more meaningful to the readers of the financial statements.
(2) The year ended December 31, 2022 includes an impact of $19.7 million for the revaluation of the Company’s deferred tax assets in Switzerland.
(3) The year ended December 31, 2024 includes impacts of $12.2 million and $50.3 million for the establishment of a valuation allowance in China and the
loss on the merger of two Luxembourg subsidiaries, respectively. The year ended December 31, 2023 includes impacts of $84.2 million, $60.8 million
and $6.3 million, for the establishment of valuation allowances in the United States, Switzerland and Luxembourg, respectively.
(4) The years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 includes an impact of $26.0 million and $19.7 million, respectively for the portion of the goodwill
impairment which the Company cannot take a benefit for tax purposes.
(5) The year ended December 31, 2024 includes a net impact of $50.3 million for the loss on the merger of two Luxembourg subsidiaries which the
Company cannot take a benefit for tax purposes.
(6) The year ended December 31, 2022 includes an impact of $7.6 million related to the settlement payment for the European Commission request for
information, for which the Company did not benefit from.
Provision for income taxes decreased by $37.9 million from 2023 to 2024 primarily due to the decrease in valuation allowance, predominantly in the
United States, Switzerland and Luxembourg, as well as the geographical mix of earnings. This was partially offset by the revaluation of the Company’s net
deferred tax assets in China which resulted in a one-time deferred tax expense of $12.2 million in 2024.

Table of Contents
F-27
Deferred income taxes reflect temporary differences between the valuation of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting:
December 31,
 
2024
2023
 
Deferred
Deferred
Deferred
Deferred
 
Tax
Tax
Tax
Tax
 
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
 
Tax loss and credit carryforwards
    
$
209.3     
$
—     
$
149.3     
$
—
Unremitted earnings
 
—
 
12.9
 
—
 
15.6
Unconsolidated affiliates
 
—
 
7.7
 
—
 
8.9
Other accruals and reserves
 
24.4
 
—
 
27.4
 
—
Property, plant and equipment
 
—
 
72.2
 
—
 
81.1
Goodwill and other intangible assets (1)
 
132.2
 
—
 
142.7
 
—
Accrued interest
 
38.0
 
—
 
34.1
 
—
Employee benefits
 
27.6
 
—
 
31.2
 
—
 
431.5
 
92.8
 
384.7
 
105.6
Valuation Allowance (2)(3)(4)
 
(339.2)
 
—
 
(278.3)
 
—
Total
$
92.3
$
92.8
$
106.4
$
105.6
(1) Includes the impact of Swiss federal and cantonal tax reform of $2.0 million and $49.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2024 and $2.5 million
and $53.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2023, measured at period-end exchange rates.
(2) Includes a valuation allowance of $126.2 million and $103.2 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to deferred tax assets in
our US consolidated group.
(3) Includes a valuation allowance of $91.6 million and $82.3 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to deferred tax assets in our
Swiss subsidiaries, measured at period-end exchange rates.
(4) Includes a valuation allowance of $14.4 million as of December 31, 2024 related to deferred tax assets in our China subsidiary.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, all undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are expected to be repatriated.
Operating loss carryforwards amounted to $1,065.9 million in 2024 and $759.1 million in 2023. As of December 31, 2024, $42.3 million of the
operating loss carryforwards were subject to expiration in 2025 through 2029, and $1,023.9 million of the operating loss carryforwards expire in years
beyond 2029 or have an indefinite carryforward period. The Company had valuation allowances which were related to the realization of recorded tax
benefits on tax loss carryforwards, as well as other net deferred tax assets, primarily from subsidiaries in China, Luxembourg, the United States, and
Switzerland, of $339.2 million as of December 31, 2024 and $278.3 million as of December 31, 2023.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, Management assessed whether there were any changes in facts and circumstances that would result in any
changes to the valuation allowance conclusions reached in the prior years. During the year ended December 31, 2024, Management determined that it was
no longer more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would be realized in the Company’s China subsidiary. Among this evidence is the cumulative
loss, magnitude of business losses in 2023 and 2024, current adverse economic conditions and higher financial costs. These negative factors combined with
no other tax planning strategies identified that could allow the Company to utilize its deferred tax asset, resulted in Management’s decision to establish a full
valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset position during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Table of Contents
F-28
For the years presented, a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
Balance as of December 31, 2021
    
$
7.5
Increases related to current year tax positions
 
0.7
Increases related to prior year tax positions
 
0.1
Decreases related to prior year tax positions
 
(0.4)
Settlement of uncertain tax positions
(0.3)
Decreases due to expiration of statues of limitations
(1.1)
Balance as of December 31, 2022
$
6.5
Increases related to current year tax positions
 
0.7
Increases related to prior year tax positions
 
4.7
Decreases related to prior year tax positions
—
Settlement of uncertain tax positions
(0.9)
Decreases due to expiration of statues of limitations
—
Balance as of December 31, 2023
$
11.0
Increases related to current year tax positions
 
1.0
Increases related to prior year tax positions (1)
6.8
Decreases related to prior year tax positions
(0.6)
Settlement of uncertain tax positions
—
Decrease due to expiration of statutes of limitations
(0.7)
Balance as of December 31, 2024
$
17.5
(1) Includes an increase of $4.5 million in liability as well as an additional $0.2 million reserve against tax loss carryforwards as a result of an ongoing tax
examination of our subsidiary in China for the period 2012-2021. As of December 31, 2024, the total reserve is $12.0 million, including a $1.5 million
reserve against tax loss carryforwards.
The Company recognized expense related to interest and penalties of $1.8 million, $1.5 million, and $0.4 million during the years ended December
31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, for unrecognized tax benefits. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits were included as a
component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $4.7 million and $2.9
million, respectively, accrued for interest and penalties. To the extent that the unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in the future, $22.3 million will
impact the Company’s effective tax rate.
As of December 31, 2024, there are $0.9 million in unrecognized tax benefits that the Company anticipates could be realized within the next 12
months due to the expiration of the statute of limitations in certain jurisdictions, including the impact relating to accrued interest and penalties.
The European Union (EU) Member States have formally adopted the EU’s Pillar Two Directive, which generally provides for a minimum effective tax 
rate of 15%, as established by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Pillar Two Framework. The EU effective dates are 
January 1, 2024 and January 1, 2025, for different aspects of the directive.  A significant number of countries, including the United States, are expected to 
also implement similar legislation with varying effective dates in the future. Based on the current rules as enacted, there was not a material impact to tax 
expense for the year ended December 31, 2024.  The Company will continue to monitor and evaluate evolving tax legislation in the jurisdictions in which 
we operate.

Table of Contents
F-29
Tax years that remain subject to examination for the Company’s major tax jurisdictions are shown below.
Major Tax Jurisdictions
Earliest Open Year
United States: Federal income tax
2021
Germany
2018
Switzerland
2019
Netherlands
2020
Luxembourg
2017
China
2012
Hong Kong
2006
Indonesia
2019
Italy
2010
NOTE 9—EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per ordinary share (“basic EPS”) is computed by dividing net income available to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average
number of the Company’s ordinary shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted earnings per ordinary share (“diluted EPS”) is calculated using net
income available to ordinary shareholders divided by diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during each period, which includes unvested
RSUs, option awards, and PSUs. Diluted EPS considers the impact of potentially dilutive securities except in periods in which there is a loss because the
inclusion of the potential ordinary shares would have an anti-dilutive effect.
The following table presents basic EPS and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Year Ended
 
December 31,
 
(in millions, except per share data)
    
2024
    
2023
2022
 
Earnings:
Net loss from continuing operations
$
(348.5)
$
(701.3)
$
(428.0)
Net loss from discontinued operations
—
—
(2.9)
Net loss
$
(348.5)
$
(701.3)
$
(430.9)
Shares:
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
 
35.3
 
35.3
 
35.9
Dilutive effect of RSUs, option awards, and PSUs(1)
 
—
 
—
 
—
Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
 
35.3
 
35.3
 
35.9
Loss per share:
Loss per share—basic:
Continuing operations
(9.86)
(19.88)
(11.91)
Discontinued operations
—
—
(0.08)
Loss per share‒basic
$
(9.86)
$
(19.88)
$
(11.99)
Loss per share—diluted:
Continuing operations
(9.86)
(19.88)
(11.91)
Discontinued operations
—
—
(0.08)
Loss per share‒diluted
$
(9.86)
$
(19.88)
$
(11.99)

Table of Contents
F-30
(1) Refer to Note 22 for discussion of RSUs, option awards, and PSUs granted to certain Company directors and employees. As the Company recorded a
net loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, potential shares related to equity-based awards have been
excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS, as doing so would be anti-dilutive.
NOTE 10—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable consisted of the following:
December 31,
 
2024
2023
 
Trade receivables
    
$
315.7     
$
402.6
Non-income tax receivables
 
38.6
 
45.4
Other receivables
 
34.1
 
49.5
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
 
(8.5)
 
(6.7)
Total
$
379.9
$
490.8
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company recognized bad debt expense (benefit) of $2.6 million, $(0.9) million, and $3.4
million, respectively.
NOTE 11—INVENTORIES
Inventories consisted of the following:
December 31, 
December 31,
    
2024
2023
Finished goods
    
$
144.9     
$
162.4
Raw materials and semi-finished goods
 
167.3
 
200.9
Supplies
 
35.0
 
41.4
Total
$
347.2
$
404.7
NOTE 12—INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company had one joint venture: Americas Styrenics, a styrene and polystyrene joint venture with
Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP. Investments held in unconsolidated affiliates in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant
influence (generally, 20% to 50%-owned companies) are accounted for by the equity method. The results of Americas Styrenics are included within its own
reportable segment.
Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates was $15.4 million, $62.1 million, and $102.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023,
and 2022, respectively. The Company’s unconsolidated affiliates are privately held companies; therefore, quoted market prices for their equity interests are
not available.
The summarized financial information of the Company’s unconsolidated affiliates is shown below. On an annual basis, the Company performs the
significant subsidiary tests required by Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X for its 50 percent or less owned subsidiary, accounted for under the equity method, to
determine whether separate financial statements of the subsidiary will need to be filed. For all periods presented, Americas Styrenics LLC did not meet the
definition of “significant subsidiary” under the investment test or income test according to Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X required under Rule 3-09 of
Regulation S-X.

Table of Contents
F-31
December 31,
 
2024
2023
 
Current assets
    
$
427.6     
$
465.7
Noncurrent assets
 
262.0
 
259.2
Total assets
$
689.6
$
724.9
Current liabilities
$
183.8
$
197.2
Noncurrent liabilities
 
79.5
 
32.1
Total liabilities
$
263.3
$
229.3
Year Ended
 
December 31, 
 
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
 
Net Sales
$
1,753.4     $
1,722.4
$
2,059.9
Gross profit
$
83.9
$
189.2
$
268.8
Operating income
$
28.0
$
133.8
$
212.4
Net income
$
23.5
$
131.5
$
204.0
Depreciation and amortization
$
39.0
$
35.9
$
36.6
Capital expenditures
$
(50.2)
$
(30.3)
$
(33.8)
There were no sales to unconsolidated affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. Purchases from unconsolidated affiliates
were $79.9 million, $70.4 million, and $80.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, there were no amounts due from unconsolidated affiliates included in “Accounts receivable, net of
allowance” and $5.9 million and $12.2 million due to unconsolidated affiliates was included in “Accounts payable” in the consolidated balance sheets.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, the Company’s investment in Americas Styrenics was $222.6 million and $252.2 million, which was
$9.5 million and $4.8 million greater than the Company’s 50% share of Americas Styrenics’ underlying net assets. These amounts represent the difference
between the book value of assets held by the joint venture and the Company’s 50% share of the total recorded value of the joint venture’s assets, inclusive of
certain adjustments to conform with the Company’s accounting policies. This difference is being amortized over a weighted average remaining useful life of
approximately 3.0 years as of December 31, 2024. The Company received dividends from Americas Styrenics of $45.0 million, $65.0 million, and $95.0
million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Table of Contents
F-32
NOTE 13—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
Estimated Useful
December 31,
 
Lives (Years)
2024
2023
 
Land
    
N/A
    $
75.2     $
80.9
Land and waterway improvements
 
1 - 20
 
22.4
 
22.1
Buildings
 
10 - 50
 
131.1
 
139.4
Machinery and equipment
 
3 - 10
 
947.7
 
958.4
Leasehold interests
 
9 - 40
 
54.9
 
45.9
Other property (1)
 
1 - 20
 
103.7
 
93.5
Construction in process
N/A
 
64.8
 
81.7
Property, plant and equipment
 
1,399.8
 
1,421.9
Less: accumulated depreciation
 
(824.0)
 
(778.2)
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
575.8
$
643.7
(1) Amount as of December 31, 2024, includes the asset retirement cost corresponding to the asset retirement obligations as described in Note 19.
Year Ended
 
December 31,
 
2024
2023
2022
 
Depreciation expense
    
$
102.1     
$
118.9     
$
136.5
Capitalized interest
3.9
3.8
3.7
NOTE 14—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The following table shows the annual changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by segment, from December 31, 2022 through December 31, 2024:
Engineered
Latex
Polymer
Americas
 
    
Materials
    
Binders
    
Solutions
    
Styrenics
    
Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2022
    $
348.9
$
14.8
$
46.7
$
                —
$
410.4
Impairment losses
(349.0)
                  —
                  —
                —
(349.0)
Foreign currency impact
 
0.1
0.6
1.7
                —
2.4
Balance at December 31, 2023
$
—
$
15.4
$
48.4
$
—
$
63.8
Segment Realignment
15.0
—
(15.0)
—
—
Foreign currency impact
 
(1.1)
(0.9)
(1.9)
—
 
(3.9)
Balance at December 31, 2024
$
13.9
$
14.5
$
31.5
$
—
$
59.9
Goodwill impairment testing is performed annually as of October 1, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair
value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below the carrying value. Refer to Note 2 for further information. In the year ended December 31,
2022, the Company performed its annual impairment test for goodwill and determined that the PMMA business and Aristech Surfaces carrying value of
their net assets exceeded fair value, resulting in an impairment of $297.1 million, discussed further below. The estimated fair values of all other reporting
units was in excess of the carrying value.

Table of Contents
F-33
In the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company completed the PMMA Acquisition and Aristech Surfaces Acquisition, each of which represented
a separate reporting unit within the Engineered Materials segment. As a result of the Company’s 2022 fourth quarter impairment testing, an impairment
charge was taken primarily due to the continuation of the challenging macroeconomic environment experienced in 2022 into the fourth quarter of 2022,
including significantly lower demand for building & construction and wellness applications, which led to lower operating results including slower growth
projections, and a prolonged drop in market capitalization, as well as an increase in the WACC. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company
reduced the carrying value of the PMMA business and Aristech Surfaces reporting units through the recognition of a $226.6 million and $70.5 million non-
cash goodwill impairment loss, respectively. These charges are recorded within “Impairment and other charges” on the consolidated statement of operations
and are allocated to the Engineered Materials segment.
As of January 1, 2023, the Company realigned the Engineered Materials segment reporting structure. The PMMA business and Aristech Surfaces
reporting units were combined with the Legacy Engineered Materials reporting unit to form the Engineered Materials reporting unit. Impairment
assessments on each reporting unit were performed immediately before and after the change in organizational structure where it was concluded there was no
goodwill impairment.
During the second quarter 2023, the Company determined that a triggering event had occurred for the Engineered Materials reporting unit indicating it
was more likely than not that the fair value of this goodwill was less than the associated carrying value. This determination resulted from the persistence of
the challenging operating conditions, customer destocking and underlying demand weakness that contributed to a revised outlook reflecting a further
reduction in near-term forecasted operating results, growth projections, as well as an additional decrease in market capitalization. Therefore, the Company
performed a goodwill impairment assessment as of June 1, 2023 and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $349.0 million, reflected within “Impairment
and other charges” on the consolidated statement of operations.
As of October 1, 2024, the Company combined the management of its Engineered Materials, Plastics Solutions and Polystyrene businesses. Certain
components of the Plastics Solutions segment were combined with the Polystyrene segment and renamed Polymer Solutions to better reflect the Company’s
strategic focus on providing solutions in areas such as sustainability and material substitution. Impairment assessments on each reporting unit were
performed immediately before and after the change in the organizational structure. No impairment indicators were identified in any of the Company’s
reporting units and we therefore concluded there was no goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 2024.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the reported balance of goodwill included accumulated impairment losses of $646.1 million, entirely in the
Engineered Materials segment. As of December 31, 2022, the reported balance of goodwill included accumulated impairment losses of $297.1 million in the
Engineered Materials segment.

Table of Contents
F-34
Other Intangible Assets
The following table provides information regarding the Company’s other intangible assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
 
Estimated Useful
Gross Carrying
Accumulated
Gross Carrying
Accumulated
 
   
Life (Years)
   
Amount
   
Amortization
   
Net
   
Amount
   
Amortization
   
Net
 
Developed
Technology
7 - 15
$
314.6
$
(200.4) $
114.2
$
316.5
$
(165.8) $
150.7
Customer
Relationships
 
7 - 19
 
468.6
 
(120.5)
 
348.1
 
481.7
 
(102.8)
 
378.9
Software
 
5 - 10
 
242.0
 
(152.4)
 
89.6
 
246.6
 
(136.8)
 
109.8
Software in
development
 
N/A
 
7.6
 
—
 
7.6
 
9.4
 
—
 
9.4
Tradenames
10 - 16
49.5
(12.5)
37.0
52.0
(9.2)
42.8
Other
 
1 - 5
 
5.2
 
(2.9)
 
2.3
 
6.8
 
(4.5)
 
2.3
Total
$
1,087.5
$
(488.7) $
598.8
$
1,113.0
$
(419.1) $
693.9
Amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets totaled $90.3 million, $90.1 million, and $93.6 million, for the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
The following table details the Company’s estimated amortization expense for the next five years, excluding any amortization expense related to
software currently in development:
Estimated Amortization Expense for the Next Five Years
 
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
 
$
84.8     
$
75.7     
$
74.3     
$
72.1     
$
69.1
NOTE 15—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
Accounts payable consisted of the following:
December 31,
 
2024
2023
 
Trade payables
    
$
220.4     
$
376.0
Other payables
 
42.7
 
73.7
Total
$
263.1
$
449.7

Table of Contents
F-35
NOTE 16—LONG TERM DEBT & AVAILABLE FACILITIES  
Refer to discussion below for details and definitions of the Company’s debt facilities. The Company was in compliance with all debt related covenants
as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
December 31, 2024
   
Interest Rate as of
December 31, 2024
   
Maturity Date
   
Carrying
Amount
   
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Fees
(1)
    
Total Debt, Less
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Fees    
2029 Senior Notes
5.125%
April 2029
$
447.0
$
(9.3)
$
437.7
2025 Senior Notes (2)
5.375%
September 2025
115.0
(0.2)
114.8
Senior Credit Facility
2028 Term Loan B
7.276%
May 2028
721.9
(9.2)
712.7
2026 Revolving Facility (3)
Various
May 2026
—
—
—
2028 Refinance Term Loans (2)
13.158%
May 2028
1,083.2
(18.1)
1,065.1
Accounts Receivable Securitization
Facility (4)
Various
January 2028
75.0
—
75.0
Other indebtedness
Various
Various
6.3
—
6.3
Total debt
$
2,448.4
$
(36.8)
$
2,411.6
Less: current portion(5)
(210.9)
Total long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees
$
2,200.7
December 31, 2023
Interest Rate as of
December 31, 2023
    
Maturity
Date
    
Carrying
Amount
    
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Fees
(1)
    
Total Debt, Less
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Fees     
2029 Senior Notes
5.125%
April 2029
$
447.0
$
(11.1)
$
435.9
2025 Senior Notes (2)
5.375%
September 2025
115.0
(0.6)
114.4
Senior Credit Facility
    
2028 Term Loan B
7.963%
May 2028
728.9
(11.8)
717.1
2026 Revolving Facility (3)
Various
May 2026
—
—
—
2028 Refinance Term Loans (2)
13.857%
May 2028
1,046.5
(22.6)
1,023.9
Accounts Receivable Securitization
Facility (4)
Various
November 2024
 
—
—
—
Other indebtedness
Various
Various
 
7.2
—
7.2
Total debt
$
2,344.6
$
(46.1)
$
2,298.5
Less: current portion (5)
 
(20.9)
Total long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees
$
2,277.6
(1) This caption does not include unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.3 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively,
related to the Company’s revolving facilities, which are included within “Deferred charges and other assets” on the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) The 2024 Term Loan B was repaid in full on September 8, 2023 using the proceeds of the 2028 Refinance Term Loans, discussed below. Additionally,
the 2025 Senior Notes were partially repaid on September 8, 2023 using the proceeds of the 2028 Refinance Term Loans.
(3) As of December 31, 2024, under the 2026 Revolving Facility, the Company had a capacity of $375.0 million and $20.8 million outstanding letters of
credit. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had funds available for borrowing of $91.7 million, which reflects the borrowing limit imposed by the
springing covenant. The springing covenant applies when 30% or more of the 2026 Revolving Facility’s capacity is drawn which then requires the
Company to meet a first lien net leverage ratio (as defined in the secured credit agreement) not to exceed 3.50x at the end of each financial quarter. As
of December 31, 2024, the first lien net leverage ratio was 5.38x and the outstanding borrowings did not exceed the 30% threshold. Additionally, the
Company is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee in respect of any unused commitments under this facility equal to 0.375% per annum.
(4) As of December 31, 2024, this facility had a borrowing capacity of $150.0 million, and $75.0 million outstanding

Table of Contents
F-36
under the facility. As of December 31, 2024 the Company had $125.0 million of accounts receivable available to support this facility, based on the pool
of eligible accounts receivable, and had $50.0 million of additional funds available for borrowing.
(5) The current portion of long-term debt as of December 31, 2024 was primarily related to $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 5.375% senior
notes due in September 2025, the $75.0 million outstanding under the AR Securitization Facility as well as $18.3 million of the scheduled future
principal payments on both the 2028 Term Loan B and the 2028 Refinance Term Loans. The current portion of long-term debt as of December 31, 2023
was primarily related to $18.3 million of the scheduled future principal payments on both the 2028 Term Loan B and the 2028 Refinance Term Loans.
Total interest expense, net recognized during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, was $267.5 million, $188.4 million, and $112.9
million, respectively, of which $16.1 million, $11.0 million, and $9.3 million, respectively, represented amortization of deferred financing fees and debt
discounts. Total accrued interest on outstanding debt as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $36.7 million and $24.2 million, respectively. Accrued interest 
is recorded within “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.   
2028 Refinance Term Loans
On September 8, 2023, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “2028 Refinance Credit Agreement”) which provides for a senior secured
term loan facility of $1,077.3 million maturing in May 2028 (the “2028 Refinance Term Loans”). The 2028 Refinance Term Loans bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement) plus 8.50%, subject to a 3.00% SOFR floor, and was issued at a 3.0%
original issue discount. Further, the 2028 Refinance Term Loans require scheduled quarterly payments, commencing on January 2, 2024, in amounts equal
to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the 2028 Refinance Term Loans, with the balance to be paid at maturity.
The obligations under the 2028 Refinance Term Loans are secured by equity pledges of 100% of the equity interests and substantially all assets of
certain subsidiaries of the Company that do not guaranty the obligations under the Credit Agreement.
The 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants, and contains
events of default including (i) relating to a change of control or (ii) failure to maintain at least $100.0 million of Liquidity at the end of any calendar month,
and (iii) a cross default to the Credit Agreement. If an event of default occurs, the Term Lenders will be entitled to take various actions, including the
acceleration of amounts due under the 2028 Refinance Term Loans. Liquidity is defined under the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement as a combination of
cash and cash equivalents held at certain of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries as well as the funds available for borrowing under both the 2026
Revolving Facility and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility, subject to certain restrictions outlined in the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement. As
of December 31, 2024, the Company had Liquidity of $348.6 million, comprised of $206.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and approximately $141.7
million of funds available for borrowing under both the 2026 Revolving Facility and the Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility, $91.7 million and
$50.0 million respectively.
Fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2028 Refinance Term Loans were $24.3 million. Due to a portion of the 2028 Refinance Term
Loans meeting the criteria for modification accounting, $0.9 million of these fees were expensed and included within “(Gain) loss on extinguishment of
long-term debt” in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023. The remaining $23.4 million of fees were capitalized and
recorded within “Long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees” on the consolidated balance sheet. Capitalized fees related to the 2028
Refinance Term Loans are being amortized over the 4.7 year term of the facility using the effective interest method.
2029 Senior Notes
On March 24, 2021, Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A. and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. (together, the “Issuers”), each an indirect, wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, executed an indenture (the “2021 Indenture”) pursuant to which they issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of
5.125% senior notes due 2029 (the “2029 Senior Notes”) in a 144A private transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended. Interest on the 2029 Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year,

Table of Contents
F-37
commencing on August 15, 2021. The 2029 Senior Notes mature on April 1, 2029. The net proceeds from the 2029 Senior Notes offering were used as a
portion of the funding needed for the PMMA Acquisition, in addition to fees and expenses related to the offering and the PMMA Acquisition. The gross
proceeds from the 2029 Senior Notes offering were released upon satisfaction of certain escrow release conditions, including closing of the PMMA
Acquisition, which was completed on May 3, 2021. 
At any time prior to April 1, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the 2029 Senior Notes in whole or in part, at their option, at a redemption price equal to
100% of the principal amount of such notes plus the relevant applicable premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption
date. At any time prior to April 1, 2024, the Issuers may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Senior Notes at a redemption price
equal to 105.125%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the aggregate gross proceeds from certain equity
offerings. 
At any time and from time to time after April 1, 2024, the Issuers may redeem the 2029 Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal
to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes redeemed to, but not including, the redemption
date:
12-month period commencing April 1 in Year 
Percentage
2024
 
102.563 %  
2025
 
101.281 %  
2026 and thereafter
 
100.000 %  
The 2029 Senior Notes were the Issuers’ senior unsecured obligations and ranked equally in right of payment with all of the Issuers’ existing and
future indebtedness that is not expressly subordinated in right of payment thereto. The 2029 Senior Notes were to be senior in right of payment to any future
indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment thereto and effectively junior to (a) the Issuers’ existing and future secured indebtedness,
including the Company’s accounts receivable facility and the Issuers’ Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness
and (b) all existing and future liabilities of the Issuers’ non-guarantor subsidiaries. 
The 2021 Indenture contained customary covenants, including restrictions on the Issuers’ and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional
indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments; prepay certain indebtedness; create
liens; enter into transactions with the Issuers’ affiliates; designate the Issuers’ subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the 2021 Indenture);
and consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of the Issuers’ assets. The covenants are subject to a number of exceptions and qualifications.
Certain of these covenants, excluding without limitation those relating to transactions with the Issuers’ affiliates and consolidation, merger, or transfer of all
or substantially all of the Issuers’ assets, will be suspended during any period of time that (1) the 2029 Senior Notes have Investment Grade Status (as
defined in the 2021 Indenture) and (2) no default has occurred and is continuing under the 2021 Indenture. In the event that the 2029 Senior Notes are
downgraded to below an Investment Grade Status, the Issuers and certain subsidiaries will again be subject to the suspended covenants with respect to future
events. As of December 31, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenant requirements under the 2021 Indenture.
Total fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2029 Senior Notes were $15.9 million, which were capitalized and recorded within “Long-
term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees” on the consolidated balance sheet, and are being amortized over the eight-year term of the 2029
Senior Notes using the effective interest method.
Senior Credit Facility
2022 Revolving Facility
On September 6, 2017, the Issuers entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), which provides senior secured financing
of up to $1,075.0 million (the “Senior Credit Facility”). The Senior Credit Facility provides for senior secured financing consisting of a (i) $375.0 million
revolving credit facility, with a $25.0 million swingline subfacility and a $35.0 million letter of credit subfacility maturing in September 2022 (the “2022
Revolving Facility”) and a (ii) $700.0 million senior secured term loan B facility maturing in September 2024 (the “2024 Term Loan B”). Amounts under
the 2022 Revolving Facility are available in U.S. dollars and euros.

Table of Contents
F-38
Fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2024 Term Loan B were $12.3 million, of which $11.1 million were capitalized along with the
remaining $8.1 million of unamortized deferred financing fees from the Company’s former term loan facility and recorded within “Long-term debt, net of
unamortized deferred financing fees” on the consolidated balance sheets. The capitalized fees were being amortized over the seven-year term of the 2024
Term Loan B using the effective interest method. On May 22, 2018, the Issuers repriced the interest rate from the initial rate of the London Interbank
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.50%, subject to a 0.00% LIBOR floor to an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.00%, subject to a 0.00% LIBOR floor. The
repricing did not affect any of the other terms of the 2024 Term Loan B. Fees incurred in connection with the repricing were $1.1 million, of which $0.5
million were expensed and included within “Other expense (income), net” in the consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31,
2018 and the remaining $0.6 million were capitalized and recorded within “Long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees” on the consolidated
balance sheets. The capitalized fees associated with the repricing were being amortized along with the remaining unamortized deferred financing fees
related to the 2024 Term Loan B over its original seven-year term.
Fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2022 Revolving Facility were $0.8 million, which were capitalized and recorded within “Deferred
charges and other assets” on the consolidated balance sheets, and are being amortized along with the remaining $4.0 million of unamortized deferred
financing fees from the Company’s former revolving credit facility over the five-year term of the 2022 Revolving Facility using the straight-line method.
The 2024 Term Loan B required scheduled quarterly payments in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the 2024 Term Loan B,
with the balance to be paid at maturity. As of December 31, 2022, $7.0 million of the scheduled future payments related to the 2024 Term Loan B were
classified as current debt on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
On September 8, 2023, upon completion of the refinancing transactions discussed above, the Company repaid in full the outstanding principal amount
of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the 2024 Term Loan B, in an aggregate amount of $659.9 million. As a result of this termination, the Company
recognized a $3.1 million loss on extinguishment of debt, comprised of $3.0 million for the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs, and $0.1
million of unamortized original issue discount.
Loans under the 2022 Revolving Facility, at the Borrowers’ option, may be maintained as (a) SOFR loans, which bear interest at a rate per annum
equal to SOFR plus the applicable margin (as defined in the Credit Agreement), if applicable, or (b) base rate loans which bear interest at a rate per annum
equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
The Senior Credit Facility is collateralized by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers, and the guarantors thereunder,
including certain foreign subsidiaries organized in the United States, The Netherlands, Hong Kong, Singapore, Ireland, Luxembourg, and Switzerland.
The Senior Credit Facility requires the Borrowers and their restricted subsidiaries to comply with customary affirmative, negative, and financial
covenants, including limitations on their abilities to incur liens; make certain loans and investments; incur additional debt (including guarantees or other
contingent obligations); merge, consolidate liquidate or dissolve; transfer or sell assets; pay dividends and other distributions to shareholders or make certain
other restricted payments; enter into transactions with affiliates; restrict any restricted subsidiary from paying dividends or making other distributions or
agree to certain negative pledge clauses; materially alter the business they conduct; prepay certain other indebtedness; amend certain material documents;
and change their fiscal year.
2026 Revolving Facility
On May 3, 2021, the Issuers entered into (i) an amendment to the existing credit agreement dated as of September 6, 2017 in which the Issuers
borrowed a new tranche of term loans in an aggregate amount of $750.0 million senior secured term loan B facility maturing in May 2028 (the “2028 Term
Loan B”), used to finance a portion of the purchase price of the PMMA Acquisition, and (ii) an amendment to the existing credit agreement, pursuant to
which the existing revolving credit facility was refinanced with a new revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $375.0 million, with a $25.0
million swingline subfacility and a $35.0 million letter of credit subfacility, maturing in May 2026. Amounts under the 2026 Revolving Facility are available
in U.S. dollars and euros. The terms under the 2026 Revolving Facility are substantially unchanged from the 2022 Revolving Facility.

Table of Contents
F-39
The 2028 Term Loan B bears an interest rate of SOFR plus 2.50%, subject to a 0.00% SOFR floor, and was issued at a 0.5% original issue discount.
Further, the 2028 Term Loan B requires scheduled quarterly payments in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the 2028 Term Loan B,
with the balance to be paid at maturity. The 2026 Revolving Facility contains a financial covenant that requires compliance with a springing first lien net
leverage ratio test. If the outstanding balance under the 2026 Revolving Facility exceeds 30% of the $375.0 million borrowing capacity (excluding undrawn
letters of credit up to $10.0 million and cash collateralized letters of credit) at a quarter end, then the Borrowers’ first lien net leverage ratio may not exceed
3.50 to 1.00.
As of December 31, 2024, $7.5 million of the scheduled future payments related to the 2028 Term Loan B were classified as current debt on the
Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenant requirements under the Senior
Credit Facility as of December 31, 2024.
Due to the expectation that operating conditions in the beginning of 2025 will be largely similar to 2024, the Company may exceed the first lien net
leverage ratio in 2025, which would limit the availability of the 2026 Revolving Facility to 30% of the total capacity. Should this occur, the Company
expects it can still fulfill its operating expenditure needs.
Fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2028 Term Loan B were $18.7 million, which were capitalized and recorded within “Long-term
debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees” on the consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the seven-year term of the 2028 Term
Loan B using the effective interest method.
Fees incurred in connection with the 2026 Revolving Facility were $0.4 million, which were capitalized and recorded within “Deferred charges and
other assets” on the consolidated balance sheet, and are being amortized along with the remaining $0.8 million of unamortized deferred financing fees from
the 2022 Revolving Facility over the five-year term of the facility using the straight-line method.
2025 Senior Notes
On August 29, 2017, the Issuers executed an indenture (the “2017 Indenture”) pursuant to which they issued $500.0 million aggregate principal
amount of 5.375% senior notes due 2025 (the “2025 Senior Notes”) in a 144A private transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Interest on the 2025 Senior Notes was payable semi-annually on May 3 and November 3 of each year, commencing on
May 3, 2018. The 2025 Senior Notes mature on September 1, 2025.
Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2025 Senior Notes in 2017 were $9.7 million, which were capitalized and recorded
within “Long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred financing fees” on the consolidated balance sheets, and are being amortized over the eight-year term of
the 2025 Senior Notes using the effective interest method.
At any time prior to September 1, 2020, the Issuers were able to redeem the 2025 Senior Notes in whole or in part, at their option, at a redemption
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes plus the relevant applicable premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, 
the redemption date. At any time and from time to time after September 1, 2020, the Issuers were able to  redeem the 2025 Senior Notes, in whole or in part, 
at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes redeemed to, but not 
including, the redemption date:
12-month period commencing September 1 in Year 
Percentage
2020
 
102.688 %  
2021
 
101.792 %  
2022
100.896 %  
2023 and thereafter
 
100.000 %  
At any time prior to September 1, 2020, the Issuers were able to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Senior Notes at a
redemption price equal to 105.375%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the aggregate gross proceeds from
certain equity offerings.
The 2025 Senior Notes were the Issuers’ senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all

Table of Contents
F-40
of the Issuers’ existing and future indebtedness that is not expressly subordinated in right of payment thereto. The 2025 Senior Notes ranked senior in right
of payment to any future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment thereto and effectively junior to (a) the Issuers’ existing and future
secured indebtedness, including the Company’s Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility (defined below) and the Issuers’ Senior Credit Facility, to the
extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and (b) all existing and future liabilities of the Issuers’ non-guarantor subsidiaries.
The 2017 Indenture contained customary covenants that, among other things, limit the Issuers’ and certain of their subsidiaries’ ability to incur
additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital shares; make investments; prepay certain indebtedness;
create liens; enter into transactions with the Issuers’ affiliates; designate the Issuers’ subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the 2017
Indenture); and consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of the Issuers’ assets. The covenants are subject to a number of exceptions and
qualifications. Certain of these covenants will be suspended during any period of time that (1) the 2025 Senior Notes have investment grade ratings (as
defined in the 2017 Indenture) and (2) no default has occurred and is continuing under the 2017 Indenture. In the event that the 2025 Senior Notes are
downgraded to below an investment grade rating, the Issuers and certain subsidiaries will again be subject to the suspended covenants with respect to future
events.
On September 8, 2023, upon completion of the refinancing transactions discussed above, the Company redeemed $385.0 million of the 2025 Senior
Notes. As a result, the Company recognized a $2.2 million loss on extinguishment of debt, which was comprised entirely of the write-off of unamortized
deferred financing fees.
Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility
The Company has maintained an accounts receivable securitization facility (the “2010 A/R Facility”) since 2010 for the securitization of trade
receivables originated by certain of the Company’s Swiss, German, Dutch and U.S. subsidiaries. The Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility is funded
through the sale of commercial paper by a special purpose finance entity, the proceeds of which fund the purchase of trade receivables from the Trinseo
subsidiaries. Collection accounts related to the trade receivables are pledged to the special purpose entity, which holds a first priority perfected security
interest in such accounts and, as a result, will not be available to the creditors of the Company or its other subsidiaries. The obligations of the Trinseo
subsidiaries are also guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiary Trinseo Holding S.à r.l.
On March 28, 2024, the Company amended the 2010 A/R Facility to extend its maturity date to November 2025, as well as other amendments. On
July 18, 2024, the Company terminated the 2010 A/R Facility and paid the outstanding facility amount in full. As a result of this termination, the Company
recognized a $0.6 million non-cash loss on extinguishment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2024, comprised entirely of the write-off of unamortized
deferred financing costs.
On July 18, 2024, the Company entered into a new revolving credit facility (the “2024 A/R Facility”) for the securitization of trade receivables
originated by the Sellers. The 2024 A/R Facility is funded by a special purpose finance entity, which purchases the trade receivables from the Sellers.
Collection amounts related to the trade receivables were pledged to the special purpose entity, which held a first priority perfected security interest in such
accounts and, as a result, was not available to the creditors of the Company or its subsidiaries. The obligations of the Trinseo subsidiaries are also
guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiary Trinseo Holding S.à r.l. The 2024 A/R Facility also has a borrowing limit of $150.0 million and matures in January
2028, with an optional one-year extension. Borrowings under the 2024 A/R Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Term SOFR or
EURIBOR (each as defined in the 2024 A/R Facility credit agreement, subject to a 1.00% floor), depending on the borrowing currency, plus a margin of
4.75% and the Company incurs interest on a minimum of $75.0 million of advances, irrespective of actual amounts outstanding. The 2024 A/R
Facility contains standard representations, warranties and covenants, as well as standard events of default, including those relating to cross-default to the
Company’s other material indebtedness. The Company may terminate the 2024 A/R Facility at any time, subject to a 1.00% call premium prior to January
2027.
Fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the Receivables Facility were $5.3 million and are capitalized and recorded within “Deferred charges
and other assets” on the consolidated balance sheet will be amortized over the remaining term of the facility using the straight-line method.

Table of Contents
F-41
2025 Debt Refinancing, Exchange, and New Revolving Credit Facility
In December 2024, the Company signed a Transaction Support Agreement (the TSA) lenders certain supporting creditors, including, without
limitation, holders of the Company’s 2025 Notes and Existing 2029 Notes, 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement lenders, lenders under the 2026 Revolving
Facility and certain term lenders under the Credit Agreement (together, the “Supporting Creditors”). Pursuant to the TSA, the Supporting Creditors agreed to
support a series of transactions to refinance the Company’s near-term maturities, provide additional operating liquidity, extend the Company’s nearest debt
maturity to 2028, and capture discount from an exchange of its 2029 Senior Notes. On January 17, 2025, the Company completed a series of transactions
contemplated by the TSA.
The Company amended the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement to provide for a senior secured term loan facility of $115.0 million maturing in May
2028 (the “2028 Refinance Term Loans - Tranche 2”). As amended, the 2028 Refinance Term Loans - Tranche 2 will bear interest at a rate per annum equal
to Term SOFR plus 8.50%, subject to a 3.00% SOFR floor. Further, the 2028 Refinance Term Loans require scheduled quarterly payments, commencing on
April 11, 2025, in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the 2028 Refinance Term Loans, with the balance to be paid at maturity. On
January 17, 2025, the Company redeemed the remaining aggregate principal amount of $115.0 million of the 2025 Senior Notes. In connection with such
redemption, all 2025 Notes were cancelled and the related indenture was satisfied and discharged. As a result, the Company will recognize a $0.2 million
loss on extinguishment of debt, which will be comprised entirely of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees.
Trinseo Luxco Finance SPV S.à r.l., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Trinseo NA Finance SPV LLC (together the “New Issuers ”),
each an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, executed an indenture (the “2025 Indenture”) pursuant to which they issued $379.5 million
aggregate principal amount of 7.625% second lien senior notes due 2029 (the “2029 Refinance Senior Notes”) in exchange for the redemption of $446.5
million of the 2029 Senior Notes issued by the Issuers. This exchange was a 144A private transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933. Interest on the 2029 Refinance Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on
August 15, 2025. The 2029 Refinance Senior Notes mature on May 3, 2029. As a result, the Company will write-off the balance of unamortized deferred
financing fees.
On January 17, 2025, the Company also entered into amendment to the existing Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the 2026 Revolving Credit
Facility was replaced with a new super-priority revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $300.0 million, with a $60.0 million letter of credit
subfacility, maturing in February 2028 (the “OpCo Super-Priority Revolver”). The terms under the OpCo Super-Priority Revolver are substantially similar to
the 2026 Revolving Facility, except for an update to the financial covenant that requires compliance with a springing super-priority lien net leverage ratio
test, a liquidity covenant and an anti-cash hoarding covenant.
The definition of Liquidity is substantially similar under both the OpCo Super-Priority Revolver and the 2028 Refinance Credit Agreement. The 2028
Refinance Credit Agreement requires, as stated above, Liquidity to be maintained at least $100.0 million. The OpCo Super-Priority Revolver’s anti-cash
hoarding covenant requires repayment of existing excess borrowings under the OpCo Super-Priority Revolver amount if the cash and cash equivalents held
by loan parties is over $100.0 million or the cash and cash equivalents held by non-loan parties is over $50.0 million. If the Company is unable to achieve its
forecasts or maintain minimum liquidity covenants, it could have a material adverse impact on our access to liquidity, results of operation and financial
condition.
NOTE 17—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND DERIVATIVES
The Company’s ongoing business operations expose it to various risks, including fluctuating foreign exchange rates, interest rate risk and commodity
price risk. To manage these risks, the Company periodically enters into derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange forward contracts, interest
rate swap agreements, and commodity swap agreements, forward contracts, or options. The Company does not hold or enter into financial instruments for
trading or speculative purposes. All derivatives are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Refer to Note 18 for fair value disclosures
related to these instruments.

Table of Contents
F-42
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
Certain subsidiaries have assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their respective functional currencies, which creates foreign
exchange risk. The Company’s principal strategy in managing its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is to naturally hedge the foreign
currency-denominated liabilities on its balance sheet against corresponding assets of the same currency, such that any changes in liabilities due to
fluctuations in exchange rates are offset by changes in their corresponding foreign currency assets. To facilitate our foreign exchange forward contracts, the
Company has a one month time deposit of 9.5 million Euros bearing interest at 2.78%. This time deposit matures on January 31, 2025 and is recorded within
“Cash and cash equivalents” in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company had open foreign exchange forward contracts with a notional U.S. dollar equivalent absolute value of $250.3 million and $328.0 million
as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The following table displays the notional amounts of the most significant net foreign
exchange hedge positions outstanding as of December 31, 2024:
Buy / (Sell) 
    
December 31, 2024
Euro
$
(180.0)
South Korean Won
$
(25.6)
New Taiwan Dollar
$
16.1
Swiss Franc
$
12.8
Swedish Krona
$
12.6
Open foreign exchange forward contracts as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 have maturities occurring over a period of two months.
Commodity Cash Flow Hedges & Commodity Economic Hedges
The Company purchases certain commodities, primarily natural gas, to operate facilities and generate heat and steam for various manufacturing
processes, which purchases are subject to price volatility. In order to manage the risk of price fluctuations associated with these commodity purchases, as
deemed appropriate, the Company may enter into commodity swaps, forward contracts, or options. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had open
commodity swap agreements, which effectively convert a portion of its natural gas costs into a fixed rate obligation. Certain of these commodity derivatives
are designated as cash flow hedges, and as such, the contracts are marked-to-market at each reporting date and any unrealized gains or losses are included in
AOCI to the extent effective, and reclassified to cost of sales in the period during which the transaction affects earnings or it becomes probable that the
forecasted transaction will not occur.
The Company had no open commodity cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2024. Open commodity cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2023 had
maturities occurring over a period of 12 months and had a notional value of approximately 660 thousand megawatt hours of natural gas purchases.
The Company may also enter into certain commodity swap agreements to economically hedge the impact of these price fluctuations, which are not
designated for hedge accounting treatment. Open commodity economic hedges as of December 31, 2024 had maturities occurring over a period of 3 months
and had a notional value of approximately 91 thousand megawatt hours of natural gas purchases. Open commodity economic hedges as of December 31,
2023 had maturities occurring over a period of 15 months and had a notional value of approximately 473 thousand megawatt hours of natural gas purchases.
Interest Rate Swaps
On September 6, 2017, the Company issued the 2024 Term Loan B, which bore an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.00%, subject to a 0.00% LIBOR
floor. In order to reduce the variability in interest payments associated with the Company’s variable rate debt, during 2017 the Company entered into certain
interest rate swap agreements to convert a portion of these variable rate borrowings into a fixed rate obligation. These interest rate swap agreements are
designated as cash flow hedges, and as such, the contracts are marked-to-market at each reporting date and any unrealized gains or losses are included in
AOCI to the extent effective, and reclassified to interest expense in the period during which the transaction affects earnings or it becomes probable that the
forecasted transaction will not occur.

Table of Contents
F-43
Under the terms of the swap agreements, with a net notional U.S. dollar equivalent of $200.0 million and an effective date of September 29, 2017, the
Company was required to pay the counterparties a stream of fixed interest payments at a rate of 1.81%, and in turn, receives variable interest payments
based on 1-month LIBOR from the counterparties. These interest rate swap agreements matured in September 2022, and the Company has no remaining
open interest rate swap agreements as of December 31, 2024.
Net Investment Hedge
On September 1, 2017, the Company entered into certain fixed-for-fixed cross currency swaps (“CCS”), swapping USD principal and interest
payments on its 2025 Senior Notes for euro-denominated payments. Under the terms of the CCS (the “2017 CCS”), the Company notionally exchanged
$500.0 million at an interest rate of 5.375% for €420.0 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.45% for approximately five years. Additionally, on
September 1, 2017, the Company designated the full notional amount of the 2017 CCS (€420.0 million) as a hedge of its net investment in certain European
subsidiaries under the forward method, with all changes in the fair value of the 2017 CCS recorded as a component of AOCI, as the 2017 CCS were deemed
to be highly effective hedges. A cumulative foreign currency translation loss of $38.0 million was recorded within AOCI related to the 2017 CCS through
March 31, 2018.
Effective April 1, 2018, in conjunction with the adoption of new hedge accounting guidance, the Company elected as an accounting policy to re-
designate the 2017 CCS as a net investment hedge (and any future similar hedges) under the spot method. As such, changes in the fair value of the 2017
CCS included in the assessment of effectiveness (changes due to spot foreign exchange rates) were recorded as cumulative foreign currency translation
within OCI, and will remain in AOCI until either the sale or substantially complete liquidation of the subsidiary. As of December 31, 2023, no gains or
losses have been reclassified from AOCI into income related to the sale or substantially complete liquidation of the relevant subsidiaries. As an additional
accounting policy election applied to similar hedges, the initial value of any component excluded from the assessment of effectiveness is recognized in
income using a systematic and rational method over the life of the hedging instrument. Any difference between the change in the fair value of the excluded
component and amounts recognized in income under that systematic and rational method is recognized in AOCI.
As of April 1, 2018, the initial excluded component value related to the 2017 CCS was $23.6 million, which the Company elected to amortize as a
reduction of “Interest expense, net” in the consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method over the remaining term of the 2017 CCS.
Additionally, the Company recognizes the accrual of periodic USD and euro-denominated interest receipts and payments under the terms of its CCS
arrangements, including its 2017 CCS, within “Interest expense, net” in the consolidated statements of operations.
On February 26, 2020, the Company settled its 2017 CCS and replaced it with a new CCS arrangement (the “2020 CCS”) that carried substantially the
same terms as the 2017 CCS. Upon settlement of the 2017 CCS, the Company realized net cash proceeds of $51.6 million. The remaining $13.8 million
unamortized balance of the initial excluded component related to the 2017 CCS at the time of settlement is no longer being amortized following the
settlement and will remain in AOCI until either the sale or substantially complete liquidation of the relevant subsidiaries. Under the 2020 CCS, the
Company notionally exchanged $500.0 million at an interest rate of 5.375% for €459.3 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.672% for
approximately 2.7 years, with a final maturity of November 3, 2022. The cash flows under the 2020 CCS are aligned with the Company’s principal and
interest obligations on its 5.375% 2025 Senior Notes.
For the third quarter of 2020, based on the value of the Company’s net investment in certain of its European subsidiaries, a portion of the 2020 CCS
was not a highly effective hedge. As a result, the Company de-designated €16.1 million of the 2020 CCS from being a net investment hedge for the third
quarter of 2020, pursuant to which changes in the fair value of this non-hedged component were recognized within “Other expense (income), net” in the
consolidated statements of operations during the third quarter of 2020. For the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company’s 2020 CCS returned to being a highly
effective hedge and thus it was re-designated in its entirety as a net investment hedge.
On April 7, 2022, the Company settled its existing 2020 CCS, which matured in November 2022. Upon settlement of the 2020 CCS, the Company
realized net cash proceeds of $1.9 million.

Table of Contents
F-44
Summary of Derivative Instruments
The following table presents the effect of the Company’s derivative instruments, including those not designated for hedge accounting treatment, on
the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022:
Location and Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Statements of Operations
Year Ended
December 31, 2024
  
Cost of
sales
  
Interest
expense, net
Other (expense)
income, net
Total amount of income (expense) line items presented in the statements of operations, which include the
effects of derivative instruments
$
(3,247.6)
$
(267.5)
$
(3.9)
Effects of cash flow hedge instruments:
Commodity cash flow hedges
Amount of loss reclassified from AOCI into income
$
(9.7)
$
—
$
—
Effects of derivatives not designated as hedge instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Amount of gain recognized in income
$
—
$
17.8
$
—
Commodity economic hedges
Amount of loss recognized in income
$
(2.8)
$
—
$
—
Location and Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Statements of Operations
Year Ended
December 31, 2023
Cost of
sales
  
Interest
expense, net
Other (expense)
income, net
Total amount of income (expense) line items presented in the statements of operations, which include the
effects of derivative instruments
$
(3,533.1)
$
(188.4)
$
17.2
Effects of cash flow hedge instruments:
Commodity cash flow hedges
Amount of loss reclassified from AOCI into income
$
(32.7)
$
—
$
—
Effects of derivatives not designated as hedge instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Amount of loss recognized in income
$
—
$
—
$
(7.6)
Commodity economic hedges
Amount of loss recognized in income
$
(23.9)
$
—
$
—

Table of Contents
F-45
Location and Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Statements of Operations
Year Ended
December 31, 2022
Cost of
sales
  
Interest
expense, net
  Other (expense)
income, net
Total amount of income (expense) line items presented in the statements of operations, which include the
effects of derivative instruments
$
(4,693.2)
$
(112.9)
$
6.4
Effects of cash flow hedge instruments:
Commodity cash flow hedges
Amount of loss reclassified from AOCI into income
$
(6.1)
$
—
$
—
Interest rate swaps
Amount of loss reclassified from AOCI into income
$
—
$
(1.2)
$
—
Effects of net investment hedge instruments:
Cross currency swaps
Amount of gain excluded from effectiveness testing
$
—
$
2.4
$
—
Effects of derivatives not designated as hedge instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Amount of gain recognized in income
$
—
$
—
$
49.0
Commodity economic hedges
Amount of loss recognized in income
$
(6.6)
$
—
$
—
The following table presents the effect of cash flow and net investment hedge accounting on AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and
2022:
Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI on Balance Sheets
Year Ended
December 31, 
2024
2023
2022
Designated as Cash Flow Hedges
Commodity cash flow hedges
$
9.4
$
5.6
$
(15.1)
Interest rate swaps
—
—
2.2
Total
$
9.4
$
5.6
$
(12.9)
Designated as Net Investment Hedges
Cross currency swaps (CCS)
$
—
$
—
$
15.8
Total
$
—
$
—
$
15.8
Gain (Loss) Recognized in Other expense (income),
net in Statement of Operations
Year Ended
December 31, 
        
2024
    
2023
    
2022
Settlements and changes in the fair value of forward contracts (not designated as hedges)
        $
17.8     $
(7.6)    $
49.0
Remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities
(19.5)
16.7
(41.0)
Total
$
(1.7)
$
9.1
$
8.0
The Company expects to reclassify in the next twelve months an approximate $0.5 million net loss from AOCI into earnings related to the Company’s
outstanding commodity cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2024, based on current commodity price indices.

Table of Contents
F-46
The following tables summarize the net unrealized gains and losses and balance sheet classification of outstanding derivatives recorded in the
consolidated balance sheets:
December 31, 2024
Foreign
Exchange
Commodity
Commodity
Balance Sheet
Forward
Economic
Cash Flow
Classification
    
Contracts
Hedges
Hedges
Total
Asset Derivatives:
Accounts receivable, net of allowance
$
7.3
$
—
$
—
$
7.3
Gross derivative asset position
7.3
—
—
7.3
Less: Counterparty netting
(2.7)
—
—
(2.7)
Net derivative asset position
$
4.6
$
—
$
—
$
4.6
Liability Derivatives:
Accounts payable
$
(2.7) $
(1.0) $
(0.5) $
(4.2)
Gross derivative liability position
(2.7)
(1.0)
(0.5)
(4.2)
Less: Counterparty netting
2.7
—
—
2.7
Net derivative liability position
$
—
$
(1.0) $
(0.5) $
(1.5)
Total net derivative position
$
4.6
$
(1.0) $
(0.5) $
3.1
December 31, 2023
   
Foreign
 
Exchange
Commodity
Commodity
Balance Sheet
Forward
Economic
Cash Flow
 
Classification
    
Contracts
    
Hedges
    
Hedges
    
Total
     
Asset Derivatives:
Accounts receivable, net of allowance
$
0.3
$
—
$
—
$
0.3
Gross derivative asset position
0.3
—
—
0.3
Less: Counterparty netting
(0.3)
—
—
(0.3)
Net derivative asset position
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
Liability Derivatives:
Accounts payable
$
(4.8)
$
(7.2)
$
(13.7)
$
(25.7)
Other noncurrent obligations
—
(0.9)
(0.7)
(1.6)
Gross derivative liability position
(4.8)
(8.1)
(14.4)
(27.3)
Less: Counterparty netting
0.3
—
—
0.3
Net derivative liability position
$
(4.5)
$
(8.1)
$
(14.4)
$
(27.0)
Total net derivative position
$
(4.5)
$
(8.1)
$
(14.4)
$
(27.0)
Forward contracts, commodity swaps, interest rate swaps, and cross currency swaps are entered into with a limited number of counterparties, each of
which allows for net settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of a default on or termination of any one contract.
As such, in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy, these derivative instruments are recorded on a net basis by counterparty within the
consolidated balance sheets.
Refer to Notes 18 and 24 for further information regarding the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments and the related changes in AOCI.
 
NOTE 18—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified using the following hierarchy, which is based upon the
transparency of inputs to the valuation as of the measurement date.
 

Table of Contents
F-47
The following tables summarize the basis used to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated balance
sheets at December 31, 2024 and 2023:
December 31, 2024
 
Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value
    
Level 1(1)
    
Level 2(2)
    
Level 3(3)
    
Total
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts—Assets
    $
—     $
4.6     $
—     $
4.6
Commodity economic hedges—(Liabilities)
—
(1.0)
—
(1.0)
Commodity cash flow hedges—(Liabilities)
—
(0.5)
—
(0.5)
Total fair value
$
—
$
3.1
$
—
$
3.1
December 31, 2023
 
Liabilities at Fair Value
    
Level 1(1)
    
Level 2(2)
    
Level 3(3)
    
Total
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts—(Liabilities)
$
—
$
(4.5)
$
—
$
(4.5)
Commodity economic hedges—(Liabilities)
—
(8.1)
—
(8.1)
Commodity cash flow hedges—(Liabilities)
—
(14.4)
—
(14.4)
Total fair value
$
—
$
(27.0)
$
—
$
(27.0)
(1) Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
(2) Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
(3) Valuation is based upon other unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement.
The Company uses an income approach to value its derivative instruments, utilizing discounted cash flow techniques, considering the terms of the
contract and observable market information available as of the reporting date, such as interest rate yield curves, currency spot and forward rates, and
commodity spot and forward rates. Significant inputs to the valuation for these derivative instruments are obtained from broker quotations or from listed or
over-the-counter market data and are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
In connection with the Company’s strategy to focus efforts and increase investments in certain product offerings serving applications that are less
cyclical and offer significantly higher growth and margin potential, and other management considerations, in March of 2020, the Company initiated a
consultation process with the Economic Council and Works Councils of Trinseo Deutschland regarding the potential disposition of its styrene monomer
assets in Boehlen, Germany. In late 2020, the Company completed its evaluation of the assets and decided to continue operating them, however the
assessment of the long-lived asset group for impairment indicated that the carrying value was not recoverable when compared to the expected undiscounted
future cash flows generated from the assets. The fair value of the depreciable assets was determined through an analysis of the underlying fixed asset records
in conjunction with the use of industry experience and available market data. In the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company committed to close this plant in
connection with the asset restructuring plan. Refer to Note 6 for further information.
As a result of the fair value measurements performed, the Company recorded impairment losses on the Boehlen styrene monomer assets of $0.5
million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively. These impairment losses reflect the initial impairment loss taken in
March of 2020, as well as subsequent impairment losses related to ongoing capital expenditures at the Boehlen styrene monomer facility that were
determined to be impaired. These losses are recorded within “Impairment and other charges” on the consolidated statements of operations and are allocated
to the Feedstocks segment. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the value of the Boehlen styrene monomer assets recorded within the Company’s
consolidated balance sheets was $3.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively.
The Company recorded non-cash goodwill impairment losses of $349.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, related to the PMMA
business and Aristech Surfaces reporting units. Refer to Note 14 for further information. There were no other financial assets and no financial liabilities
measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Table of Contents
F-48
Fair Value of Debt Instruments
The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company’s outstanding debt not carried at fair value as of December 31, 2024 and 2023:
    
As of
As of
 
    
December 31, 2024
    
December 31, 2023
 
2029 Senior Notes
$
279.6
$
180.4
2025 Senior Notes
114.8
98.5
2028 Term Loan B
446.7
564.9
2028 Refinance Term Loans
1,129.7
1,087.1
Total fair value
$
1,970.8
$
1,930.9
The fair value of the Company’s debt facilities above (each Level 2 securities) is determined using over-the-counter market quotes and benchmark
yields received from independent vendors. Fair value amount presented reflect the Company’s carrying value of debt, net of original issuance discount.
There were no other significant financial instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
NOTE 19—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Environmental Matters
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably
estimated, based on current law, existing technologies and other information. Pursuant to the terms of the Dow Separation, the pre-closing environmental
conditions were retained by Dow and the Company has been indemnified by Dow from and against all environmental liabilities incurred or relating to the
predecessor periods. There are several properties which the Company now owns on which Dow has been conducting investigation, monitoring, or
remediation to address historical contamination, including Dalton, Georgia. There are other properties with historical contamination that are owned by Dow
that the Company leases for its operations, including its facilities in Midland, Michigan, Schkopau, Germany, and Terneuzen, The Netherlands. Other than
certain immaterial environmental liabilities assumed as part of the PMMA Acquisition and the Aristech Surfaces Acquisition, no material environmental
claims have been asserted or threatened against the Company. The Company is not a potentially responsible party for any material amounts at any Superfund
sites. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $1.3 million (adjusted for foreign currency rates), respectively, of accrued obligations for
environmental remediation or restoration costs, which were recorded at fair value within the opening balance sheets of the PMMA business and Aristech
Surfaces during 2021.
Inherent uncertainties exist in the Company’s potential environmental liabilities primarily due to unknown conditions, whether future claims may fall
outside the scope of the indemnity, changing governmental regulations and legal standards regarding liability, and evolving technologies for handling site
remediation and restoration. In connection with the Company’s existing indemnification, the possibility is considered remote that environmental remediation
costs will have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial statements over the next 12 months.

Table of Contents
F-49
Purchase Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Company has certain raw material purchase contracts under which it is required to purchase certain minimum
volumes at current market prices. These commitments have remaining terms ranging from one to four years. The following table presents the fixed and
determinable portion (based on current pricing indexes) of the minimum obligation under the Company’s purchase commitments with remaining contract
terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2024:
Annual Commitment
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
Thereafter
Total
$
155.3
$
144.6
$
54.6
$
33.9
$
33.9
$
33.9
$
456.2
In certain raw material purchase contracts, the Company has the right to purchase less than the required minimums and pay a liquidated damages fee,
or, in case of a permanent plant shutdown, to terminate the contracts. In such cases, these obligations would be less than the obligations shown in the table
above.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a one-time charge within “Cost of sales” in the consolidated statement of
operations of approximately $18.1 million related to estimated raw material purchase contract obligations. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had
$14.5 million, recorded within “Other noncurrent obligations” in the consolidated balance sheet, which was settled in the year ended December 31, 2024.
The Company has no material accrual remaining in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.
Asset Retirement Obligations
The Company has built certain manufacturing facilities on leased land and is required to remove these facilities at the end of the corresponding
contract term. Legal obligations for these demolition and decommissioning activities exist in connection with the retirement of these assets triggered upon
closure of the facilities. In instances when the Company plans to continue operations at these facilities indefinitely, and therefore, a reasonable estimate of
fair value cannot be determined, an asset retirement obligation is not recognized.
In connection with the asset restructuring plan as described within Note 6, the Company concluded the Boehlen, Germany site and Stade, Germany
site no longer had indeterminate lives. Accordingly, during the year ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2024, respectively, the Company recorded
the fair value of an asset retirement obligation and a corresponding asset retirement cost, which was capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related
long-lived assets and depreciated over the asset’s shortened useful life. The asset retirement cost was fully depreciated during the year ended December 31,
2024.
Change in asset retirement obligation
Balance at December 31, 2023
$
20.2
Obligations incurred and adjustments to estimated obligations
20.2
Settlements
(6.0)
Accretion expense
1.1
Currency translation adjustment
(1.9)
Balance at December 31, 2024
$
33.6
Accretion expense is included within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statement of operations. The current portion
of the asset retirement obligation is recorded within “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” and the long-term portion is recorded within “Other
noncurrent obligations” in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the current portion was $15.5 million and $10.7 million, and
the long-term portion was $18.1 million and $9.5 million, respectively.
Litigation Matters
From time to time, the Company may be subject to various legal claims and proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of business, relating to such
matters as product liability, antitrust/competition, past waste disposal practices and release of chemicals into the environment. While it is impossible at this
time to determine with certainty the ultimate

Table of Contents
F-50
outcome of these routine claims, the Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flow. Legal costs, including those legal costs expected to be incurred in connection with a loss
contingency, are expensed as incurred.
Environmental Proceedings related to the Bristol Spill
On March 25, 2023, the Company received a Notice of Federal Interest from the United States Coast Guard (“USCG”), identifying the Company as a 
“potentially responsible party” (“PRP”) related to the Bristol Spill. The Company also received a Notice of Federal Assumption and an Administrative 
Order, dated April 20, 2023 from the USCG, identifying the Company as a PRP related to the Bristol Spill. The USCG notices and order do not designate 
specific fines or penalties against the Company. In October 2023, the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) notified the Company 
of its intent to impose penalties related to a Notice of Violation dated April 26, 2023 alleging water violations associated with the Spill.  Discussions 
between the Company and PADEP are ongoing. In December 2023, the Company established an accrual for the estimated resolution of this matter, and such 
loss is not expected to be material to our business. 
It is not possible at this time for the Company to estimate its ultimate liability pursuant to these matters or other potential administrative or criminal
actions related to the Bristol Spill, whether a material loss to our business is probable or remote, or estimate a potential range of loss, if any.
Synthos Matter
On November 21, 2022, the Company received formal notice from the German Arbitration Institute that Synthos had initiated an arbitration dispute on
October 14, 2022 against Trinseo and its following subsidiaries: Trinseo Deutschland GmbH, Trinseo Belgium BV, Trinseo Europe GmbH, and Trinseo
Export GmbH, related to Synthos’ purchase of Trinseo’s rubber business in 2021.
As discussed in Note 4, Synthos and Trinseo are parties to an asset purchase agreement (“APA”) dated May 21, 2021, whereby Trinseo transferred its
Rubber Business to Synthos, pending regulatory approval and other administrative pre-closing conditions, for an enterprise value of approximately $491.0
million. This transaction formally closed on December 1, 2021. Synthos claims that Trinseo did not properly disclose certain information including the
natural gas pricing mechanism for the steam which is supplied by a third party to the Rubber Business. Synthos is seeking monetary damages related to the
spike of utility prices in Germany that commenced in the fall of 2021. On December 7, 2023, Synthos filed an adjusted motion with the German Arbitration
Institute clarifying its claims for monetary damages. On April 26, 2024, Trinseo filed a statement of defense and counterclaim in response to Synthos’
adjusted motion. On September 27, 2024, Synthos filed a Statement of Reply to reduce its monetary damages claim. On February 10, 2025, Trinseo filed a
statement of rejoinder in defense of Synthos’ claims and a reply to Synthos’ defense of Trinseo’s counterclaim.
The Company believes it has valid and prevailing defenses to Synthos’ claims and intends to vigorously defend itself against all allegations.

Table of Contents
F-51
NOTE 20 – LEASES
The Company's right of use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities are classified on its consolidated balance sheets as follows:
December 31, 
2024
2023
Location on Balance Sheet
Operating lease ROU assets, net
$
63.9 $
65.3
Right-of-use assets - operating, net
Finance lease ROU assets, net
4.7
6.2
Property, plant, and equipment, net of
accumulated depreciation
Operating lease liabilities - current portion
12.9
16.3
Current lease liabilities - operating
Operating lease liabilities - noncurrent portion
53.3
51.7
Noncurrent lease liabilities - operating
Finance lease liabilities - current portion
1.6
1.6
Short-term borrowings and current portion of
long-term debt
Finance lease liabilities - noncurrent portion
3.5
4.8
Long-term debt, net of unamortized deferred
financing fees
The components of the Company's lease costs are classified on its consolidated statements of operations as follows:
Year Ended
December 31, 
2024
2023
2022
Finance lease cost:
   Amortization of lease ROU assets
$
1.5
$
1.6
$
2.4
   Interest on lease liabilities
0.3
0.4
0.1
Operating lease cost:
19.4
19.1
21.3
Variable lease cost
1.7
0.4
0.3
   Total lease cost
$
22.9
$
21.5
$
24.1
The table below shows the cash and non-cash activity related to the Company’s lease liabilities during the period:
Year Ended
December 31, 
2024
2023
2022
Cash paid related to lease liabilities:
   Operating cash flows from operating leases
$
19.1
$
19.5
$
22.3
   Operating cash flows from finance leases
0.3
0.4
0.1
   Financing cash flows from finance leases
1.5
1.4
2.4
Non-cash lease liability activity:
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating
lease liabilities
$
14.5
$
5.1
$
12.2
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease
liabilities
0.6
0.2
6.3
As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of the Company's operating and finance lease liabilities were as follows:
Maturity of lease liabilities by year
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
Thereafter
Total Lease
Payments
Less Imputed
Interest
Lease Liability
Operating leases
$
16.3
$
12.3
$
11.2
$
9.8
$
8.0
$
29.8
$
87.4
$
(21.2) $
66.2
Finance leases
1.8
1.8
1.7
0.2
0.1
0.4
6.0
(0.9)
5.1
Total
$
18.1
$
14.1
$
12.9
$
10.0
$
8.1
$
30.2
$
93.4
$
(22.1) $
71.3

Table of Contents
F-52
The following table summarizes the weighted average remaining lease terms and the weighted average discount rates as of December 31, 2024, 2023,
and 2022:
As of
December 31, 
2024
2023
2022
Operating leases:
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
6.9
7.1
7.6
Weighted average discount rate
8.1 %
3.9 %
3.4 %
Finance leases:
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
1.8
3.9
4.9
Weighted average discount rate
8.3 %
6.4 %
6.3 %
As of December 31, 2024, the Company does not have any additional operating leases that have not yet commenced.
NOTE 21—PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Many of the Company’s employees are participants in various defined benefit pension plans which are administered and sponsored by the Company
and are primarily in Germany, Switzerland, The Netherlands, China, Belgium, France, Taiwan, Indonesia, Italy, Mexico, and Japan (collectively, the “Non-
U.S. Plans”). The Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plan (the “U.S. Plan”) was acquired in 2021, in conjunction with the PMMA Acquisition.
Company employees who were not previously associated with the acquired pension and postretirement plans are not eligible for enrollment in a
number of these plans. Pension benefits are typically based on length of service and the employee’s final average compensation.
Other Postretirement Benefits
The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits primarily to Dow-heritage employees in the United States when they retire (the
“OPEB Plans”).
In the U.S., the plan provides for health care benefits, including hospital, physicians’ services, drug and major medical expense coverage. In general,
the plan applies to employees hired by Dow before January 1, 2008 and transferred to the Company in connection with the Dow Separation, and who are at
least 50 years old with 10 years of service. The plan allows for spouse coverage as well. If an employee was hired on or before January 1, 1993, the
coverage extends past age 65. For employees hired after January 1, 1993 but before January 1, 2008, coverage ends at age 65. The Company reserves the
right to modify the provisions of the plan at any time, including the right to terminate, and does not guarantee the continuation of the plan or its provisions.
Assumptions
The weighted average assumptions used to determine pension plan obligations and net periodic benefit costs are provided below:
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
Pension Plan Obligations
December 31,
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
    
2024
2023
    
2022
    
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation
 
3.09 %  
3.16 %  
3.51 %  
5.70 %
5.19 %  
5.53 %  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels
 
2.93 %  
2.97 %  
3.01 %  
3.00 %
3.00 %  
3.00 %  

Table of Contents
F-53
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
Net Periodic Benefit Costs
December 31,
2024
    
2023
    
2022
 
2024
2023
    
2022
    
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation
3.16 %  
3.51 %  
1.10 %  
5.19 %
5.53 %  
2.92 %  
Discount rate for service cost
2.57 %  
3.24 %  
1.20 %  
5.20 %
5.55 %  
3.00 %  
Discount rate for interest cost
3.19 %  
3.54 %  
0.93 %  
5.10 %
5.41 %  
2.44 %  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels
2.93 %  
3.01 %  
2.90 %  
3.00 %
3.00 %  
3.00 %  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
3.17 %  
3.20 %  
0.84 %  
6.90 %
6.50 %  
5.40 %  
The weighted average assumptions used to determine OPEB obligations and net periodic benefit costs are provided below:
Obligations
Net Periodic Benefit Costs
 
December 31,
December 31,
 
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022
    
2024
    
2023
    
2022  
Discount rate for accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation
5.15 %  
6.41 %  
6.01 %  
6.41 %  
6.01 %  
2.90 %
Discount rate for service cost
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.40 %  
6.01 %  
2.99 %  
Discount rate for interest cost
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.25 %  
5.82 %  
2.42 %  
Initial health care cost trend rate
 
6.50 %  
6.00 %  
6.25 %  
6.50 %  
6.25 %  
6.00 %
Ultimate health care cost trend rate
 
5.00 %  
5.00 %  
5.00 %  
5.00 %  
5.00 %  
5.00 %
Year ultimate trend rate to be reached
 
2032
2028
2028
2032
2028
2026
The Company determines the discount rate used to measure plan liabilities as of the December 31 measurement date for the pension and
postretirement benefit plans. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the associated liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year.
The Company sets its rate to reflect the yield of a portfolio of high quality, fixed-income debt instruments that would produce cash flows sufficient in timing
and amount to settle projected future benefits. The Company uses a full yield curve approach in the estimation of the future service and interest cost
components of net periodic benefit cost for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans by applying the specific spot rates along the
yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows.
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined by performing an analysis of key economic and market factors impacting historical
returns for each asset class and formulating a projected return based on factors in the current environment. Factors considered include, but are not limited to,
inflation, real economic growth, interest rate yield, interest rate spreads, and other valuation measures and market metrics. The expected long-term rate of
return for each asset class is then weighted based on the strategic asset allocation approved by the governing body for each plan. The historical experience
with the pension fund asset performance is also considered.

Table of Contents
F-54
The net periodic benefit costs for the pension and other postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 were as
follows:
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
OPEB Plans
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
  
2024
  
2023
  
2022
  
2024
  
2023
  
2022
  
2024
  
2023
  
2022
Net periodic benefit cost(1)
Service cost
$
8.0
$
8.2
$
12.2
$
0.5
$
0.5
$
0.9
$
—
$
—
$
0.1
Interest cost
 
8.7
 
9.1
 
3.4
 
0.9
 
0.9
 
0.8
 
0.2
 
0.3
 
0.2
Expected return on plan assets
 
(2.9)
 
(3.0)
 
(1.1)
 
(0.8)
 
(0.6)
 
(0.9)
 
—
 
—
 
—
Amortization of prior service credit
 
(0.3)
 
(0.3)
 
(0.4)
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
(0.1)
Amortization of net (gain) loss
 
(1.2)
 
(3.0)
 
2.5
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
(0.6)
 
(0.8)
 
(0.1)
Settlement and curtailment (gain) loss
 
(0.9)
 
0.3
 
(3.5)
 
(0.2)
 
—
 
(0.5)
 
—
 
—
 
—
Net periodic benefit cost
$
11.4
$
11.3
$
13.1
$
0.4
$
0.8
$
0.3
$
(0.4) $
(0.5) $
0.1
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) ("OCI")
Net (gain) loss
$
(6.4) $
12.7
$
(82.7) $
(0.3) $
(0.4) $
(2.0) $
(0.1) $
(0.1) $
(3.7)
Amortization of prior service credit
 
0.3
 
0.3
 
0.4
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
0.1
Amortization of net gain (loss)
 
1.2
 
3.0
 
(2.5)
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
0.6
 
0.8
 
0.1
Settlement and curtailment gain (loss)
 
0.9
 
(0.3)
 
3.5
 
0.2
 
—
 
0.5
 
—
 
—
 
—
Prior service credit
 
(0.1)
 
(0.5)
 
(0.2)
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
(2.2)
 
—
 
—
Total recognized in OCI
 
(4.1)
 
15.2
 
(81.5)
 
(0.1)
 
(0.4)
 
(1.5)
 
(1.7)
 
0.7
 
(3.5)
Net periodic benefit cost
 
11.4
 
11.3
 
13.1
 
0.4
 
0.8
 
0.3
 
(0.4)
 
(0.5)
 
0.1
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and OCI
$
7.3
$
26.5
$
(68.4) $
0.3
$
0.4
$
(1.2) $
(2.1) $
0.2
$
(3.4)
(1) Service cost related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans is included within “Cost of sales” and “Selling,
general and administrative expenses,” whereas all other components of net periodic benefit cost are included within “Other expense (income), net” in
the consolidated statements of operations.
The net amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
OPEB Plans
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net amounts recognized in the balance sheets as of December 31
Current liabilities
$
(6.5)
$
(6.0)
$
—
$
—
$
(0.2)
$
(0.2)
Noncurrent liabilities
 
(171.3)
 
(182.3)
 
(3.5)
 
(4.4)
 
(1.8)
 
(4.0)
Net amounts recognized in the balance sheet
$
(177.8)
$
(188.3)
$
(3.5)
$
(4.4)
$
(2.0)
$
(4.2)
Accumulated benefit obligation at the end of the
period
$
259.6
$
267.3
$
13.5
$
14.9
$
2.0
$
4.2
Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI as of December 31
Net prior service credit
$
(1.2)
$
(1.6)
$
—
$
—
$
(2.2)
$
—
Net loss (gain)
 
(19.8)
 
(15.3)
 
(1.4)
 
(1.3)
 
(3.9)
 
(4.4)
Total at end of period
$
(21.0)
$
(16.9)
$
(1.4)
$
(1.3)
$
(6.1)
$
(4.4)

Table of Contents
F-55
The changes in the pension benefit obligations, the fair value of plan assets, and the funded status of all significant plans for the years ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
OPEB Plans
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Change in projected benefit obligations
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
$
282.4
$
257.4
$
16.8
$
15.9
$
4.2
$
4.0
Service cost
 
8.0
 
8.2
 
0.5
 
0.5
 
—
 
—
Interest cost
 
8.7
 
9.1
 
0.9
 
0.9
 
0.2
 
0.3
Plan participants’ contributions
 
1.3
 
1.5
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
—
Actuarial changes in assumptions and experience (1)
 
1.1
 
6.6
 
(0.9)
 
0.2
 
(0.1)
 
—
Benefits paid from fund
 
(2.0)
 
(4.4)
 
(0.2)
 
(0.7)
 
—
 
—
Benefit payments by employer
 
(4.1)
 
(3.5)
 
—
 
—
 
(0.1)
 
(0.1)
Plan amendments
(0.1)
(0.4)
—
—
(2.2)
—
Curtailments
 
(0.8)
 
0.4
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
—
Settlements
 
(3.7)
 
(3.4)
 
(1.9)
 
—
 
—
 
—
Currency impact
 
(17.7)
 
10.9
 
(0.3)
 
—
 
—
 
—
Benefit obligation at end of period
$
273.1
$
282.4
$
14.9
$
16.8
$
2.0
$
4.2
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
$
94.1
$
92.5
$
12.4
$
7.0
$
—
$
—
Actual return on plan assets
 
9.8
 
(2.7)
 
0.3
 
1.1
 
—
 
—
Settlements
 
(3.9)
 
(3.4)
 
(1.9)
 
—
 
—
 
—
Employer contributions
 
6.5
 
9.3
 
1.1
 
4.9
 
0.1
 
0.1
Plan participants’ contributions
 
1.3
 
1.5
 
—
 
—
 
—
 
—
Benefits paid
 
(6.1)
 
(7.9)
 
(0.2)
 
(0.4)
 
(0.1)
 
(0.1)
Currency impact
 
(6.4)
 
4.8
 
(0.3)
 
(0.2)
 
—
 
—
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
 
95.3
 
94.1
 
11.4
 
12.4
 
—
 
—
Funded status at end of period
$
(177.8)
$
(188.3)
$
(3.5)
$
(4.4)
$
(2.0)
$
(4.2)
(1) The actuarial gain incurred during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was primarily due to the increase in discount rates during the years.
The following information relates to pension plans with projected and accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets as of
December 31, 2024 and 2023:
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
Projected Benefit Obligation
December 31,
December 31,
Exceeds the Fair Value of Plan Assets 
2024
2023
2024
2023
Projected benefit obligations
    
$
209.5
$
222.8     
$
15.0
$
16.8
Fair value of plan assets
$
31.7
$
34.4
$
11.4
$
12.4
Non-U.S. Plans
U.S. Plan
 
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
December 31,
December 31,
 
Exceeds the Fair Value of Plan Assets
2024
2023
2024
2023
Accumulated benefit obligations
    
$
191.7
$
203.0     
$
13.5
$
14.9
Fair value of plan assets
$
26.8
$
29.3
$
11.4
$
12.4

Table of Contents
F-56
The estimated future benefit payments, reflecting expected future service, as appropriate, are presented in the following table:
    
    
    
    
    
    
2030
    
 
through
 
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2034
Total
 
Non-U.S. plans
$
10.1
$
9.7
$
9.8
$
10.5
$
13.0
$
68.2
$
121.3
U.S. plan
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.1
5.9
10.9
OPEB plans
 
0.2
 
0.2
 
0.2
 
0.3
 
0.3
 
0.9
 
2.1
Total
$
11.2
$
10.8
$
11.0
$
11.9
$
14.4
$
75.0
$
134.3
The Company estimates it will make cash contributions, including benefit payments for unfunded plans, of $9.5 million in 2025 to the defined
benefit pension plans.
Plan Assets
Plan assets totaled $106.7 million as of December 31, 2024 and $106.5 million as of December 31, 2023, consisting primarily of investments in
insurance contracts, as well as equity and debt securities.
The Company’s investment strategy with respect to pension assets outside of the United States is to pursue an investment plan consisting of 
investments in insurance contracts that provide for guaranteed returns. For pension assets inside of the United States, the Company’s investment strategy is 
to pursue an investment plan that, over the long term, will satisfy the funding objectives of the plan, and generate a total return that provides sufficient assets 
to fund plan liabilities, subject to a prudent level of risk, while maintaining compliance with various laws and regulations.  The Company has established 
target allocations for each asset category, which is reviewed periodically to assess the need to rebalance the plan.
Plan assets outside the United States are invested in a mix of asset classes designed to generate strong long-term growth of principal while avoiding
excessive risk. Assets may include, but are not necessarily limited to, equities, fixed income, liquid marketable assets, and less liquid alternatives.
Additionally, the portfolio may include assets with the objective of hedging interest rate risk inherent in pension plan liabilities through the use of fixed
income assets with various duration exposure. This portfolio diversification is expected to reduce the impact of losses in single investments, and mitigate the
risk of volatility, while providing sufficient assets and liquidity to pay benefits and expenses as they come due.
Pension plan assets are managed by outside investment managers. The investment managers value our plan assets using quoted market prices, other
observable inputs or unobservable inputs. Certain assets are not available on an exchange or in an active market and these investments are valued using their
net asset value, which is generally based on the underlying asset values of the investments held in the funds. Investments in the pension plan insurance were
valued utilizing unobservable inputs, which are contractually determined based returns, fees, and the present value of the future cash flows, or cash
surrender values, of the contracts.

Table of Contents
F-57
The following plan assets are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Basis of Fair Value Measurements
Total
Level 1(1)
Level 2(2)
Level 3(3)
Total
Level 1(1)
Level 2(2)
Level 3(3)
U.S. plan:
Cash
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
0.5
$
0.5
$
—
$
—
Investments measured at net asset
value(4):
Equities
6.9
—
—
—
7.1
—
—
—
Debt
4.5
—
—
—
4.8
—
—
—
Total U.S. plan assets
$
11.4
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
12.4
$
0.5
$
—
$
—
Non-US plans:
Insurance contracts
$
95.3
$
—
$
—
$
95.3
$
94.1
$
—
$
—
$
94.1
Total non-U.S. plan assets
$
95.3
$
—
$
—
$
95.3
$
94.1
$
—
$
—
$
94.1
(1) Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
(2) Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
(3) Valuation is based upon other unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement.
(4) The Company elected to presents certain pension plan assets valued at net asset value per share as a practical expedient outside of the fair value
hierarchy.
The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of plan assets measured at fair value using unobservable inputs (Level 3):
Insurance Contracts
Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets Using
Year ended December 31,
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
2024
2023
Balance at beginning of period
$
94.1
$
92.5
Actual return on assets
9.8
(2.7)
Settlements
(3.9)
(3.4)
Employer contributions
6.5
9.3
Plan participant contributions
1.3
1.5
Benefits paid
(6.1)
(7.9)
Currency impact
(6.4)
4.8
Balance at end of period
$
95.3
$
94.1
The asset allocation for the Company’s pension plans as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the target allocation for 2025, by asset category are as
follows:
Target
Allocation
Allocation at December 31,
Asset category
2025
2024
2023
U.S. plan:
Equities
    
60.0 %
60.5 %
57.3 %
Debt
40.0 %
39.5 %
38.7 %
Other
— %
— %
4.0 %
Total U.S. plan
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
Non-U.S. plans:
Insurance contracts
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
Total non-U.S. plans
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %

Table of Contents
F-58
Concentration of Risk
The Company mitigates the credit risk of investments by establishing guidelines with investment managers that limit investment in any single issue or
issuer to an amount that is not material to the portfolio being managed. These guidelines are monitored for compliance both by the Company and external
managers. Credit risk related to derivative activity is mitigated by utilizing multiple counterparties and through collateral support agreements.
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company also offers defined contribution plans to eligible employees in the U.S. and in other countries, including Hong Kong, Korea, The
Netherlands, Indonesia, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom. The defined contribution plans are comprised of a non-discretionary elective matching
contribution component as well as a discretionary non-elective contribution component. Employees participate in the non-discretionary component by
contributing a portion of their eligible compensation to the plan, which is partially matched by the Company. Non-elective contributions are made at the
discretion of the Company and are based on a combination of eligible employee compensation and performance award targets. During the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company contributed $14.9 million, $15.6 million, and $15.0 million, respectively, to the defined contribution
plans.
Multiemployer Plans
In January 2022, the Company closed the multiemployer plan in The Netherlands for a closed population of employees, and the employees were
provided with a defined contribution plan. The Company’s contributions to the plan were generally determined as a percentage of the participants’ salaries.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company made contributions of $0.6 million to the plan.
NOTE 22—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Summary of Share-based Compensation Expense
Share-based compensation expense, which is recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of
operations, was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. Share amounts in the tables below are in whole numbers, unless
otherwise indicated.
As of
 
December 31, 2024
Year Ended December 31,
Unrecognized
Weighted
2024
2023
2022
Compensation Cost
Average Years
 
2014 Omnibus Plan Awards
RSUs
$
6.6
$
11.7
$
10.9
$
2.9
1.0
Option Awards
1.5
4.9
5.0
0.3
0.7
PSUs
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.7
1.5
Restricted Cash Units ("RCUs")
3.6
—
—
Total share-based compensation expense
$
14.4
$
19.5
$
18.6
2014 Omnibus Plan
In connection with the IPO, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2014 Omnibus Plan, adopted on May 28, 2014 and amended on June 19,
2019, June 9, 2020, October 8, 2021, June 14, 2022, and June 14, 2023 under which 7.6 million ordinary shares is the maximum number that may be
delivered upon satisfaction of awards granted. Following the IPO, all equity-based awards granted by the Company have been granted under the 2014
Omnibus Plan, which provides for awards of share options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, unrestricted shares, share units, performance awards,
cash awards and other awards convertible into or otherwise based on ordinary shares of the Company. Since the IPO, the board of directors of the Company
has approved equity award grants for certain directors, executives, and employees, including RSUs, option awards, and PSUs. When these awards vest or
exercise, shares are issued from shares authorized unless use of treasury shares is authorized by shareholders.

Table of Contents
F-59
Restricted Share Units
The RSUs granted to executives and employees in 2023 and prior vest in full on the third anniversary of the date of grant, generally subject to the
employee remaining continuously employed by the Company through the vesting date. The RSUs granted to executives and employees in 2024 vest in three
equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, generally subject to the employee remaining continuously employed on the
applicable vesting date. RSUs granted to directors of the Company vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant. Upon a termination of
employment due to an employee’s death or retirement or a termination of employment by the Company without cause in connection with a restructuring or
redundancy or due to the employee’s disability prior to the vesting date, the RSUs will vest in full or in part, depending on the type of termination. In the
event employment is terminated for cause, all unvested RSUs will be forfeited.
Compensation cost for RSUs is measured at grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized ratably as expense over the applicable
vesting term. The fair value of RSUs is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares based on the closing price on the date of grant. RSU
award holders are entitled to an amount equal to any cash dividend paid by the Company upon one ordinary share for each RSU held by the award holder
(“dividend equivalents”). The dividend equivalents are payable in cash only upon vesting of the associated RSUs and do not accrue interest.
The following table summarizes the activity for RSUs during the year ended December 31, 2024:
    
    
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Restricted Share Units
Shares
Fair Value per Share
Unvested, December 31, 2023
 
780,421
$
33.27
Granted
 
1,104,556
 
3.67
Vested
 
(290,773)
 
35.67
Forfeited
 
(40,006)
 
37.47
Unvested, December 31, 2024
 
1,554,198
$
11.68
The following table summarizes the weighted average grant date fair value per share of RSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2024,
2023, and 2022 as well as the total fair value of awards vested during those periods:
Restricted Share Units
    
Weighted Average Grant Date
    
Total Fair Value
Fair Value per Share
of Awards Vested
of Grants during Period
during Period
Year Ended December 31, 2024
 
$
3.67
$
10.4
Year Ended December 31, 2023
$
21.23
$
7.9
Year Ended December 31, 2022
$
49.75
$
8.5
Option Awards
The option awards, which contain an exercise term of nine years from the date of grant, vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first
anniversary of the date of grant, generally subject to the employee remaining continuously employed on the applicable vesting date. Upon a termination of
employment due to the employee’s death or retirement or a termination of employment by the Company without cause in connection with a restructuring or
redundancy or due to the employee’s disability prior to a vesting date, the option awards will vest in full or will continue to vest on the original vesting
schedule, depending on the type of termination. In the event employment is terminated for cause, all vested and unvested option awards will be forfeited.

Table of Contents
F-60
Compensation cost for option awards is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the
appropriate service period utilizing graded vesting. The following table summarizes the activity for option awards during the year ended December 31,
2024:
    
    
Weighted Average
Weighted Average
Aggregate
Exercise Price
Contractual
Intrinsic
Option Awards
Shares
per share
Term (years)
Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023
 
1,659,642
$
44.92
Granted
319,407
4.37
Exercised
—
—
Forfeited
(24,216)
34.59
Expired
(360,166)
61.54
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024
1,594,667
$
33.20
5.7 $
0.2
Exercisable as of December 31, 2024
948,749
$
43.97
4.5 $
—
Expected to vest as of December 31, 2024
645,918
$
17.40
7.6 $
0.2
During the years ended December 31, 2022, the total intrinsic value of option awards exercised was $3.1 million, and immaterial for the years ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023. The fair value for option awards is computed using the Black-Scholes pricing model, whose inputs and assumptions are
determined as of the date of grant. Determining the fair value of the option awards requires considerable judgment, including estimating the expected term
of said awards and the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s ordinary shares.
The expected volatility used in the Black-Scholes model for option awards granted is based on the publicly traded history of the Company’s ordinary
shares. The expected term of option awards represents the period of time that option awards granted are expected to be outstanding. For all grants of option
awards presented herein, the simplified method was used to calculate the expected term, given the Company’s limited historical exercise data. The risk-free
interest rate for the periods within the expected term of option awards is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The dividend
yield is estimated based on historical and expected dividend activity.
The following are the weighted average assumptions used within the Black-Scholes pricing model for grants during the years ended December 31,
2024, 2023, and 2022:
Year Ended December 31, 
    
2024
2023
 
2022
 
Expected term (in years)
 
5.50
5.50
5.50
Expected volatility
 
64.12 %
54.01 %
48.72 %
Risk-free interest rate
 
4.28 %
4.06 %
1.97 %
Dividend yield
0.73 %  
2.00 %  
2.00 %  
Utilizing the above assumptions, the weighted average grant date fair value per option award granted in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023,
and 2022 was $2.48, $10.86, and $22.51, respectively.
Performance Share Units
PSUs, which are granted to executives, cliff vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, generally subject to the executive remaining
continuously employed by the Company through the vesting date and achieving certain performance conditions. The number of the PSUs that vest upon
completion of the service period can range from 0% to 200% of the original grant, subject to certain limitations, contingent upon the Company’s total
shareholder return during the performance period relative to a pre-defined set of industry peer companies. Upon a termination of employment due to the
executive’s death or retirement, or termination in connection with a change in control or other factors prior to the vesting date, the PSUs will vest in full or
in part, depending on the type of termination and the achievement of the

Table of Contents
F-61
performance conditions. Dividend equivalents accumulate on PSUs during the vesting period, are payable in cash, and do not accrue interest.
The following table summarizes the activity for PSU awards during the year ended December 31, 2024, at target:
    
    
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Performance Share Units
Shares
Fair Value per Share
Unvested, December 31, 2023
 
295,067
$
33.01
Granted
 
575,475
 
2.81
Vested
(4,295)
61.06
Cancelled (1)
 
(37,395)
 
61.06
Forfeited
 
(12,439)
 
28.32
Unvested, December 31, 2024
 
816,413
$
10.35
(1) During the year ended December 31, 2024, PSU award recipients earned 10.3% of the target PSU awards granted in 2021 based upon the Company’s
total shareholder return relative to a pre-defined set of industry peer companies. As a result, the remaining 89.7% of the associated PSU awards were
cancelled.
The fair value for PSU awards is computed using a Monte Carlo valuation model, whose inputs and assumptions are determined as of the date of
grant. Determining the fair value of the PSU awards requires considerable judgment, including estimating the expected volatility of the price of the
Company’s ordinary shares, the correlation between the Company’s share price and that of its peer companies, and the expected rate of interest. The
expected volatility for each grant is determined based on the historical volatility of the Company’s ordinary shares. The expected term of PSU awards
represents the length of the performance period. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a
duration equivalent to the performance period. The share price is the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the grant date.
The following are the weighted average assumptions used within the Monte Carlo valuation model for grants during the years ended December 31,
2024, 2023, and 2022:
Year Ended December 31, 
2024
2023
 
2022
Expected term (in years)
3.00
3.00
3.00
Expected volatility
 
65.40 %
62.60 %
57.30 %
Risk-free interest rate
 
4.40 %
4.41 %
1.73 %
Share price
$
4.37
$
24.08
$
58.64
Utilizing the above assumptions, the total grant date fair value for PSU awards granted in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was
$1.6 million, $4.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively.
Restricted Cash Units (RCUs)
For the year ended December 31, 2024, 1,074,119 restricted cash units ("RCUs") were awarded to certain employees and represent the right to receive
a cash payment at the end of a vesting period, subject to the employee's continued employment. In general, RCUs vest in equal installments each year over 3
years. RCUs are cash-settled with the value of each vested RCU equal to the lower of the closing price per share of our common stock on the vesting date or
a specified per share price cap. Certain awards are subject to a specified price floor. We determined that RCUs are in-substance liabilities accounted for as
liability instruments in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, due to this cash settlement feature. RCUs are remeasured based on
the closing price per share of our common stock at the end of each reporting period. The liability associated with the RCUs is included in accrued expenses
and other current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. No RCU awards were vested in the year ended December 31, 2024 while 153,342
RCU awards were forfeited in the year ended December 31, 2024, respectively.
 

Table of Contents
F-62
NOTE 23—SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
Effective January 1, 2024, the Company ceased manufacturing of styrene and, effective October 1, 2024, combined the management of its Engineered
Materials, Plastics Solutions and Polystyrene businesses. Certain components of the Plastics Solutions segment were combined with the Polystyrene
segment and renamed Polymer Solutions to better reflect the Company’s strategic focus on providing solutions in areas such as sustainability and material
substitution. Following these changes, the Company is operating under four segments: Engineered Materials, Latex Binders, Polymer Solutions, and
Americas Styrenics.
The Company’s former Feedstocks segment, which included the Company’s production and procurement of styrene monomer outside of North
America, was eliminated as a result of the closures in prior years of the styrene plants located in Boehlen, Germany and Terneuzen, the Netherlands under an
asset restructuring plan. Styrene monomer is a key raw material in many of the Company’s products, including polystyrene, styrene-butadiene latex (“SB
latex”), and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (“ABS”) resins. The Company no longer produces styrene, but instead purchases all styrene from third parties.
Therefore, information reported to the Company’s chief executive officer, which is the chief operating decision maker, and in the tables below has been
adjusted to show the historical results of the Feedstocks segment within the segments that consumed styrene monomer in their end products, Latex Binders
and Polymer Solutions. Polymer Solutions has also been adjusted to show the historical results of both the legacy Plastics Solutions and Polystyrene
segment.
The Engineered Materials segment includes the Company’s compounds and blends products sold into higher growth and value applications, such as
consumer electronics and medical, as well as soft thermoplastic elastomers (“TPEs”) products which are sold into markets such as footwear and automotive.
Additionally, the Engineered Materials segment also includes PMMA and activated methyl methacrylates (“MMA”) products, which are sold into a variety
of applications including automotive, building & construction, medical, consumer electronics, and wellness, among others. The Latex Binders segment
produces SB latex and other latex polymers and binders, primarily for coated paper and packaging board, carpet and artificial turf backings, as well as a
number of performance latex binders applications, such as adhesive, building and construction and the technical textile paper market. The Polymer Solutions
segment contains the results of the ABS, styrene-acrylonitrile (“SAN”), and polycarbonate (“PC”) businesses, as well as compounds and blends for
automotive and other applications. The Polymer Solutions segment also includes the results of Heathland, which was acquired in the first quarter of 2022,
and the legacy Polystyrene segment, which includes a variety of general purpose polystyrenes (“GPPS”) and polystyrene that has been modified with
polybutadiene rubber to increase its impact resistant properties (“HIPS”). Lastly, the Americas Styrenics segment consists solely of the operations of the
Company’s 50%-owned joint venture, Americas Styrenics, a producer of both styrene monomer and polystyrene in North America.
The following table provides disclosure of the Company’s segment Adjusted EBITDA, which is the metric used by the chief operating decision maker
to measure segment operating performance and is defined below, for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. Asset and intersegment sales
information by reportable segment is not regularly reviewed or included with the Company’s reporting to the chief operating decision maker. Therefore, this
information has not been disclosed below. Refer to Note 5 for the Company’s net sales to external customers by segment and by geography for the years
ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.

Table of Contents
F-63
Engineered
Latex
Polymer
Americas
Total
Corporate
 
Year Ended (1)
Materials
Binders
Solutions
Styrenics
Segments
Unallocated
Total
 
December 31, 2024
Net sales
$
1,176.9
$
954.3
$
1,382.0
$
— $
3,513.2
$
—
$
3,513.2
Cost of sales
(1,110.2)
(847.9)
(1,289.5)
—
(3,247.6)
—
(3,247.6)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(69.0)
(39.5)
(94.9)
—
(203.4)
(123.6)
(327.0)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
—
—
—
15.4
15.4
—
15.4
Other income and (expense)
0.7
(2.0)
1.0
—
(0.3)
(3.6)
(3.9)
Other segment items(2)
(0.8)
1.4
30.0
—
30.6
12.8
43.4
Depreciation and amortization expenses(3)
104.9
29.1
57.2
—
191.2
19.0
210.2
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
$
102.5
$
95.4
$
85.8
$
15.4 $
299.1
Investment in unconsolidated affiliate
—
—
—
222.6
222.6
—
222.6
Capital expenditures
37.2
17.3
6.5
—
61.0
2.3
63.3
December 31, 2023
Net sales
$
1,156.9
$
942.9
$
1,575.6
$
— $
3,675.4
$
—
$
3,675.4
Cost of sales
(1,156.9)
(849.9)
(1,526.3)
—
(3,533.1)
—
(3,533.1)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(65.8)
(45.0)
(68.5)
—
(179.3)
(131.0)
(310.3)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
—
—
—
62.1
62.1
—
62.1
Other income and (expense)
4.0
(0.2)
5.1
—
8.9
8.3
17.2
Other segment items(2)
(14.7)
3.3
16.3
—
4.9
16.9
21.8
Depreciation and amortization expenses(3)
122.5
32.4
48.3
—
203.2
18.0
221.2
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
$
46.0
$
83.5
$
50.5
$
62.1 $
242.1
Investment in unconsolidated affiliate
—
—
—
252.2
252.2
—
252.2
Capital expenditures
27.4
19.8
14.0
—
61.2
8.5
69.7
December 31, 2022
Net sales
$
1,425.0
$
1,266.6
$
2,273.9
$
— $
4,965.5
$
—
$
4,965.5
Cost of sales
(1,363.1)
(1,165.5)
(2,164.6)
—
(4,693.2)
—
(4,693.2)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(96.0)
(41.6)
(71.9)
—
(209.5)
(189.3)
(398.8)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate
—
—
—
102.2
102.2
—
102.2
Other income and (expense)
(0.1)
(0.3)
(1.1)
—
(1.5)
7.9
6.4
Other segment items(2)
10.4
1.0
9.7
—
21.1
71.6
92.7
Depreciation and amortization expenses(3)
114.8
33.2
67.1
—
215.1
21.8
236.9
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
$
91.0
$
93.4
$
113.1
$
102.2 $
399.7
Investment in unconsolidated affiliate
—
—
—
255.1
255.1
—
255.1
Capital expenditures
33.6
28.3
22.9
—
84.8
63.4
148.2
(1) The Company’s measure of segment operating performance is Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as income from continuing operations before
interest expense, net; provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization expense; loss on extinguishment of long-term debt; asset impairment
charges; gains or losses on the dispositions of businesses and assets; restructuring charges; acquisition related costs and benefits, and other items.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA is the key metric that is used by the chief operating decision maker to evaluate business performance in comparison to
budgets, forecasts, and prior year financial results, providing a measure that the chief operating decision maker believes reflects core operating
performance by removing the impact of transactions and events that would not be considered a part of core operations.
(2) Other segment items contain activity primarily defined as addbacks to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA included from the loss on extinguishment of long-
term debt; asset impairment charges; gains or losses on the dispositions of businesses and assets; restructuring charges; acquisition related costs and
benefits, and other items.
(3) Segment depreciation and amortization expense is included as a component of cost of goods sold; and selling, general, and administrative expense in
the amounts regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and are therefore added back to arrive at Segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Table of Contents
F-64
The reconciliation of income before income taxes to segment Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2024
    
2023
2022
 
Loss before income taxes
$
(318.0)
$
(632.9)
$
(469.6)
Interest expense, net
 
267.5
 
188.4
 
112.9
Depreciation and amortization
 
210.2
 
221.2
 
236.9
Corporate Unallocated(4)
95.4
87.8
88.0
Adjusted EBITDA Addbacks(5)
 
44.0
 
377.6
 
431.5
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
299.1
$
242.1
$
399.7
(4) Corporate unallocated includes corporate overhead costs and certain other income and expenses.
(5) Adjusted EBITDA addbacks for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
    
2024
    
2023
2022
Net gain on disposition of businesses and assets (a)
$
(7.1)
$
(25.6)
$
(1.8)
Restructuring and other charges (Note 6)
44.7
31.4
15.9
Acquisition transaction and integration net costs
—
(1.4)
6.6
Asset impairment charges or write-offs (Note 18) (b)
—
2.7
6.3
European Commission request for information (Note 19)
—
—
36.2
Goodwill impairment charges (Note 14)
—
349.0
297.1
Other items (c)
6.4
21.5
71.2
Total Adjusted EBITDA Addbacks
$
44.0
$
377.6
$
431.5
(a) In June 2024, the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain European emission certifications the Company no longer intends to utilize for cash
consideration of approximately $3.5 million, which was entirely recorded as a pre-tax gain on sale within “Other expense (income), net” in the
condensed consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2024. In March 2024, the Company entered into two separate
agreements to sell its land, buildings and equipment in Bronderslev, Denmark and Belen, New Mexico for gross cash consideration of
approximately $4.7 million. The Company recorded pre-tax gain on sales of $3.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, which was
recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
In September 2023, the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain European emission certifications the Company no longer intends to utilize
for a cash consideration of approximately $15.7 million. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $9.3 million during the year ended December
31, 2023, which was recorded within “Other expense (income), net” in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. In April 2023, the
Company entered into an agreement to sell its land, buildings and equipment in Matamoros, Mexico for a cash consideration of approximately $19.0
million, which was received in May 2023 when the transaction closed. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of $14.4 million during the year
ended December 31, 2023, which was recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the condensed consolidated statements of
operations.
(b) Asset impairment charges or write-offs for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 primarily relate to the impairment of the company’s styrene
monomer assets in Boehlen, Germany.
(c) Other items for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 primarily relate to costs incurred in conjunction with certain of the Company’s strategic
initiatives, including our ERP upgrade project. Other items for the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily relate to third-party advisory and
professional fees incurred in conjunction with the Company’s initiative to transition business services from Dow, including certain administrative
services such as accounts payable, logistics, and IT services, as well as costs incurred in conjunction with certain of the Company’s strategic initiatives.

Table of Contents
F-65
Geographic Information
As of December 31, 2024, the Company operates 33 manufacturing plants and one recycling facility at 29 sites in 14 countries, inclusive of its joint
venture. It also operates 11 R&D facilities globally, including technology and innovation development centers. Sales are attributed to geographic areas based
on the location where sales originated; long-lived assets are attributed to geographic areas based on asset location. The Company is incorporated under the
existing laws of Ireland, as discussed in Note 1, which therefore represents its country of domicile. The Company has no sales generated from this country.
The Company had $2.2 million and $2.9 million of existing long-lived assets generated from this country as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023,
respectively.
As of and for the Year Ended
 
December 31,
2024
2023
2022
 
United States
    
    
    
    
    
    
Sales to external customers
$
 999.1
$
 931.0
$
 1,236.4
Long-lived assets
 
 179.4
 
 183.0
 
 190.0
Right-of-use assets - operating, net
 22.1
 14.8
 20.1
Europe
Sales to external customers
$
 1,681.2
$
 1,929.5
$
 2,684.5
Long-lived assets
 
 308.7
 
 362.2
 
 388.0
Right-of-use assets - operating, net
 38.0
 47.4
 52.3
Asia-Pacific
Sales to external customers
$
 711.7
$
 688.4
$
 915.0
Long-lived assets
 
 87.7
 
 98.5
 
 107.6
Right-of-use assets - operating, net
 3.8
 3.1
 3.7
Rest of World
Sales to external customers
$
 121.2
$
 126.5
$
 129.6
Long-lived assets
 
 —
 
 —
 
 5.5
Right-of-use assets - operating, net
 —
 —
 —
Total
Sales to external customers(1)
$
 3,513.2
$
 3,675.4
$
 4,965.5
Long-lived assets(2)
 
 575.8
 
 643.7
 
 691.1
Right-of-use assets - operating, net(3)
 63.9
 65.3
 76.1
(1) Sales to external customers in Germany represented approximately 10% of the total for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively. Sales to external customers in Hong Kong represented approximately 9%, 8%, and 9% of the total for the years ended December 31, 2024,
2023, and 2022, respectively. Sales to external customers in Italy represented approximately 8%, 7% , and 7% of the total for the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
(2) Long-lived assets in Germany represented approximately 12%, 13%, and 12% of the total as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Long-lived assets in The Netherlands represented approximately 10%, 10%, and 13% of the total as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively. Long-lived assets in Italy represented approximately 22%, 23%, and 21% of the total as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively. Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, net, and finance lease ROU assets, net.
(3) Operating lease ROU assets in The Netherlands represented approximately 41%, 48% and 46% of the total as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively. Operating lease ROU assets in Ireland represented approximately 9%, 10%, and 10% of the total as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and
2022, respectively.

Table of Contents
F-66
NOTE 24—ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”), net of income taxes, consisted of:
    
Cumulative
    
Pension & Other
    
Translation
Postretirement Benefit
Cash Flow
Year Ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Adjustments
    
Plans, Net
    
Hedges, Net
    
Total
Balance at December 31, 2021
$
(114.3)
$
(33.6)
$
0.7
$
(147.2)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(36.9)
 
65.0
 
(14.9)
 
13.2
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to net loss(1)
—
(2.4)
5.1
2.7
Balance at December 31, 2022
$
(151.2)
$
29.0
$
(9.1)
$
(131.3)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
9.3
 
(8.9)
 
(25.1)
(24.7)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to net loss(1)
—
(3.0)
29.4
26.4
Balance as of December 31, 2023
$
(141.9)
$
17.1
$
(4.8)
$
(129.6)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(28.3)
 
6.3
 
3.3
 
(18.7)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to net loss(1)
—
(2.5)
8.7
6.2
Balance as of December 31, 2024
$
(170.2)
$
20.9
$
7.2
$
(142.1)
(1) The following is a summary of amounts reclassified from AOCI to net loss for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Amount Reclassified from AOCI
    
Year Ended December 31,
Statement of Operations
AOCI Components
2024
    
2023
    
2022
    
Classification
Cash flow hedging items
Commodity cash flow hedges
$
9.7
$
32.7
$
6.1
Cost of sales
Interest rate swaps
—
—
1.2
Interest expense, net
Total before tax
9.7
32.7
7.3
Tax effect
(1.0)
(3.3)
(2.2)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Total, net of tax
$
8.7
$
29.4
$
5.1
Amortization of pension and other
postretirement benefit plan items
Prior service credit
$
(0.3)
$
(0.3)
$
(0.5)
(a)
Net actuarial loss
(1.8)
(3.8)
2.3
(a)
Curtailment and settlement (gain) loss
(1.1)
0.3
(4.0)
(a)
Total before tax
(3.2)
(3.8)
(2.2)
Tax effect
0.7
0.8
(0.2)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Total, net of tax
$
(2.5)
$
(3.0)
$
(2.4)
(a) These AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit costs. Refer to Note 21 for further information....

Table of Contents
F-67
TRINSEO PLC
SCHEDULE II—FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In millions)
    
Balance at
    
Charged to     
Deduction
    
Currency
    
Balance at
 
Beginning of
Cost and
from
Translation
End of
 
the Period
Expense
Reserves
Adjustments
the Period
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year ended December 31, 2024
$
6.7
$
2.6
$
— (a)  $
(0.8)
$
8.5
Year ended December 31, 2023
 
7.3
 
(0.9)
— (a)  
0.3
 
6.7
Year ended December 31, 2022
 
4.1
 
3.4
(0.1)(a)  
(0.1)
 
7.3
Tax valuation allowances:
Year ended December 31, 2024
$
278.3
$
67.0
$
—
$
(6.1)
$
339.2
Year ended December 31, 2023
 
118.4
159.6
—
0.3
 
278.3
Year ended December 31, 2022
 
127.7
(7.4)
—
(1.9)
 
118.4
(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries.

Exhibit 4.5
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
References to “we”, “us”, “Trinseo” or the “Company” herein are, unless the context otherwise indicates, only to Trinseo PLC and not
to any of its subsidiaries.
General
The following is a summary of information concerning capital stock of Trinseo PLC.  The summaries and descriptions below do not
purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (“Articles”)
and are entirely qualified by the Articles.
Ordinary Shares
Outstanding Shares.  The Company currently has 35,408,731 outstanding ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.01 per share (the
“Ordinary Shares”), and 25,000 deferred ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 each.
The outstanding shares include 25,000 deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each, which were created solely to satisfy minimum statutory
capital requirements that apply to all Irish public limited companies. The holders of the deferred ordinary shares are not entitled to
receive any dividend or distribution, to attend, speak or vote at any general meeting, and effectively have no rights to participate in the
assets of Trinseo PLC on a winding-up.
At our most recent annual general meeting, shareholders authorized the Trinseo Board of Directors (the “Board”) to issue shares of
Trinseo PLC up to 20% of its issued share capital, without approval from shareholders. The authority to issue new shares in Trinseo PLC
extends for a period of eighteen months from the date of approval, at which time it will expire unless renewed by Trinseo’s shareholders.
Authorized Share Capital.  The Company has an authorized share capital of US$40,000,000 and €25,000, comprised of 4,000,000,000
ordinary shares of US$0.01 each and 25,000 deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each.
The authorized share capital may be increased or reduced by a resolution approved by a simple majority of the votes cast at a general
meeting of shareholders of Trinseo PLC, referred to under Irish law as an “ordinary resolution.”
Irish law does not recognize fractional shares held of record. Accordingly, the Articles do not provide for the issuance of fractional
shares, and our official Irish share register will not reflect any fractional shares.
Dividends.  Under Irish law, the Company is permitted to declare dividends and make distributions only out of “distributable profits.”
Distributable profits are the accumulated realized profits of the Company that have not previously been utilized in a distribution or
capitalization less accumulated realized losses that have not previously been written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital, and
include reserves created by way of a reduction of capital. In addition, no distribution or dividend may be paid or made by the Company
unless its net assets are equal to, or exceed, the aggregate of its called-up share capital plus its undistributable reserves and the
distribution does not reduce the Company’s net assets below such aggregate. Undistributable reserves include the undenominated capital,
the capital redemption reserve fund and the amount by which the Company’s accumulated unrealized profits that have not previously
been

utilized by any capitalization exceed the Company’s accumulated unrealized losses that have not previously been written off in a
reduction or reorganization of capital.
The determination as to whether the Company has sufficient distributable profits to fund a dividend must be made by reference to either
the last unconsolidated annual audited financial statements, or other financial statements properly prepared in accordance with the Irish
Companies Act, which give a “true and fair view” of the Company’s unconsolidated financial position and accord with accepted
accounting practice and have been filed with the Irish Companies Registration Office.
The Articles authorize the Board to declare interim dividends without approval from shareholders if it considers that the Company’s
financial position justifies such payment. The Board may also recommend a dividend to be approved and declared by Trinseo’s
shareholders at a general meeting. No dividend issued may exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Articles provide that
dividends may be paid in cash, property or paid-up shares. Any cash payment may be made by check or warrant or sent by any electronic
or other means of payment.
Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares of the Company, all shares of the Company will carry a pro rata entitlement
to the receipt of dividends, and no dividend or other monies payable by the Company in respect of a share in the Company shall bear
interest.
If a dividend cannot be paid to a shareholder of the Company or otherwise remains unclaimed, the Board may pay it into a separate
account and the Company will not be a trustee in respect thereof. A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years from the
date of its declaration will be forfeited and will revert to the Company.
Shareholder Rights
Voting Rights.  Under the Articles, each Trinseo shareholder is entitled to one vote for each Ordinary Share that they hold as of the record
date for the meeting. A holder of the deferred ordinary shares is not entitled to a vote. No voting rights can be exercised in respect of any
shares held as treasury shares, including shares held by subsidiaries.
All resolutions at an annual general meeting or other general meeting will be decided on a poll. On a poll every Trinseo shareholder who
is present, in person or by proxy, at the general meeting, is entitled to one vote for every Ordinary Share held by such shareholder.
At a separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares, all votes will be taken on a poll and each holder of shares of the class
will, on a poll, have one vote in respect of every share of that class held by such shareholder.
Under the Irish Companies Act and the Articles, certain matters require “ordinary resolutions”, which must be approved by at least a
majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by shareholders at a general meeting, and certain other matters require “special
resolutions”, which require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by shareholders at a general
meeting.
An ordinary resolution is needed (among other matters) to remove a director, provide, vary or renew the directors’ authority to allot
shares and to appoint directors (where appointment is by shareholders, subject to certain exceptions such as where there is a contested
director election, as is described below).

A special resolution is needed (among other matters) to: alter the Company’s Articles, exclude statutory preemptive rights on allotment
of securities for cash (up to five years); reduce the Company’s share capital; re-register the Company as a private company; and approve
a scheme of arrangement.
Cumulative voting is not recognized under Irish law.
Changes to Rights Attaching to a Class of Shares.  Under the Articles and the Irish Companies Act, any amendment of rights attaching to
a class of the Company’s issued shares must be approved by a special resolution of our shareholders of the affected class or with the
consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters of all the votes of that class of shares.
Dissolution; Liquidation Rights.  The Company may be dissolved and wound up at any time by way of a shareholders’ voluntary
winding, which requires a special resolution be approved of three-quarters of shareholders. The Company may also be dissolved by way
of court order on the application of a creditor, or by the Irish Companies Registration Office as an enforcement measure if it has failed to
file certain returns. The Company may also be dissolved by the Director of Corporate Enforcement in Ireland where its affairs have been
investigated by an inspector and it appears from the report or any information obtained by the Director of Corporate Enforcement that
the Company should be wound up.
Under the Articles, if the Company is wound up and the assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up
or credited as paid-up share capital, those assets are required to be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses are borne by the
Company’s shareholders in proportion to the capital paid-up or credited as paid-up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares
in the Company held by them respectively. If in a winding-up the assets available for distribution among the Trinseo shareholders are
more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital paid-up or credited as paid- up at the commencement of the winding-up, the
excess is required to be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to the capital at the commencement of the winding-up paid- up
or credited as paid-up on the said shares held by them respectively. The position described above is subject to any special terms and
conditions applying to any class of shares.
Preemptive Rights.  Under Irish law, certain statutory preemption rights apply automatically in favor of shareholders where shares are to
be issued for cash. As permitted by Irish law, Trinseo shareholders approved a special resolution to disapply these preemption rights,
such that the Board will be authorized to allot up to 10% of issued ordinary shares without approval from Trinseo’s shareholders for a
period of eighteen months from the date of approval. With respect to 5% of the issued ordinary shares so authorized, such allotment is to
be used for the purposes of an acquisition or a specified capital investment.
Irish law requires this disapplication to be renewed by special resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders. If the
disapplication is not renewed, new equity shares in Trinseo issued for cash must be offered to existing shareholders of Trinseo on a pro
rata basis to their existing shareholdings before the shares may be issued to any new shareholders.
Statutory preemption rights do not apply (i) where shares are issued for non-cash consideration (such as in a share-for-share acquisition);
(ii) to the issue of non-equity shares (that is, shares that have the right to participate only up to a specified amount in any income or
capital distribution); or (iii) where shares are issued pursuant to an employee stock option or similar equity plan.
Share Repurchases, Redemptions and Conversions.  The Articles provide that Trinseo may purchase its own shares and redeem
outstanding redeemable shares. Under Irish law, shares can only be purchased or redeemed out of: (i) distributable profits; or (ii) the
proceeds of a new issue of shares made for the purpose of the purchase or redemption.  Under the Irish Companies Act, a company may
purchase its own shares

either (i) “on-market” on a recognized stock exchange, which includes the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”); or (ii) “off-market”
(i.e., otherwise than on a recognized stock exchange).
For Trinseo to make “on-market” purchases of its Ordinary Shares, shareholders must provide general authorization to the Company to
do so by way of an ordinary resolution. For so long as a general authority is in force, no additional shareholder authority for a particular
“on-market” purchase is required. Such authority can be given for a maximum period of five years before it is required to be renewed
and must specify: (i) the maximum number of shares that may be purchased; and (ii) the maximum and minimum prices that may be paid
for the shares by specifying particular sums or providing a formula. For an “off-market” purchase, the proposed purchase contract must
be authorized by special resolution of the shareholders before the contract is entered into.
Separately, Trinseo can redeem (as opposed to purchase) its redeemable shares once permitted to do so by its Articles (without the
requirement for additional shareholder authority). The Articles provide that, unless the Board determines otherwise, any Ordinary Share
that Trinseo has agreed to acquire shall be automatically converted into a redeemable share. Accordingly, for purposes of the Irish
Companies Act, unless the Board determines otherwise, the acquisition of Ordinary Shares by Trinseo will technically be effected as a
redemption of those Ordinary Shares. If the Articles did not contain such provision, acquisitions of Ordinary Shares by Trinseo would
require to be effected as “on-market” or “off-market” purchases, as described above. Repurchased and redeemed shares may be cancelled
or held as treasury shares, provided that the par value of treasury shares held by Trinseo at any time must not exceed 10% of the value of
Trinseo’s company capital.
Trinseo cannot exercise any rights in respect of any treasury shares. Treasury shares can either be held in treasury, re-issued “on-market”
or “off-market” or cancelled. Depending on the circumstances of their acquisition, treasury shares may be held indefinitely or require to
be cancelled after one or three years. The re-issue of treasury shares requires to be made pursuant to a valid and subsisting shareholder
authority given by way of a special resolution.
Purchases by Subsidiaries.  Under Irish law, a subsidiary of Trinseo may purchase its Ordinary Shares either “on-market” or “off
market,” provided such purchases are authorized by shareholders as outlined above. The redemption option is not available to a
subsidiary of Trinseo. The number of Ordinary Shares held by its subsidiaries at any time will count as treasury shares and will be
included in any calculation of the 10% permitted treasury share threshold, as described above. While a subsidiary holds any of our
shares, it cannot exercise voting rights in respect of those shares. The acquisition of our shares by a subsidiary must be funded out of
distributable profits of the subsidiary.
Consolidation and Division; Subdivision. Under its Articles, the Company may by ordinary resolution consolidate and divide all or any
of its share capital into shares of larger par value than its existing shares or subdivide its shares into smaller amounts than is fixed by its
articles of association.
Reduction of Share Capital. The Company may, by ordinary resolution, reduce its authorized share capital in any way. The Company
also may, by special resolution and subject to confirmation by the Irish High Court, reduce or cancel its issued share capital in any way.
Lien on Shares, Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares.  The Articles provide that Trinseo will have a first and paramount lien on
every share that is not a fully paid-up share for an amount equal to the unpaid portion of such share. Subject to the terms of their
allotment, directors may call for any unpaid amounts in respect of any shares in Trinseo to be paid, and if payment is not made, the
shares may be forfeited.
General Meetings

General Meetings of Shareholders.  Trinseo must hold its annual general meeting no more than nine months after its accounting year end
and not more than 15 months after its previous annual general meeting. In addition to any SEC mandated resolutions, the business of
Trinseo’s annual general meeting is required to include: (a) the consideration of Trinseo’s statutory financial statements; (b) the review
by shareholders of Trinseo’s affairs; (c) the election and reelection of directors in accordance with the Articles; (d) the appointment or
reappointment of the Irish statutory auditors; (e) the authorization of the directors to approve the remuneration of the statutory auditors;
and (f) the declaration of dividends (other than interim dividends).
The Articles provide that the Board may convene general meetings of shareholders at any place they so designate. All general meetings,
other than annual general meetings, are referred to as ‘‘extraordinary general meetings’’ at law. If a general meeting is held outside
Ireland, Trinseo has a duty, at its expense, to make all necessary arrangements to ensure that Trinseo’s shareholders can by technological
means participate in any such meeting without leaving Ireland.
The Articles require that notice of an annual general meeting of shareholders must be delivered to the shareholders at least 21 clear days
before the meeting. Shareholders must be notified of all general meetings (other than annual general meetings) at least 14 clear days
prior to the meeting (provided that, in the case of an extraordinary general meeting for the passing of a special resolution, at least 21
clear days’ notice is required). ‘‘Clear days’’ means calendar days and excludes (1) the date on which a notice is given, or a request
received; and (2) the date of the meeting itself.
Calling Special Meetings of Shareholders.  The Articles provide that general meetings of shareholders may be called on the order of the
Board. Under Irish law, one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of the paid-up share capital of Trinseo carrying voting rights
have the right to requisition the holding of an extraordinary general meeting.
Serious Loss of Capital.  If the Board becomes aware that the Company’s assets are half or less of the amount of Trinseo’s called-up
share capital, the directors must convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders no later than 28 days after the earliest day on
which that fact is known to a director (and the general meeting must be convened for a date not later than 56 days from that day). The
meeting must be convened for the purpose of considering whether any, and if so what, measures should be taken to address the situation.
Quorum for Meetings of Shareholders.  Under the Articles, holders of at least a simple majority of the shares issued and entitled to vote
at a general meeting constitute a quorum. The necessary quorum at a separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares is
holders of at least a simple majority of that class of shares issued and entitled to vote.
Corporate Governance
Under Irish law and the Articles, the authority for the overall management of Trinseo is vested in the Board. The Board may delegate any
of its powers on such terms as it thinks fit in accordance with the Articles and Irish law, although, the Board will remain responsible, as a
matter of Irish law, for the proper management of the affairs of the Company. The directors must ensure that any delegation is and
remains appropriate and that an adequate system of control and supervision is in place.
Size of Board and Vacancies.  The Articles provide that the number of directors will be as the Board may determine from time to time, at
its discretion, but which shall not be less than three. The number of directors on the Board is thirteen. Directors are elected by ordinary
resolution at general meetings, provided that, if there is a contested election (as provided for in the Articles), each of the nominees shall
be voted upon as a

separate resolution and the nominees who shall be elected as directors shall be only those nominees (in number equal to the number of
available positions) who receive the highest number of votes of all nominees in favor of their election or re-election.
Under the Articles, any Director whose term expires at an annual general meeting shall be eligible to stand for re-election at the annual
general meeting. Notwithstanding that a Director might not be re-elected at a general meeting, such Director shall nevertheless hold
office until the conclusion of that meeting.
Under Irish law and the Articles, the Company’s shareholders have the power to remove a director without cause by ordinary resolution.
At least 28 clear days’ notice of the resolution is given to the Company and the shareholder(s) comply with the relevant procedural
requirements. Under Irish law, one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of the paid-up share capital of Trinseo carrying voting
rights have the right to requisition the holding of an extraordinary general meeting at which such a resolution to remove a director (and
appoint a replacement) may be proposed.
The Articles provide that vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by the Board.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Our transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
New York Stock Exchange Listing
The Ordinary Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “TSE.”
Acquisitions
Shareholder Approval of Merger or Consolidation. Irish law recognizes the concept of a statutory merger in three situations: (1) a
domestic merger where an Irish private limited company merges with another Irish company (not being a public limited company) under
Part 9 of the Irish Companies Act; (2) a domestic merger where an Irish public limited company merges with another Irish company
under Part 17 of the Irish Companies Act; and (3) a cross-border merger, where an Irish company merges with another company based in
the European Economic Area (“EEA”) under the European Communities (Cross-border Merger) Regulations 2008 of Ireland.
Under Irish law and subject to applicable U.S. securities laws and the NYSE’s rules and regulations, where Trinseo proposes to acquire
another company, approval of shareholders is not required, unless effected as a direct domestic merger or direct cross-border merger as
referred to above.
Under Irish law, where another company proposes to acquire Trinseo PLC, the requirement for the approval of Trinseo PLC’s
shareholders depends on the method of acquisition.
Schemes of Arrangement.  Under Irish law, schemes of arrangement are arrangements or compromises between a company and any class
of shareholders or creditors, and are used in certain types of reconstructions, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers (similar
to a merger in the United States). Such arrangements require the approval of: (i) a majority in number of shareholders or creditors (as the
case may be) representing 75% in value of the creditors or each class of creditors or shareholders or each class of shareholders present
and voting either in person or by proxy at a special meeting convened by order of the court; and (ii) the Irish High Court.

Once approved by the requisite shareholder and creditor majority, sanctioned by the Irish High Court and becoming effective, all
shareholders and/or, as the case may be, creditors of the relevant class are bound by the terms of the scheme. Dissenting shareholders
and/or, as the case may be, creditors have the right to appear at the Irish High Court hearing and make representations in objection to the
scheme.
Takeover Offer.  The Irish Companies Act also provides that where (i) a takeover offer is made for shares, and (ii) following the offer, the
offeror has acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 80% of the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may require the other
shareholders who did not accept the offer to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer.
A dissenting shareholder may object to the transfer on the basis that the offeror is not entitled to acquire its shares or to specify terms of
acquisition different from those in the offer by applying to the court within 30 days of the date on which notice of the transfer was given.
In the absence of fraud or oppression, and subject to strict compliance with the terms of the statute, the court is unlikely to order that the
acquisition shall not take effect, but it may specify terms of the transfer that it finds appropriate.
A minority shareholder is also entitled in similar circumstances to require the offeror to acquire his or her shares on the terms of the
offer.
Statutory Mergers.  It is also possible for Trinseo PLC to be acquired by way of a domestic or cross-border statutory merger, as described
above. Such mergers must be approved by a special resolution of shareholders. If the consideration being paid to shareholders is not all
in the form of cash, dissenting shareholders may be entitled, in certain circumstances, to require that their shares be acquired for cash.
Disclosure of Interests in Shares.  Under the Irish Companies Act, a person must notify us if, as a result of a transaction, the person will
become interested in three percent or more of our voting shares, or if as a result of a transaction a person who was interested in three
percent or more of our voting shares ceases to be so interested. Under the Irish Companies Act, an ‘‘interest’’ is broadly defined and
includes direct and indirect holdings, beneficial interests and, in some cases, derivative interests. Furthermore, a person’s interests are
aggregated with the interests of related persons and entities (including controlled companies). Where a person is interested in three
percent or more of our voting shares, the person must notify us of any alteration of his or her interest that brings his or her total holding
through the nearest whole percentage number, whether an increase or a reduction. The relevant percentage figure is calculated by
reference to the aggregate nominal value of the voting shares in which the shareholder is interested as a proportion of the entire nominal
value of our issued share capital (or any such class of share capital in issue). Where the percentage level of the person’s interest does not
amount to a whole percentage, this figure is rounded down to the next whole number. We must be notified within five business days of
the transaction or alteration of the shareholder’s interests that gave rise to the notification requirement. If a person fails to comply with
these notification requirements, the person’s rights in respect of any of our shares it holds will not be enforceable, either directly or
indirectly, by action or legal proceeding. However, such person may apply to the court to have the rights attaching to such shares
reinstated.
In addition, Irish law provides that a company may, by notice in writing, require a person whom the company knows or reasonably
believes to be or to have been within the three preceding years, interested in its issued voting share capital to: (1) confirm whether this is
or is not the case; and (2) if this is the case, to give further information that it requires relating to his or her interest and any other interest
in the company’s shares of which he or she is aware.
The disclosure must be made within a reasonable period as specified in the relevant notice which may be as short as one or two days. If
the recipient of the notice fails to respond within the reasonable time period specified in the notice, we may apply to the Irish High Court
for an order directing that the affected shares

be subject to certain restrictions, as prescribed by the Irish Companies Act, as follows: (1) any transfer of those shares or, in the case of
unissued shares, any transfer of the right to be issued with shares and any issue of shares, shall be void; (2) no voting rights shall be
exercisable in respect of those shares; (3) no further shares shall be issued in right of those shares or in pursuance of any offer made to
the holder of those shares; and (4) no payment shall be made of any sums due from us on those shares, whether in respect of capital or
otherwise.
The court may also order that shares subject to any of these restrictions be sold with the restrictions terminating upon the completion of
the sale.
In the event we are in an offer period pursuant to the Irish Takeover Rules, accelerated disclosure provisions apply for persons holding an
interest in our securities of one percent or more.
Irish Takeover Rules
Trinseo is subject to the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1997, as amended, and the Irish Takeover Rules promulgated thereunder, or the Irish
Takeover Rules, which regulate the conduct of takeovers of, and certain other relevant transactions affecting, Irish public limited
companies listed on certain stock exchanges, including the NYSE. The Irish Takeover Rules are administered by the Irish Takeover
Panel, which has supervisory jurisdiction over such transactions. Among other matters, the Irish Takeover Rules operate to ensure that no
offer is frustrated or unfairly prejudiced and, in the case of multiple bidders, that there is a level playing field. For example, pursuant to
the Irish Takeover Rules, the Trinseo Board will not be permitted, without approval from Trinseo’s shareholders, to take certain actions
that might frustrate an offer for Trinseo once the Trinseo Board has received an approach that may lead to an offer or has reason to
believe an offer is, or may be, imminent.
A transaction in which a third party seeks to acquire 30% or more of our voting rights and any other acquisitions of our securities will be
governed by the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1997, as amended, and the Irish Takeover Rules and will be regulated by the Irish Takeover
Panel. The “General Principles” of the Irish Takeover Rules and certain important aspects of the Irish Takeover Rules are described
below.
General Principles.  The Irish Takeover Rules are built on the following General Principles which will apply to any transaction regulated
by the Irish Takeover Panel: (1) in the event of an offer, all holders of securities of the target company must be afforded equivalent
treatment and, if a person acquires control of a company, the other holders of securities must be protected; (2) the holders of securities in
the target company must have sufficient time and information to enable them to reach a properly informed decision on the offer; where it
advises the holders of securities, the board of directors of the target company must give its views on the effects of the implementation of
the offer on employment, employment conditions and the locations of the target company's place of business; (3) a target company's
board of directors must act in the interests of that company as a whole and must not deny the holders of securities the opportunity to
decide on the merits of the offer; (4) false markets must not be created in the securities of the target company, the bidder or any other
company concerned by the offer in such a way that the rise or fall of the prices of the securities becomes artificial and the normal
functioning of the markets is distorted; (5) a bidder can only announce an offer after ensuring that he or she can fulfill in full the
consideration offered, if such is offered, and after taking all reasonable measures to secure the implementation of any other type of
consideration; (6) a target company may not be hindered in the conduct of its affairs longer than is reasonable by an offer for its
securities; and (7) a “substantial acquisition” of securities, whether such acquisition is to be effected by one transaction or a series of
transactions, shall take place only at an acceptable speed and shall be subject to adequate and timely disclosure.

Mandatory Bid.  Under certain circumstances, a person who acquires shares, or other voting securities, of a company may be required
under the Irish Takeover Rules to make a mandatory cash offer for the remaining outstanding voting securities in that company at a price
not less than the highest price paid for the securities by the acquirer, or any parties acting in concert with the acquirer, during the
previous 12 months. This mandatory bid requirement is triggered if an acquisition of securities would increase the aggregate holding of
an acquirer, including the holdings of any parties acting in concert with the acquirer, to securities representing 30% or more of the voting
rights in a company, unless the Irish Takeover Panel otherwise consents. An acquisition of securities by a person holding, together with
its concert parties, securities representing between 30% and 50% of the voting rights in a company would also trigger the mandatory bid
requirement if, after giving effect to the acquisition, the percentage of the voting rights held by that person, together with its concert
parties, would increase by 0.05% within a 12-month period. Any person, excluding any parties acting in concert with the holder, holding
securities representing more than 50% of the voting rights of a company is not subject to these mandatory offer requirements in
purchasing additional securities.
Voluntary Bid; Requirements to Make a Cash Offer and Minimum Price Requirements.  If a person makes a voluntary offer to acquire
outstanding Trinseo PLC shares, the offer price must not be less than the highest price paid for Trinseo PLC shares by the bidder or its
concert parties during the three-month period prior to the commencement of the offer period. The Irish Takeover Panel has the power to
extend the "look back" period to 12 months if the Irish Takeover Panel, taking into account the General Principles, believes it is
appropriate to do so.
If the bidder or any of its concert parties has acquired Trinseo PLC shares (1) during the 12-month period prior to the commencement of
the offer period that represent more than 10% of the outstanding Trinseo PLC shares or (2) at any time after the commencement of the
offer period, the offer must be in cash or accompanied by a full cash alternative and the price per Trinseo PLC share must not be less
than the highest price paid by the bidder or its concert parties during, in the case of (1) above, the 12-month period prior to the
commencement of the offer period or, in the case of (2) above, the offer period. The Irish Takeover Panel may apply this Rule to a bidder
who, together with its concert parties, has acquired less than 10% of the total Trinseo PLC shares in the 12-month period prior to the
commencement of the offer period if the Irish Takeover Panel, taking into account the General Principles, considers it just and proper to
do so.
An offer period will generally commence from the date of the first announcement of the offer or proposed offer.
Substantial Acquisition Rules.  The Irish Takeover Rules also contain rules governing substantial acquisitions of shares and other voting
securities which restrict the speed at which a person may increase his or her holding of shares and rights over shares to an aggregate of
between 15% and 30% of the voting rights of the company. Except in certain circumstances, an acquisition or series of acquisitions of
shares or rights over shares representing 10% or more of the voting rights of the company is prohibited, if such acquisition(s), when
aggregated with shares or rights already held, would result in the acquirer holding 15% or more but less than 30% of the voting rights of
the company and such acquisitions are made within a period of seven days. These rules also require accelerated disclosure of
acquisitions of shares or rights over shares relating to such holdings.
Rights of Dissenting Shareholders.  Irish law does not generally provide for appraisal rights. However Irish law provides for dissenters'
rights in certain situations, as described below: (1) under a takeover offer, an offeror which has acquired or contracted to acquire not less
than 80% of the shares to which the offer relates may require the other shareholders who did not accept the offer to transfer their shares
on the terms of the offer. Dissenting shareholders have the right to apply to the High Court of Ireland for relief; (2) a takeover scheme of
arrangement which has been approved by the requisite shareholder majority and sanctioned by

the High Court of Ireland will be binding on all shareholders. Dissenting shareholders have the right to appear at the High Court hearing
and make representations in objection to the scheme; and (3) in the case of a domestic or cross-border statutory merger, if the
consideration being paid to shareholders is not all in the form of cash, dissenting shareholders may, in certain circumstances, be entitled
to require that their shares be acquired for cash.
Anti-Takeover Measures
Frustrating Action.  Under the Irish Takeover Rules, the Trinseo PLC Board is not permitted to take any action that might frustrate an
offer for our shares once the Trinseo PLC Board has received an approach that may lead to an offer or has reason to believe that such an
offer is or may be imminent, subject to certain exceptions. Potentially frustrating actions such as (1) the issue of shares, options,
restricted share units or convertible securities; (2) material acquisitions or disposals; (3) entering into contracts other than in the ordinary
course of business; or (4) any action, other than seeking alternative offers, which may result in frustration of an offer, are prohibited
during the course of an offer or at any earlier time during which the Trinseo PLC Board has reason to believe an offer is or may be
imminent. Exceptions to this prohibition are available where: (a) the action is approved by our shareholders at a general meeting; or
(b) the Irish Takeover Panel has given its consent, where: (i) it is satisfied the action would not constitute frustrating action; (ii) our
shareholders holding more than 50% of the voting rights state in writing that they approve the proposed action and would vote in favor
of it at a general meeting; (iii) the action is taken in accordance with a contract entered into prior to the announcement of the offer, or any
earlier time at which the Board considered the offer to be imminent; or (iv) the decision to take such action was made before the
announcement of the offer and either has been at least partially implemented or is in the ordinary course of business.

Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF TRINSEO PLC
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2024
Eඇඍංඍඒ Nൺආൾ
Jඎඋංඌൽංർඍංඈඇ
1.
Trinseo Belgium B.V.
Belgium
2.
Trinseo Operating Belgium B.V.
Belgium
3.
Trinseo Canada ULC
Canada
4.
Styron Synthetic Materials (Shanghai) Company Limited
China
5.
Trinseo Polymers (Zhangjiagang) Company Limited
China
6.
Altuglas International Denmark A/S
Denmark
7.
Trinseo Suomi Oy
Finland
8.
Altuglas International SAS
France
9.
Trinseo France S.A.S.
France
10. Trinseo Deutschland Anlagengesellschaft mbH
Germany
11. Trinseo Deutschland GmbH  
Germany
12. Trinseo Deutschland RE GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
13. Trinseo Deutschland RE GP GmbH
Germany
14. Trinseo (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
15. Trinseo Materials (Hong Kong) Limited
Hong Kong
16. Trinseo India Trading Private Limited
India
17. PT Trinseo Materials Indonesia
Indonesia
18. PT Trinseo Operating Indonesia
Indonesia
19. Trinseo Finance Ireland Unlimited Company
Ireland
20. Trinseo Ireland Global IHB Limited
Ireland
21. Trinseo Ireland Holdings Limited
Ireland
22. Trinseo Services Ireland Limited
Ireland
23. A.P.I. Applicazioni Plastiche Industriali S.p.A.
Italy
24. Altuglas S.r.l.
Italy
25. Trinseo Italia S.R.L.
Italy
26. Trinseo Japan Y.K.
Japan
27. Trinseo Korea Ltd.
Korea
28. Trinseo Holding S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
29. Trinseo Luxco S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
30. Trinseo Luxco Finance SPV S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
31. Altuglas Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
32. Trinseo de México S. de R.L. de C.V.
Mexico
33. Heathland B.V.
The Netherlands
34. Styron Netherlands Holding Company B.V.
The Netherlands
35. Trinseo Holding B.V.
The Netherlands
36. Trinseo Netherlands B.V.  
The Netherlands
37. Styron Poland sp. z.o.o.
Poland
38. Trinseo Holdings Asia Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
39. Trinseo Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
40. Trinseo Sverige AB
Sweden
41. Trinseo Europe GmbH  
Switzerland
42. Trinseo Export GmbH
Switzerland
43. Taiwan Trinseo Limited
Taiwan
44. Trinseo Kimya Ticaret Limited Şirketi
Turkey
45. Trinseo UK Limited
England and Wales
46. Altuglas LLC
USA – Delaware
47. Americas Styrenics LLC1
USA – Delaware
48. Trinseo LLC
USA – Delaware
49. Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc.
USA – Delaware

50. Trinseo NA Finance LLC
USA – Delaware
51. Trinseo NA Finance SPV LLC
USA – Delaware
52. Trinseo U.S. Holding, Inc.
USA – Delaware
53. Trinseo U.S. Receivables Company SPV LLC
USA – Delaware
54. Aristech Surfaces LLC
USA – Kentucky
1 Represents a joint venture company of which the registrant indirectly owns 50% of the voting equity.

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-196973, 333-232925, 333-240195, 333-266696
and 333-273699) of Trinseo PLC of our report dated February 27, 2025 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 27, 2025

Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-196973, 333-232925, 333-240195, 333-266696 and 333-273699 of Trinseo
PLC on Form S-8 of our report dated February 11, 2025, relating to the financial statements of Americas Styrenics LLC (not separately presented herein or
incorporated by reference), appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Trinseo PLC for the year ended December 31, 2024.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Houston, Texas
February 27, 2025

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Frank Bozich, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trinseo PLC;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: February 27, 2025
By:
/s/ Frank Bozich
Name:
 Frank Bozich
Title:
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, David Stasse, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trinseo PLC;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: February 27, 2025
By:
/s/ David Stasse
Name:
 David Stasse
Title:
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1
Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the annual report of Trinseo PLC (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2024 (the “Report”), as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, the undersigned, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
Date: February 27, 2025
By:
/s/ Frank Bozich
Name:
Frank Bozich
Title:
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2
Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the annual report of Trinseo PLC (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2024 (the “Report”), as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, the undersigned, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
Date: February 27, 2025
By:
/s/ David Stasse
Name:
David Stasse
Title:
Chief Financial Officer